Three males, without exact locality labels, from the Black-
burn collection, probably belong to this species ; they have the
punctures about the tips of the elytra decidedly coarser than
elsewhere, and similarly thick antennae to those of the types,
the apical marking, however, is briefly transversely-elliptic,
instead of slightly advanced along the suture, and concave
between the suture and each side. The antennae are decidedly
shorter and thicker than those of the male of (. basalis, but
the elytral interstices are intermediate between those of that
species and amabilis.
CALOCHROMUS DENTICULATUS, N. sp.
3. Blackish-purple; prothorax, scutellum, and elytra
(except apical sixth) lemon-yellow.
Head with a flange-like process overhanging and con-
cealing labrum; a narrow median line at base, ending
between antennae in a small, deep fovea. Antennae long
and thin, first joint stout, second very small, third wider
and shorter than fourth, the others to tenth subequal in
length, and very feebly decreasing in width, eleventh
slightly longer than tenth. Prothorax almost twice as wide
as long, a large sinuous depression near each side, and a
narrow one along middle. Jlytra almost parallel-sided;
punctate-striate, punctures partially concealed by pubescence,
but becoming more distinct about apex, where the striae
vanish; alternate interstices somewhat elevated above their |
fellows. Front femora rather stout; with two rows (two oF
three in each row) of small teeth, or acute granules, on under-
surface near apex; front tibiae denticulate on lower-surface. .
Length, 12 mm.
/1ab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). Type,
I. 11840. |
65
The head has a curious process that projects in front so
at the labrum is concealed from above, its front angles
are rectangular, but the middle is slightly produced, from
e sides it resembles a thin flange, it is not an acute process
such as in C. seutellaris, so I regard the head as unarmed,
and so regarding it the species would be associated with
-€. guerim, in which the process is ridged along the middle
in the male; the antennae are slightly longer (13 mm.)
than the body. It belongs to Waterhouse’s second section
of the genus.
A specimen from New South Wales (Wentworth Falls,
H. J. Carter), possibly belongs to this species, but has the
dark part of the elytra advanced to the basal fourth, the
front femora with more numerous teeth (seven on one of
the rows), and the dentition of the front tibiae inconspicuous.
Another specimen, from the Madang district of New Guinea,
possibly also belongs to the species, but the dark part of the
elytra has a deep metallic-green gloss, and leaves only the
basal fifth pale, the denticulation of its front legs is as on
the Wentworth Falls specimen.
i LucioLta cow Leyi, Blackb.
Some years ago I received from the late Rev. T.
Blackburn a specimen bearing his name—label “Lwuciola
cowleyi, Blackb.,”’ but without a locality label; this specimen
agrees well with the description, except that parts of two
abdominal segments are white; whereas in the description
only the penultimate segment was noted as white; on some
specimens with the apical segment contracted, however, its
white part is scarcely distinct from that of the preceding
Segment, so that possibly he was misled, or the type may
have been a female (unknown to me) with really only one
segment white. There are numerous males in the Museum,
from the Northern Territory, that agree with the specimen
above noted, and all of them have the white of the abdomen
confined to the lower-surface; the dark parts of the elytra
Vary somewhat in intensity of colour, and on some specimens
only a small part of the base of each could be regarded as
blackish.
LUCIOLA FLAVICOLLIS, Macl.
A specimen, from Normanton, possibly represents a
variety of this species; it is larger (6°5 mm.) than usual, and
the suture is as widely pale as the sides, but the black covers
the whole of the tips; three apical segments of the abdomen
are pale, but the two apical ones are more flavous than the
other, which is almost white, the apex of the subapical
Segment is gently but distinctly incurved to the middle,
. .
66
much as in females of L. humilis, and A. lychnus, but less
strongly than in the females of L. platygaster, and L.
complicata, and the femora are entirely pale. The apex of
its prothorax is feebly produced as on females of other
species, and the head is only feebly concave. On normal
specimens of flavicollis the third segment from the apex of
the abdomen is entirely white on both sexes, the two apical
ones are dark on the female, and the subapical one has a
large, white, medio-basal patch on the male.
LUCIOLA DEJEANI, Gemm.
L. apicalis, Boi., n. pr. ,
¢. Flavous; head, antennae, palpi, a spot at apex of
each elytron, part of third segment of abdomen, tarsi, and
tips of tibiae, black or infuscated; two apical segments of 4
abdomen white. h:
Head concave, shining, and with small punctures between j
eyes. Antennae with third joint slightly longer than fourth.
Prothoraz about twice as wide as long, depressed near margins, ;
median line distinct; punctures dense. J/ytra subparallel- 4
sided to near apex, with feeble remnants of discal costae; —
punctures small and crowded, but sharply defined. Length,
8 mm.
Hab.—Probably Northern Territory. ;
The abdomen appears to be composed of two pale. seg-—
ments, then an infuscated one, then a white one similar in
shape to the third, then a long white one with its tip rounded —
(it 1s possible, however, that there is a very smiall white one,
inconspicuously attached to the tip of the fifth, and obscured
by pubescence).
There are before me two species, either of which may be
dejeant (or possibly neither), the original description 18
‘‘Lutea, capite nigro; elytris apice nigris; subtus lutea.”
With a translation into French, The locality was New Holland. —
But of these two species the one described above (without ]
locality label but probably from Darwin) bears Blackburn’s |
name-label ‘‘Luciola dejeani Gemming,’’ and as less of its —
under-surface is dark than on the other (described below) —
I shall presume that it is correctly identified ( ; it is somewhat
smaller and narrower than the specimen in the Australian
Museum identified by Olliff as dejeani, but appears to belong —
to the same species.
i
at
1
LUCIOLA COSTATA, 0. sp.
gd. Flavous; head, antennae, palpi, about one-fourth of
apex of elytra (less on suture and sides), two segments of
(7) The type is probably in the Paris Museum.
67
bdomen, tarsi and tibiae (except at base), black or blackish ;
wo apical segments of abdomen white.
Head concave and with dense punctures. Antennae with
ird joint slightly longer than fourth. Prothorax about twice
wide as long, with irregular submarginal depressions,
median line distinct; punctures of moderate size, crowded,
and somewhat asperate. Hlytra rather wide, subparallel-
ided to near apex; each with four discal costae, of which
he inner two are conspicuous, commence at the base and
rminate on the black portion, the other two are feeble,
ommence at the basal third, and terminate just inside the
lack portion; punctures dense and sharply defined, but
rather small. Length, 85-9 mm.
Hab.—Northern Territory: Flora River (Prof. Baldwin
Spencer). Type, in National Museum; cotype, I. 12280, in
South Australian Museum.
_ Of the abdominal segments the first is scarcely darker
than the sterna, the second is deeply infuscated, third black,
almost thrice as long as fourth, owing to an ‘obtuse extension
of its apex. On the type the apex of the prothorax is pro-
duced in the form of a distinct (although very wide) triangle,
on a second specimen it is scarcely produced there; the differ-
ence is probably due to post-mortem contractions. This
‘Species can hardly be the one identified by Olliff as probably
L. dejeani, as each elytron has four discal costae of which the
‘inner two are very distinct (quite as distinct as the sutural
thickening), the tibiae are pale only at the base, and two of
e abdominal segments are dark, whereas on the preceding
jpecies (assumed to be dejeani), the discal costae are all very
eeble, tibiae dark only at apex, and only one segment of
abdomen dark.
LUCIOLA COMPLICATA, N. sp.
3. Blackish; prothorax, scutellum, suture for a short
distance near base, sterna, abdomen (except for two white
Segments), and legs (tarsi, front and middle tibiae infuscated)
_Havous.
_ Head concave, shining, and with minute punctures.
Antennae with third joint produced on one side, and dis-
tinctly shorter than fourth. Prothorax almost twice as wide
as long, depressed near margins, median line sharply defined ;
with fairly dense and sharply defined punctures. Blytra
barallel-sided to near apex, with vague remnants of discal
costae; punctures crowded and rather small, but sharply
jefined. Hind femora stouter than the others and somewhat
@urved; hind tibiae curved at base and stouter than the
others. Length (¢, 9), 55-7 mm.
68
Q. Differs in having smaller and less concave head,
eyes smaller, third joint of antennae scarcely shorter than
fourth and of the same shape, hind legs thinner and less
curved, and in the abdomen. |
Cae —Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). Type,
I. 11844.
On two males the wise segments of abdomen are small
and shrivelled, the two following ones are large and entirely
white, the second of these has its tip sinuous and a flavous-
subconical process on each side, beyond this the segments
are depressed, with a large circular cavity on each side,
bounded posteriorly by a shining ring-like elevation; the tip
is deeply notched, with a small conical lobe (probably the
tip of the sixth or seventh segment) in the notch; on the
female only one segment is white, the next one is flavous,
and rather widely incurved to the middle of the apex, with
the following segment moderately long and also flavous. It
is allied to L. platygaster, but the male with curious circles
below the second phosphorescent segment, and this with
conical processes at the sides; the male is distinguish
from the female of that species by its pale legs.
ATYPHELLA FLAMMANS, Ol.
A male, from Kuranda, differs from the typical form in
having the dark parts of each elytron reduced to a medio-—
basal patch between the first and third discal costae, and a
still smaller apical one. a
TELEPHORUS PULCHELLUS, W. S. Macl. "
Mr. H. J. Carter and I saw a dwarf form of this species
in abundance on flowers on Cradle Mountain, and Mr. L. Rod-
way took similar specimens on the summit of Ben Lomond —
in Tasmania.
TELEPHORUS VIRIDIPENNIS, Macl. ‘
Many specimens of this species have the prothorax im- _
maculate, on others there is a spot varying from hardly more
than a small infuscated stain to large, sharply defined and
black, with a greenish gloss. $
f
TELEPHORUS RUFIVENTRIS, Macl.
T. tepperi, Blackb.
The type and a co-type of 7’. tepperi are but slight varie- |
ties of 7'. rufiventris, and similarly coloured specimens occur
in Queensland.
69
TELEPHORUS GRACILIPICTUS, Lea.
The female of this species differs from the male in having
e head narrower across the eyes, less of the muzzle flavous,
d the antennae and legs shorter.
-
”
. TELEPHORUS APICICOLLIS, N. sp.
} 6. Flavous, most of elytra and of abdomen black or
imfuscated. Rather densely clothed with short, ashen
bescence.
Head rather wide and flat, clypeus notched in middle;
with very minute punctures, dense in places. Eyes rather
large. Antennae long and thin, third joint slightly shorter
and wider than fourth. Prothorax distinctly longer than
wide, apex produced in an even curve over prothorax, and
with distinct asperate punctures, elsewhere with very minute
punctures; a large depression on each side near apex, and
a shallow one in middle of base. Slytra long; thin, and
almost parallel-sided; with dense and minute punctures,
interspersed with numerous larger (but still small) asperate
ones, sparser about base than elsewhere; with very feeble
Temnants of discal costae. Apical segment of abdomen
deeply notched. JZegs long and rather thin. Length,
85-9 mm. -
_ Hab.—Northern Territory: Melville Island (W. D. Dodd
and G. F. Hill), Bathurst Island (Hill). Type, I. 11855.
Allied to 7. macrops,‘®) but prothorax decidedly longer,
and elytra, except for a small basal portion, deeply infuscated
or black; in my table) it would be associated with 7.
wimmaturus, and T. nigroterminalis, to which, however, it is
not very close. The produced part of the prothorax has a
thin apical fringe, but it appears to be easily abraded. The
flavous portion of the elytra is from about half to three-
fourths the length of the prothorax ; on the type it is narrowly
continued along the sides and suture for a short distance;
on a second specimen it is very narrowly continued almost
to the apex; on a third specimen it is sharply limited near
the base; the infuscation of the abdomen is less pronounced
than that of the elytra.
: SELENURUS ANNULATUS, Macl.
There are two forms of this species before me. On the
{ and evidently the typical one (as the flavous portion
extends backwards along the suture, on several specimens in
; (8) In the original description two figures (157 and 178) were
Spoted for this species in error.
Lj
7
(9) Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, p. 113.
>.
70
fact narrowly connected with the apex) the black basal
marking on the elytra is completely isolated, as the flavous
subbasal part. is continued to the extreme margins. On the
second form the subbasal flavous part is larger, but is not
continued along the suture, and does not touch the sides
near the base, Nershes from above it appears to do so.
. SELENURUS TENUIS, Nl. sp.
é. Black; elytra with an obscure bluish or greenish
gloss ; prothorax flavous, with a small discal infuscation,
parts of muzzle and tips of abdominal segments obscurely
flavous. Clothed with short, ashen pubescence, and some
longer, dark hairs..
Head rather elongate. Antennae ‘moderately long anc
thin, third joint about half the length of the fourth
Prothorax subcylindrical, distinctly longer than wide, surface
slightly uneven. Slytra slightly wider than prothorax,
narrowed posteriorly, terminated long before apex of abdomen
granulate punctate, or with coarsely rugose punctures
Legs long and thin. Length (¢,-9), 5-6 mm.
Q. Differs in having somewhat smaller head and
shorter legs.: -
Hab.—South Australia: Lucindale (F. Secker).
00 1858.% 3
Allied to S. sydneyanus, but prothorax decidedly longer,
elytra shorter and more coarsely sculptured, and antennae
thicker; the prothorax is much the shape of that of
Telephorus ‘kershawi, but that species is without flight
wings, whereas on this species they are present. The discal —
spot is at.about the apical third and occupies about one-—
fourth the length of the prothorax, on one of the males,
and on the two females before me; on a second male it is
represented by two. minute dots. The abdomen is badly
shrivelled on all of them. =
Type,
. SELENURUS TENUICORNIS, WH. sp.
3. Black; elytra with an obseure olive-green gloss;
part of muzzle, prothorax (except for a large discal blotch),
scutellum, much of sterna, tips of most of the abdominal
segments, coxae, basal half of femora, and base of tibiae
flavous. With short, ashen pubescence.
Head rather | ‘wide ; with large prominent eyes; sides.
thence strongly narrowed to base; with minute punctures.
Antennae’ long and, thin, third joint about half the length |
of fourth. Prothorax longer than wide, sides almost parallel,
apex obtusely . produced in .middle, disc uneven, a
q
71
much wider than prothorax, much shorter than abdomen,
strongly narrowed posteriorly, with a feeble and rather short
iscal costa on each; with dense and minute, rugulose
unctures or shagreened. Legs long and thin. Length
(3, 92), 6-9 mm.
Q. Differs in having somewhat smaller, but still very
prominent eyes, and somewhat shorter antennae and legs.
_ Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). Type,
I. 12253.
Close to S. sydneyanus, but larger, antennae longer,
elytra much less coarsely shagreened, scutellum flavous
(instead of black), more of the legs flavous, and prothoracic
blotch of different shape; the blotch is of irregular shape,
slightly dilated in front and behind, and narrowly touches
each side about the middle. The under-surface of several
of the basal joints of antennae are obscurely pale. The
types are fastened together, as they were taken im cop., and
their abdomens are greatly shrivelled.
SELENURUS FLAVOINCLUSUS, 0. Sp.
dé. Black and flavous. Densely clothed with short
pubescence, varying in colour with the derm.
Head rather wide across eyes, strongly narrowed to
base; with dense and minute punctures. Antennae long
and thin, third joint about half the length of fourth.
Prothorax considerably longer than wide, disc uneven, sides
and suture thickened, apex produced over base of head;
punctures very minute. Hlytra much wider than prothorax,
long, thin, and regularly decreasing in width posteriorly,
with tips diverging from suture; with dense and fine
rugulose punctures or shagreened. Subapical’ segment of
abdomen semicircularly incised. Legs long and thin. Length,
10-13 mm. |
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (E.° Allen and F.
P. Dodd). Type, I. 11852. ts
The pale parts are portion of the muzzle, prothorax,
seutellum, elytra (base suture and sides narrowly black, but
tips entirely pale), parts of sterna, tips of abdominal:
segments, basal half of femora, and extreme base of tibiae.
The pale tips of the elytra associate the species with
8S. annulatus, from which it differs in being larger, elytra .
longer, with the flavous portion of each considerably longer,
only just interrupted before the apex, instead of separated
from the tips by a wide black band, the suture’ also is dark
from the base to just before the tips, so that the flavous
portion is separately enclosed on each elytron; on annulatus
the larger flavous portion is continuous across the suture;
72
more of the legs are dark and the prothorax is immaculate, -
On two of the specimens the abdominal notch is double, but
this appears to be due to post-mortem contraction. -
-
HeETEROMASTIX. a
The species of this genus usually have the elytra black,
prothorax flavous, and head, legs, and antennae varying sro
partly to entirely black or flavous : the females as a rule are’
difficult to distinguish, inter se, aad those of many species —
have not been described; but the males usually have dis-—
tinctive antennae, the eleventh joint being often of remark-
able shape, the tenth also is frequently peculiar. It is pro-
bable that the genus Astychina 9) will be found to be closel
allied to, if not actually forming a section of it, the tw
apical joints of the antennae of A. flavicollis, A. moeren
and A. funebris differ quite as much from each other as do-
some BRR os Heteromastix with those joints distorted. So a
use : —
Antennae with third to fifth jowmts distorted in male.
pistortus, Lea INFLATUS, Lea
Antennae with ninth joint conspicuously dilated in male. ;
FUSICORNIS, Blackb. MCDONALDI, Lea y
INSIGNICORNIS, Lea _NONARIUS, Lea e
MACLEAYI, Lea ;
Antennae with eleventh joint (and usually the tenth)
distorted in male.
BICOLOR, Bohem. LURIDICOLLIS, Macl.
BISPINICORNIS, Lea MAJOR, Lea
BRYANTI, Lea MEDIOFUSCUS, Lea ;
CASTOR, Lea MELANOCEPHALUS, Lea
CRASSICORNIS, Lea MINOR, Lea
DECIPIENS, Lea MIRABILIS, Lea
DIORYCERUS, Lea MIRUS, Lea
FLAVIFRONS, Lea OBSCURIPES, Lea
FLAVOTERMINALIS, Lea oBscuRUS, Lea
FRATER, Lea PALLIPES, Lea
GAGATICEPS, Lea POLLUX, Lea
“(10) Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1876, p. 494.
(11) Lea, l.c., 1909, pp. 180-132.
GALEATUS, Blackb.
IMITATOR, Lea
LATICOLLIS, Lea
LONGICORNIS, Lea
SCUTELLARIS, Lea
SPINICORNIS, Lea
TASMANIENSIS, Lea
73
Antennae with many joints distorted in male.
MIROCERUS, Lea
Antennae simple in both sexes.
A. Prothorax partly or entirely dark.
APICIFLAVUS, Lea . GLABER, Lea
CRIBRIPENNIS, Lea NIGER, Lea .
DISCOFLAVUS, Lea PULCHRIPENNIS, Lea
FRAGILIS, Lea TENUIS, Lea
B. Prothorax entirely pale.
a. Elytra partly or entirely pale.
DENTICOLLIS, Lea NIGRICEPS, Lea
DOLICOCEPHALUS, Lea NIGRIVENTRIS, Lea
FLAVIPENNIS, Lea TIBIALIS, Lea
bh. Elytra entirely dark.
AMABILIS, Lea PAUXILLUS, Blackb.
ANGuUsTUS, Lea PERABUNDANS, Lea
ANTICUS, Blackb. PUNCTICORNIS, Lea
CASTIGATUS, Lea PUSILLIOR, Lea
COLLARIS, Lea PUSILLUS, Bohem.
COMPAR, Lea SERRATICORNIS, Lea
GENICULATUS, Lea SIMPLEX, Lea
LATUS, Lea TARSALIS, Lea
MEGALOPS, Lea TRICOLOR, Lea
NIGRIPES, Lea VICTORIENSIS, Blackb.
OCCIDENTALIS, Lea
HETEROMASTIX PUSILLUS, Bohem.
A specimen of this species, from Lucindale (South Aus-
alia) has a large, double, infuscate spot on the base of the
prothorax.
HETEROMASTIX VICTORIENSIS, Blackb.
On the male of this species the ninth joint of the antennae
s slightly longer and thicker than the eighth or tenth, and
has a small fovea near its apex ; Blackburn did not specially
mention the ninth joint, and in fact its distinctive features
uid be easily overlooked, but they appear to connect the
(as in H. mcdonaldi and allied species) with those in which
® antennae are sanple i in both sexes. Tasmanian specimens
. » adjacent parts.
74
HETEROMASTIX TENUIS, Lea.
The female differs from the male in being somewhat
shorter, antennae decidedly shorter, prothorax without a small
subbasal notch on each side, and abdomen simple.
HETEROMASTIX MIRABILIS, Lea.
The female differs from the male in being somewhat
smaller, antennae thinner and simple, legs shorter, and in the
abdomen ; it is in fact scarcely distinguishable from the females
of many other species of the genus, although the male is one
of the most distinct.
HETEROMASTIX MACLEAYI, Lea.
Three males from Northern Queensland (Innisfail and —
Cairns) appear to belong to this species, but differ somewhat
from each other and from the description of the type. One
in size and colour is like the type except that the four apical —
joints of its antennae are infuscated; the second is larger,
3 mm., and has the joints after the second infuscated, becom- —
ing almost black after the eighth, its elytra have the basal —
fifth flavous and sharply defined from the black; the third —
is still larger, 3°75 mm., and has the joints of the antennae, —
after the second, still darker, and slightly more of the elytra
pale. A female, mounted with the second male, agrees well
with it in colour and size, but has the antennae shorter (the
three apical joints only about half the length of those in the
male), with the ninth joint and the abdomen simple.
HETEROMASTIX DOLICOCEPHALUS, Lea.
On the male of this species the subapical segment of the
abdomen is gently emarginate, the emargination becoming —
slightly stronger in the middle, not suddenly as in most males
of the genus; the antennae are decidedly longer than in the
female.
HETEROMASTIX AMABILIS, Lea.
Prior to being published this species was given the manu-
script name of elegans, and was so noted in the table);
afterwards the name was changed to amabilis, and unfortun-
ately the necessary alteration was not made in the table.
HETEROMASTIX BRYANTI, Lea. Figs. 1-3.
As the terminal joints of the antennae were not figured
at the time of the description of this species, views of them,
from different directions, are given for comparison with those
of other species.
(12) Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, p. 132.
> 75
a \
_ HETEROMASTIX FLAVOTERMINALIS, Lea. Figs. 4-6.
_ Three figures of the terminal joints of antennae given for
the same reason as those of the hie aia species.
\y
mec) i
1
Log 19
TE2MINAL JOINTS OF ANTENNAE OF SPECIES OF HETEROMASTIX.
1 H. bryanti; 4-6, H. flavoterminalis; 7, 8, H. longicornis;
9, H. medtiofuscus ; 10-12, BE: bispinicornis ; 13-15, H. major;
16, 17, H. obscuripes: 18, 19, H. tasmaniensis.
HETEROMASTIX NONARIUS, Nn. sp.
3. Black; head, prothorax, scutellum, mesosternum,
gs, and basal joints of antennae flavous. Moderately
ubescent ‘
Head gently convex, with small prominent eyes.
sal joint of antennae about as long as second and third
Rabinied, second to fifth moderately transverse, sixth to
ghth strongly so, ninth large, about as long as four pre-
odi ng ones combined, evenly dilated from base but more
oduced on inner side of apex than on outer side (tenth
id eleventh joints missing). Prothorax almost twice as wide
¥
= -
4
76
as long; with a few submarginal punctures. Zlytra parallel-_
sided to near apex; with dense and small, but sharply defined —
punctures. Length, 3 mm.
Hab.-—-Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection).
Type (unique), I. 11859. )
In my table would be associated with H. fusiformis, from
which it differs in being smaller, legs entirely pale, antennae
with third to eighth joints decidedly transverse, and the -
ninth larger and of different shape; it-is also close to //.
imsignicorms, but the seventh and eighth joints of antennae —
are at least twice as wide as long, instead of slighty trans-_
verse, the third joint also is no larger than the second. 2
HETEROMASTIX LONGICORNIS, n. sp. Figs. 7, 8. :
d. Black and flavous. With dense, short pubescence.
Head gently convex, with two feeble interocular impres- —
sions. Antennae long and thin, fourth joint the length of —
first, slightly longer than third, and twice the length of
second, the others somewhat longer, tenth and eleventh
distorted. Prothorax twice as wide as long, margined-
throughout, the lateral margins slightly dilated and thickened
hear apex; with fairly large, submarginal punctures. Elytra
long, thin, and almost parallel-sided to near apex; with
dense and small punctures, many of which are sharply
defined, but others transversely confluent. Subapical segment —
of abdomen triangularly notched in middle. Legs thin, but
not very long Length, 3°5 mm. i
Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron), Gosford —
(Hod. Carter) Type, L. Pis6s:
The antennae extend to the tips of the elytra, the
distortion of the apical joints is very different from that of
all other known species, the tenth is distinctly longer than
the ninth and eleventh, and slightly thicker, from one
direction it appears somewhat lopsided and from another —
sinuous, on top near the apex there is a shallow groove, as
if for the partial reception of the eleventh; the latter is_
slightly longer than the ninth and strongly curved at the
base. The pale parts are the head, prothorax, scutellum,
a small part of base of elytra, and the sides to near apex (but
the two colours not sharply limited), legs (parts of tarsi
infuscated), and basal joints of antennae.
Two females, from Dorrigo, probably belong to this
species, they differ from the males in having the head black,
except for a variable portion of the muzzle, the scutellum
black, the black of the elytra advanced to the base, except
at the sides, where it is continued almost to the tips,
77
antennae shorter, thinner, with simple joints, and abdomen
not notched; on one of them its tip is flavous.
5 HETEROMASTIX MEDIOFUSCUS, n. sp. Fig. 9.
— ¢. Black; muzzle, prothorax, legs, two basal, and
three apical joints of antennae flavous. With short and
moderately dense pubescence.
Head shining, and with two feeble interocular depres-
sions. Antennae moderately long, fifth and seventh joints
slightly dilated on upper side, the sixth conspicuously
dilated there, ninth joint longer than eighth, tenth and
eleventh distorted, closely applied together, and about
equal to the combined length of the seventh to ninth.
Prothorax about twice as wide as long, sides slightly dilated
and slightly thickened near apex. J/ytra parallel-sided to
near apex; with dense and small, but sharply defined
punctures. Length, 3°5 mm. |
Hab.— Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).
Type (unique), I. 11864.
Apart from the antennae I cannot distinguish this
Species from H. bicolor, but the sixth joint is conspicuously
produced on one side, although from some directions it
appears even smaller than the adjacent ones; in colour it
also approaches H. mirocerus, but the fourth to sixth joints
of antennae of that species are very different. The third to
sixth joints are pale on the under-parts, and infuscated
above, the three following joints are almost black, the
eleventh is so closely applied to the tenth that it is difficult
to distinguish its junction with that joint; it appears to be
somewhat helmet-shaped, although not much like that of
H. gagaticeps.
HETEROMASTIX BISPINICORNIS, n. sp. Figs. 10-12.
é. Black; prothorax, parts of under-surface of head,
legs (tarsi infuscated), and two or three basal joints of
antennae flavous. With very short pubescence.
Head feebly impressed between eyes. Antennae moder-
ately long, two apical joints distorted. Prothorax almost
twice as wide as long, margined throughout, sides slightly
dilated to near apex. JHlytra parallel-sided to near apex;
with dense and small, rugose punctures. Length (d, 9),
445 mm.
Q. Differs in having the head smaller, antennae
‘Shorter, thinner, and simple, and abdomen not notched.
F Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).
Type, I. 11865.
.
:.
&:
78
The tenth joint of antennae of the male is rather large,
and grooved on one side for the partial reception of the
eleventh, from one direction it appears to be divided into
two, so ‘that the antennae seem to be twelve-jointed ; they
one. one to the bane near the base there are two spines, a :
rather short outer one directed outwards and forwards (from —
some directions this appears to belong to the tenth joint),
and a longer one on the lower side, directed downwards —
and backwards. The colours are as on many other species, —
but the armature of the eleventh joint weiss. from
them all.
HETEROMASTIX MAJOR, NL. sp. Figs. 13-15.
g. Black; prothorax, scutellum, labrum, parts o i
under-surface of head, and of three basal joints of antennae
knees and front coxae flavous. With very short pubescence.
Head shallowly depressed in front. Antennae rather
long and not very thin, two apical joints distorted. Prothorag
twice as wide as long, margined throughout, wider near
apex than at base. WLlytra parallel-sided to near apex; with
dense and small, rugose punctures, coarser in middle than
elsewhere. Subapical segment of abdomen deeply triangularly
notched. Length, 6°5 mm. a
Hab.—New South Wales (R. J. Burton). Type
(unique), I. 12254. a
The tenth joint of antennae is slightly shorter than a
ninth, slightly wider at apex, somewhat lopsided, and with
a notch at the apex on the under-surface; the eleventh is :
irregularly curved on one side, appears widest at base, and —
from another narrower than the tenth, and on its undewi
surface there is a long irregular groove; it has also a small
basal spine invisible from most directions, and from some —
appearing to be attached to the tenth. Except for the
labrum the upper-surface of the head is entirely black, and
this with the pale scutellum associate the species in my ‘table ,
with H. pallipes,. and H. laticollis, the former has legal
almost entirely pale, and the latter ‘with a greater por
dark, they have also different terminal joints; it is larg
than any other species, having the elytra entirely dark and
terminal joints distorted.
f
i
HETEROMASTIX OBSCURIPES, n. sp. , Figs. 16, 17. b
ke
3. Black; prothorax and parts of three basal joints
of antennae flavous. With short, ashen pubescence.
4
79
Head with two small but distinct interocular impres-
Antennae moderately long and not very thin, three
apical joints distorted. Prothorax about twice aS wide as
long, distinctly margined throughout. lytra parallel-sided
near apex; with dense and small, but sharply defined
punctures, becoming somewhat larger about middle. Length,
4 mm.
_ Hab.—Victoria: Dividing Range (Blackburn's collec-
tion). Type (unique), I. 11868.
The seventh and eighth joints of antennae are slightly
incurved on one side, and outcurved on the other, the ninth
has a narrow notch near the base (invisible from most
directions, but very distinct from others), the tenth has its
apical portion hollow, and conspicuously produced on one
side, and a subbasal notch somewhat larger than on the
ninth, the eleventh is about as long as the two preceding
combined, with a spine on one side of base, and the middle
strongly incurved on one side. There are two small, round
foveae, on the disc of the pronotum of the type; they are
quite symmetrical, but their presence is possibly due to post-
mortem contractions. No parts of the legs (except a small
portion of the front coxae) are flavous, even the tibiae being
deeply infuscated. In my table would be placed with
H. gagaticeps, which has conspicuously bicoloured legs and
very different antennae; it is closer to H. laticollis than to
any other described species, but the scutellum is dark, the
= joint of the antennae is less strongly curved than on
at species, but’in much the same way.
&
4
HETEROMASTIX TASMANIENSIS, n. sp. Figs. 18, 19,
3d. Black; prothorax flavous, parts of three basal joints
of antennae obscurely flavous. With rather dense pubescence.
Head with scarcely traceable frontal impressions.
Antennae moderately long, third joint stouter than the others,
tenth and eleventh distorted. Prothorax twice as wide as
long, margined throughout. (Zlytra parallel-sided to near
apex; with dense and small, sharply defined punctures,
becoming larger about middle. Length, 3°25-3°5 mm.
_ Hab.—Tasmania: Cradle Mountain (H. J. Carter and
A. M. Lea). Type, I. 12209.
The tenth joint of antennae on one side is slightly longer
than the ninth, but on the other is conspicuously shorter, the
eleventh has one side incurved towards the base, with the
base itself on that side produced over the shorter side of the
tenth, and with a small spine there. The abdominal notch is
larger than usual. In my table would be placed with H.
a :
80
gagaticeps, from which it differs in being smaller, legs entirely
dark, darker basal joints of antennae, with apical joints dif-_
ferent, and elytral punctures coarser; from the preceding
species it differs also in being smaller, ninth and tenth joints
not notched near base, the tenth longer on one side than the
other, but not conspicuously produced there, and the eleventh
less strongly incurved on one side. It is the only species
known frem Tasmania with the apical joints distorted. .
>
HETEROMASTIX NIGRICEPS, nN. sp. 4
3. Black and flavous. With short, pale pubescence. "4
Head with two faint interocular impressions. Antennae
rather long and thin. Prothorax about twice as wide as long, —
margined throughout, lateral margins somewhat wider and
distinctly thickened near apex. JHlytra parallel-sided to neal
apex; with dense and small, but sharply defined punctures, —
becoming very small at tips and base. Length (<6, 2),
3°5-4 mm. ¥
@. MDziffers in having the head smaller, with smaller an
less prominent eyes, and shorter antennae. |
Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection),
Cairns (Dr. E. W. Ferguson). Type, I. 12257. q
The black parts are the head (except mentum), meso-—
sternum, metasternum, and abdomen; on some specimens some
of the antennal and tarsal joints, and the coxae, are rather
lightly infuscated, on others the legs and antennae are entirely
pale. On both sexes (there are two pairs taken in cop. before —
me) the abdomen is notched, but the notch is much larger on
the male than on the female. In my table would be asso-
ciated with H. flavipennis, but is a much smaller species, with
finer punctures and prothoracic margins much as in H.
pusdlus, to which it is structurally closer.
HETEROMASTIX DENTICOLLIS, Nn. Sp.
3. Flavous; head, metasternum, and abdomen blackish, |
antennae (except some of the basal joints) deeply infuscated,
middle and hind coxae, parts of femora and of tarsi rather
lightly infuscated. With short, pale pubescence.
Head with two vague interocular impressions. Antennae
long and thin. Prothorax at widest more than twice as wide
as long, with fine margins, but each side suddenly and strongly
dilated and thickened towards apex. JHlytra long, thin, and
almost parallel-sided to near apex; with dense and small, but
sharply defined punctures. Length, 3-3°25 mm.
ITab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection).
Type, I. 12261.
81
A narrow, fragile species, in many respects close to the
preceding one, but at once distinguished by the lateral mar-
ins of the prothorax ; these are suddenly and strongly dilated
somewhat nearer the apex than base, so as to appear like a
large obtuse tooth on each side; on the preceding species
the margins are somewhat dilated near apex and thickened
there, but the increase is neither sudden nor strong. A second
specimen differs from the type in having the dark parts of the
femora almost black.
/ HETEROMASTIX PULCHRIPENNIS, Nl. sp.
: 6. Black; elytra deep purple. With short, dark
pubescence. |
_ Head with two small, transverse, interocular impressions.
Antennae moderately thin, extending to about middle of
elytra, second joint more than half the length of third,
eleventh distinctly longer than tenth. Prothorax almost
twice as wide as long, sides and base distinctly margined, the
former almost parallel. Hlytra parallel-sided to near apex;
with dense and sharply defined punctures of moderate size.
Length, 3 mm.
_ Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). Type
(unique), I. 11869.
_ In my table would be placed with H. niger, but the elytra
. purple, prothorax more parallel-sided, and antennae no
nger than in its female.
HETEROMASTIX FRAGILIS, Nn. sp.
6. Dark piceous-brown, elytra, under-surface of head,
legs, and three basal joints of antennae obscurely pale. With
short, ashen pubescence.
Head vaguely impressed between eyes. Antennae long
and thin, third joint twice the length of second, and slightly
stouter than the following ones. Prothorax about twice as wide
as long, hind angles widely rounded, sides slightly dilated to
near apex, and somewhat thickened at widest part. Hlytra
long and thin; with dense, small, and somewhat rugulose
punctures. Length, 2 mm.
_ Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection).
Type, I. 11873.
A minute, dingy, fragile species. Its prothoracic margins
are slightly paler than the disc, and so the species could hardly
be referred to B or BB of my table, but regarding it as belong-
ing to BBB of that table, it would be distinguished from the
Species placed there by its minute size; it is in fact smaller
than any species noted in that table, but there are others
eally small now before me.
82
HeETEROMASTIX NIGRIVENTRIS, N. sp.
gd. Flavous; apical three-fifths of elytra, abdomen, and
eight or nine apical joints of antennae black. With rather
short, pale pubescence.
Head feebly impressed between eyes. Antennae moder-
ately long and thin, third joint slightly stouter than the
following ones. Prothorax about twice as wide as long,
margined throughout, sides slightly dilated to near apex,
and somewhat thickened near apex. Jlytra slightly dilated
beyond the middle; with dense and small, but sharply defined
punctures. Length (d, 9), 2°5-3 mm. .
Q. Differs in having the head smaller, eyes le?
prominent, antennae shorter, and in the abdomen.
Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection
Cairns (Dr. E. W. Ferguson). Type, Liisi h q
The black part of the elytra is somewhat rounded im
front, so that the flavous portion is advanced along the sides
to beyond the middle; on some specimens some of the
antennal joints beyond the third are hardly more than
infuscated. In my table the entirely pale prothorax and
bicolorous elytra readily distinguish it from all species having
simple antennae; structurally it approaches H. pusillus; the
simple front legs readily distinguish it from H. trbzalis. *
HETEROMASTIX COMPAR, ND. sp. :
3. Black; head, prothorax, scutellum, mesosternum,
two basal joints of antennae, and knees flavous, rest of legs
more or less deeply infuscated. With short, ashen pubescence.
Head with a narrow, oblique impression, on each side
of middle in front. Antennae rather long and thin, tenth
joint partly shining, and with a small fovea near apex.
Prothorax less than twice as wide as long, margins rather
wide at base and sides, and narrow across apex, sides widest
but not thickened near apex; with distinct, submarginal
punctures. Hlytra parallel-sided to near apex; with dense
and sharply defined punctures of moderate size. Length,
2°75-3 mm.
Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection),
Kuranda (F. P. Dodd). Type, I. 11874.
The tenth joint of the antennae, on three males before
me, has a small subapical fovea or puncture on a small -
shining place, on the type the joint itself is slightly longer
and thicker than the eleventh; on the other males it is n0_
thicker, and is slightly shorter than the eleventh ; on two -
of them (including the type) the cephalic impressions are-
almost conjoined in front to form a V, on the other they are
83
‘much less distinct. In my table would be placed with
H. anticus, and H. geniculatus, from which it is readily
distinguished by the tenth joint; from the former it is also
distinguished by its smaller size and less conspicuously
icoloured legs, and from the latter also by only having two
pasal joints of antennae pale.
A female, mounted with one of the males by Mr.
Blackburn, possibly belongs to the species, but has the head
black, and differs in other (probably sexual) characters.
HETEROMASTIX ANGUSTUS, N. sp.
6. Flavous; elytra, metasternum, abdomen, and
antennae (three or four basal joints excepted) deeply
infuscated. With short, ashen pubescence.
Head with two feeble interocular i impressions. Antennae
long and thin. Prothoraz about twice as wide as long, base
and apex finely margined, sides suddenly and _ strongly
dilated, or obtusely dentate, rather nearer apex than base.
Elytra long and thin; with small and crowded, somewhat
rugose punctures. Length, 2°25-2°5 mm.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Blackburn’s collection.
Type, I. 11879.
_ A thin, dingy species, structurally close to H. denticollis,
but head and prothorax flavous; the sides of the prothorax
= an exaggeration of those of H. pusillus, but the antennae
are decidedly longer than in that species, the eyes are
slightly larger, and the whole insect is smaller It is the
smallest and thinnest of all the species having entirely dark
elytra and pale head.
HeETEROMASTIX COLLARIS, Nn. Sp.
3g. Black; prothorax, part of under-surface of head,
and front coxae flavous. Densely clothed with short
pubescence.
_ Head gently depressed between eyes, with a slight
longitudinal elevation near each antenna. Antennae long
and rather thin, third joint stouter than the following ones.
Prothorax less than twice as wide as long, margined through-
out, sides slightly but regularly increasing in width from
base to near apex, and then strongly rounded to apex itself,
which is not quite as wide as base. Elytra almost parallel-
to near apex ; with crowded and small punctures (almost
| shagreened). Length (3, 2), 6-7 mm.
| Q. Differs in having the head smaller, antennae about
one-third shorter, and in the abdomen.
| Hab. —Vietoria : Dividing Range (Blackburn’s collec-
tion), South Wandin (H. H. D. Griffith from E. Jarvis).
Type, I. 12259.
«
&
84
The sides of the prothorax are much as those of A.
gemculatus; but the head and knees are black; the sides are
intermediate between those of the species of the pawaillus (FP)
and pusillus (FF) groups of my table, in H. amabilis the
angulation is slightly more pronounced, the third and fourth
joints of its antennae are thinner, and the knees are pale;
i
|
H. simplex is smaller, with much shorter antennae, more
distinct elytral punctures and pale knees; //. pauzillus, which
it closely resembles in size and colour, has decidedly thinner
antennae, and sides and front angles of prothorax different;
there are a few submarginal punctures on the prothorax,
but they are much less distinct than on H. victoriensis,
which also has the sides of the prothorax evenly rounded,
knees (on the typical form) paler than the adjacent. parte
and elytra] punctures much more sharply defined. a
HETEROMASTIX SERRATICORNIS, Nn. Sp. 4 |
3. Black; prothorax, part of under-surface of head,
two basal joints of antennae, and part of the third, and legs
(tarsi and parts of tibiae infuscated) flavous. With short
pubescence. [
Head gently depressed in front. Antennae moderately
long, rather thin, third to tenth joints slightly serrated on
one side. Prothorax less than twice as wide as long, margined
throughout, lateral margins slightly and evenly rounded and
slightly thickened near apex; with submarginal punctures.
Hlytra slightly wider near apex than at base; with crowded
and small rugose punctures. Length (d, 9), 4°5-6 mm.
Q. Differs in having the head smaller, antennae about
one-third shorter and not serrated, prothorax with margins
nowhere thickened, and in the abdomen.
Hab.—New South Wales: Brindabella (Blackburn’s
collection), Jindabyne, in January, and Sydney (H. J.
Carter). Type, I. 11876. q
On each of three males and five females the tips of the
front tibiae, half of the middle and three-fourths of the hind
ones are infuscated ; on one of the males the base of the hind
femora and hind coxae are infuscated, and on two of the
females the middle and hind femora are deeply infuscated
in parts. The serration of the antennae of the male is
slight, but quite distinct from some directions; in
peucillus they are not serrated, on the female of the present
species they are also not serrated, but they are scarcely half
_the length of those of that species, which is also narrower |
and with darker legs; H. simplex has shorter and non-
serrated antennae, elytral punctures more distinct, and more)
I
85
sf legs dark, the antennae of its female, however, are very
similar. In appearance it is closest to H. latus, but is
somewhat narrower, antennae longer and more strongly
ated in male, the terminal joint not constricted in middle,
and more of the legs and less of the head pale.
j LaAIus sinus, Lea.
_ A specimen, from Gosford, the locality of the type, is evi-
dently a female of this species, its apparent second joint
really the third) of antennae is much larger than is usual in
emales (but in this it resembles the female of L. flavono-
latus) but much smaller than in the male and simple, from
_ the male also it differs in having the following joint reddish,
Tess of the muzzle reddish, the head with very small punctures,
and the front tarsi and abdomen simple.
LAIUS FLAVIFRONS, Lea.
Two males, from Parachilna (South Australia), differ
rom the type in having two narrow dark lines extended in
front from the dark interocular space, parts of the’ under-
surface of the two basal joints of antennae (in error in the
_ original description “5) the second joint was referred to as the
_“‘basal’’ one) and the legs entirely dark; the dark subapical
markings of the elytra are also connected across the suture.
Dne of the specimens has a black blotch, with a greenish
gloss, occupying rather more than the median third of the
prothorax, touching its base but not apex; this specimen
first glance somewhat resembles L. mdicola, L. «nter-
medius, and L. villosus, all of which have much larger punc-
ures on the elytra, and very different antennae.
Laius PALLIDUS, Lea.
A male, from Parachilna, with antennae identical with
hose of the type, has the dark part of the elytra not in the
form of sharply limited spots, but more like a deep stain,
rregularly occupying most of the basal two-thirds, with a
yhitish spot, completely isolated at the basal third, on each
slytron ; its scutellum is black.
LAIUS VERTICALIS, W. S. Macl.
A male of this species, from Wyndham (North-western
Australia), is somewhat smaller than the females before me;
he basal joint of its antennae is large, and with a process
dliquely placed, so that from some “directions the process
self appears narrow, parallel, and elevated at right angles
| rom the mass of the joint, from other directions it appears
(13) Trans. Roy. | Soc. S. _ Austr., 1917, p. p. 138, . fourth line.
RE A SF Re ESE ET a ee ES
86
to be subtriangular, with its hind part vertical, and front
part curving to the apex, from other directions the whole
joint appears like a thick, barbless hook; the apparent second
joint is large, convex on the lower-surface, and irregularly
concave on the upper; the second joint of its front tarsi is
stout, and longer than the two following ones, which from
some directions it entirely conceals, it is also tipped with ©
black. It is certainly close to the male of L. tarsalis, but the
head is without the interrupted ridge between the eyes which
causes the head of that species, when viewed from behind, to
appear conspicuously notched in the middle; the head of the
present species, when so viewed, appears to have a gently even
incurvature between the eyes.
Laius cinctus, Redt.
A male, from Townsville, is much below the average size
of this species, has shorter antennae (the three apical joints
are notably stouter than on the typical form), and front
femora pallid, but as the distorted joints of the antennae are
almost exactly the same, and the front femora are foveate,
it should probably be regarded only as a variety of the species.
LAIUS ARMICOLLIS, Lea.
A male of this species, from Sea Lake (Victoria), in Mr.
Goudie’s collection, has the pale parts almost scarlet, no doubt
the normal colour of living specimens. Two females, from
Leigh Creek (South Australia), evidently belong to the species ;
they differ from the male in having the head green, except
for the flavous muzzle, and without excavations, the pro-
thorax unarmed and immaculate, and the second joint of the
front tarsi normal.
LAIUS EFFEMINATUS, N. sp.
3. Metallic purplish-blue, prothorax, three spots on
elytra, under-surface of basal joints of antennae, and part
of abdomen reddish. With rather dense, erect, blackish hairs.
Head gently convex, with two feeble depressions in front;
punctures small and sparse. Antennae obtusely serrated,
apparent second joint simple, almost as long as two following
combined. Prothorax widely . transverse, sides strongly
rounded, base feebly bilobed; with fairly large, scattered
punctures, becoming numerous on sides. JLlytra_ slightly
dilated to near apex, sides and suture thickened; with
crowded, rugose punctures, becoming sparser (but still dense)
and more sharply defined near scutellum, and at apex. Front
femora simple; second joint of front tarsi large, lopsided,
87
. partially concealing third and fourth, and with a_ black
outer comb. Length (3, Q), 4-5°5 mm.
@. Differs in having the head smoother in front,
antennae slightly shorter and thinner, elytra more dilated
posteriorly, and second joint of front tarsi similar to the third.
Hab.—Victoria: Melbourne, in September (F. E. Wil-
son); Geelong (H. W. Davey). Type, I. 12215.
| One of the few species of the genus with antennae prac-
tically identical in the sexes. The pale markings of the elytra
consist of a fairly large spot, common to both, at the apex,
and a narrow spot on the middle of each side, varying from
one-third to one-fifth the length of the elytra; but on one
female the lateral spots are absent. The antennae, scutellum,
under-surface, and legs are less blue than the head and elytra;
they might be regarded as black, with a bluish gloss; on some
specimens parts of the elytra have a slight greenish gloss.
On each of the nine specimens examined the elytra do not
quite cover the abdomen; on the male the tip of the latter
is deeply notched, on the female it is but feebly notched.
LAIUS JANTHINIPENNIS, N. sp.
3. Black with a purplish gloss, elytra deep purple,
prothorax and parts of basal joints of antennae flavous.
With sparse, ashen pubescence, and erect, dark hairs.
Head with a narrow curved line connecting bases of
eyes, front shallowly depressed and subtriangular; with
minute punctures. Antennae with first joint large, its inner
apex produced into a truncated lamina, apparent second
joint large, its lower-surface gently convex and irregularly
_ four-sided, upper-surface irregularly concave and deeply
notched to receive lamina of first joint, the following joints
feebly serrated. Prothorax strongly transverse, sides strongly
rounded, base gently bilobed, a wide shallow depression near
base; sides with fairly numerous punctures, sparse elsewhere.
Elytra parallel-sided to near apex, sides and suture thickened ;
basal sixth and apical third shining and with sparse punctures,
the intervening space subopaque, and with crowded, rugose
punctures. Second joint of front tarsi rather large and lop-
sided. Length, 3 mm. .
Hab.—Queensland: Roma (Dr. E. W. Ferguson).
Type, I. 12216.
A very distinct species of medium size, and the only one
‘known to me having prothorax entirely pale, and elytra
entirely dark. In some respects it is close to the description
of L. asperipennis, but is smaller, prothorax immaculate,
two joints of each antennae partly pale, and muzzle dark.
88 :
LAIUS INTRICATUS, Nn. sp.
d. Black, in parts with a greenish or bluish gloss;
elytra bright red, with purple markings, suture black, all
margins of prothorax, parts of muzzle, and parts of basal
joints of antennae reddish. With sparse, ashen pubescence,
and erect, brownish hairs.
Head densely granulate-punctate. Antennae with first
joint dilated and irregular at apex, apparent second large,
lower-surface gently convex and lopsided, upper-surface
with a large excavation near base, and a semi-double one
near apex, following joints more or less distinctly serrated,
apical one almost twice as long as the preceding one.
Prothorax almost twice as wide as long, sides evenly rounded, —
irregularly depressed near base; margins with irregular
punctures, small and sparse elsewhere. JL/ytra almost
parallel-sided to near apex, sides and suture thickened ; with
crowded but sharply defined punctures in middle, becoming
sparser about base and apex. Second joint of front tarsi
rather large, lopsided, with a black outer comb. Length
(3, 9), 4°5-5 mm. :
Q. Differs in having the head smaller, with smaller
punctures, basal joints of antennae entirely pale, the first
about as long as in the male but only about half as thick
at apex, the apparent second simple, about as long as two
following combined, and second joint of front tarsi much
the same as third.
Hab.—South Australia: Port Broughton (A. M. Lea),
Fowler Bay (C. French). Type male, I. 11881, in South
Australian Museum; type female, in National Museum.
A curiously marked species. The red of the elytra is
brighter but otherwise almost as in NVovius cardinalis; the
purple part on each elytron is directed backwards from the
shoulder, on the inner side curves round to the suture at-
the basal third, from the main portion is continued and at
the apical third is directed on one side to the margin, along
which it continues for a short distance, on the other side it
turns round to meet a large, somewhat diamond-shaped
mark on the suture, as a result (combined with the black
suture) there are four isolated red patches on each elytron: —
a round one near the scutellum, an irregularly four-sided —
medio-sutural one, a large irregular apical one, and a narrow
lateral strip on the basal half; the large dark part of the
pronotum is gently incurved to the middle in front, dilated —
on each side, and bilobed at base.
89
LAIUS TRIFOVEICORNIS, Nn. sp. ;
3. Dark purple, some parts blackish; prothorax, apex
f elytra, basal joints of antennae, and most of legs flavous.
Vith sparse, ashen pubescence, and long, dark hairs.
_ Head gently concave in front; with dense and small
punctures. Antennae with first joint dilated at apex,,.
apparent second very large, lower-surface gently convex,
upper-surface with three irregular excavations. Prothorar
strongly transverse, sides strongly rounded; with fairly
dense punctures on sides, sparse elsewhere. Elytra almost
parallel-sided to near apex, sides and suture slightly
thickened, apex base and sides with rather small and rugose
ounctures, denser, larger, and more rugose elsewhere. Second
t of ‘front tarsi lopsided, with a black outer comb.
3 (3, 9), 2°75-3 mm.
Differs in having the head smaller, apparent second
int Bis antennae simple, and second joint of front tarsi
ilar to the third.
Hab.—Australia (old collection); South Australia:
Moonta (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I. 7582.
__ The elytra are coloured almost as in L. mirocerus, but
he two species have little else in common, from some
rections they appear to be multigranulate. The’ pale apical
portion occupies about one-fourth of the length at the
ae where it is longest, and then curves round to each
e so as to resemble the figure 3, but it is very narrowly
tinued along each side almost to the base; the antennal
joints, after the ppyarent second, are more or less infuscated.
LAIUS ALBOMACULATUS, n. sp.
dé. Black; parts of basal joints of antennae flavous, four
large spots, and parts of extreme base of elytra, almost white.
W ith fairly numerous, erect, dark hairs.
_ Head gently convex, with a small fovea in middle and
feeble depressions in front ; with dense and sharply defined
= Antennae with first joint moderately long, the
; ee
parent second much larger, gently convex on lower-surface,
gularly concave on upper-surface, the outer front angle
spicuously produced, many of the following joints trans-
ve e. Prothorar widely transverse, apex much wider than
ise. a shallow depression near base; with dense and sharply
ed punctures on sides, sparser elsewhere. Llytra with
sides slightly dilated to near apex, sides and suture thickened ;
with dense and sharply defined punctures on most of the
parts, sparser and smaller on the pale parts. Second
t of front tarsi lopsided, with a black outer comb.
h, 25 mm.
4
90
Hab.—South Australia: Tarcoola (A. M. Lea). Type
(unique), I. 12217.
A small, very distinct, black and white species, in some
respects like L. flavonotatus, but antennae of different shape
and elytral spots and punctures very different. The pale
basal parts of the elytra are normally concealed by the pro-
thorax; two of the spots are at the basal third, and appear
as parts of a fascia widely interrupted at the suture, and
not touching the sides; the other spots are apical, and very
narrowly separated by the suture.
s
LAIUS INCONSTANS, 0. sp.
do. Flavous and black or infuscated. Clothed with
sparse, ashen pubescence, and a few longer hairs.
Head wide and gently convex ; with dense sharply defined
punctures. Antennae with basal joint fairly large, the
apparent second much larger, gently convex on lower-surface,
upper-surface with a curved ridge bounding two large unequal
excavations, apical corners somewhat produced, many of the
following joints slightly transverse. Prothorax about twice
as wide as long, sides strongly rounded, a shallow depression
near base; with fairly dense and rather sharply defined punc-
tures on sides, sparse elsewhere. lytra almost parallel-sided
to near apex, sides and suture thickened; densely and
irregularly granulate-punctate, the punctures smaller and
sparser about base and tips than elsewhere. Second joint of
front tarsi large, lopsided, and with a black outer comb.
Length (3, 9), 2-275 mm. ;
Q. Differs in having the head smaller, the apparent
second joint of antennae simple, and about as long as the
two following combined, prothorax less transverse, and second
joint of front tarsi simple. |
Hab.—South Australia: Barton (A. M. Lea), Murray
River (A. H. Elston and R. F. Kemp). Type, I. 12218.
In general appearance approaches the variety of L.
pallidus described from Parachilna, but the antennae very
different. Of the four specimens before me no two are exacth
alike in colours. The type male has the head flavous, with
the basal half slightly infuscated, the prothorax is almost
black, with all the margins narrowly flavous, the scutellum
is black, the elytra at the extreme base (normally concealed
by the prothorax) are flavous, then there is a fairly wide
blackish fascia touching the suture but not the sides, then @
fairly wide, almost white one, touching the sides but not the
suture, then a wider blackish one touching the sides, and
narrowly interrupted at the suture, and then about the apica,
fourth is flavous; the tarsi and tip of antennae are als¢
91
mfuscated. A second male has the head entirely pale, the
rothorax pale except for a large infuscated spot on each
ide, the dark parts of the elytra less blackish, and the pale
scia at the median third larger; most of the antennae and
f the tibiae are also infuscated. The type female has the
ead, prothorax, scutellum, antennae (except the extreme
ips), and legs flavous, with the dark basal fascia not much
arker than the pale one following it, and the postmedian
one hardly infuscated. On the second female the base of the
head and part of the prothorax are vaguely infuscated, and
he elytral markings are very obscurely: defined, the infus-
| ation of the legs is also slight. As with other males of the
genus the apparent second joint of the antennae appears of
ifferent shape from almost every point of view.
HypaTTALusS puNCTULATUS, Blackb.
Although Hypattalus was proposed by Blackburn on
‘species that differed in their tarsi from typical species of
the genus Attalus, and the male tarsi of the latter were
commented upon, he did not denote the sex of either H.
. yunctulatus, or H. elegans (described on the same page), and
there were no particulars given (the legs, except as to their
f olour, were not mentioned in either description) that
an be relied upon to determine the sex. When the major
ortion of his collection was acquired by the South Australian
Museum there was one cotype of punctulatus in it, this
pecimen is a female. Two males, from Adelaide and Mount
Lofty, belong to the species, and differ from the female in
having part of the muzzle pale, the antennae longer and
‘strongly serrated, and the hind tibiae thickened, and foveate
n the middle of the outer side, with part of the foveated
jortion red. In the male of H. elegans the distorted portion
is slightly nearer the base, and is not foveate externally.
he two species are certainly distinct, but they both have
decidedly blue elytra. Another male, from Victoria, however,
has the elytra of such a deep purple as to be almost black.
_ Hypatratvus sorpipus, Lea.
__ Of two specimens taken by Mr. F. E. Wilson, in Victoria,
one has a dark median line on the prothorax and more of its
ides dark than usual; the other has the prothorax entirely
pale.
HYPATTALUS ALPHABETICUS, Lea.
___ Two specimens, sexes, from Parachilna (South Australia)
tobably belong to this species, but differ from the type in
ing considerably larger (¢, 2°75: 9, 3 mm.), the dark
D2
92
parts of the elytra metallic-blue instead of violet, with the
subapical spots more nearly circular, and touching the suture,
the pale portion the same shade as the prothorax, instead ©
of paler, the punctures across the middle fairly coarse, and
the antennae (except the under-surface of some of the basal
joints) deep black. The female differs from the type (also
a female) in having the antennae decidedly shorter and
stouter, the legs darker, with the hind ones black. The
male has decidedly longer antennae than in the Parachilna
female, of the same proportionate length as those of the
type, but the serrations are stronger; its hind legs are
missing, but the front and middle femora and tibiae are
pale; the front femora are simple. .
HYPATTALUS INSULARIS, Lea.
A specimen, from the Dividing Range (Victoria),
evidently belongs to this species, but has tibiae entirely
dark ; the prothorax is flavous with a large infuscate disca
blotch, and its punctures are less distinct than on the types;
the elytra have vague remnants of striation (as on the
types). A specimen, from Sydney, has legs as in the type,
but the prothorax entirely flavous. 2
HYPATTALUS FLAVOAPICALIS, Nn. sp.
3. Black; tip of elytra, apical segment of abdomen,
parts of under-surface of antennae, and of under-surface of
muzzle, trochanters, and parts of coxae flavous. With sparse,
Head moderately convex between eyes, with two shallow
short, ashen pubescence, and rather numerous erect, dar
hairs.
conjoined depressions in front; punctures rather sparse and
minute, becoming denser at base. Antennae rather long,
feebly serrated, seventh joint slightly longer than the adjacent —
ones, and the length of eleventh. Prothorarx strongly trans-_
verse, sides (except in front) and base obliquely margined;
with a few scattered punctures. Slytra parallel-sided to near
apex, sides and suture slightly thickened, the apex more
strongly so; with rather large, crowded, and sharply defined
punctures. Apical segment of abdomen rather large. Hind
tibiae moderately curved. Length (¢, Q), 4-45 mm. |
Q. Differs in having the head smaller, with shallower
frontal depressions, antennae shorter and thinner, legs
shorter, and apical segment of abdomen softer.
Hab.—Tasmania: Cradle Mountain (H. J. Carter and
A. M. Lea), Waratah (Lea). Type, I. 12248. .
In my table of the genus (4) would be associated with
—_—_——
(14) Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, p. 169.
93
H. extlis and 1. montanus, but differs trom each in the pale
markings of elytra being confined to the apex. On the male
the elytra have a faint greenish gloss; the apical segment of
its abdomen is smooth and appears to be hard (as in the male
of H. apiciventris); on the female, although similarly
coloured, it is irregularly wrinkled, as a result of post-mortem
contractions. A single specimen was taken at each locality.
HYPATTALUS TRICOLOR, Nn. sp.
é. Black; elytra violet-blue, their tips, prothorax,
seutellum, and abdomen flavous; parts of legs and of basal
joints of antennae obscurely diluted with red. Upper-surface
almost glabrous.
Head with very feeble depressions in front; with sparse
and minute punctures. Antennae moderately long, not very
thin, obtusely serrated. Prothorax strongly transverse,
sides and base thinly margined; almost impunctate. Elytra
parallel-sided to near apex, sides and suture thickened, the
apex still more so; with rather minute but sharply defined
punctures, nowhere crowded, but in places rather numerous.
Front femora moderately curved and _ edentate, but
trochanter long, thin, and truncated, hind tibiae rather long
and strongly curved. Length, 2°5 mm.
Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection).
Type (unique), I. 11885.
) The curvature of the front femora, with the very
conspicuous front trochanters, associate this species with
H. australis and its allies; the only one of these having
similarly coloured elytra is H. apicipennis, which has elytral
“punctures crowded (although sharply defined) on most of its
_ surface, very different to those on the present species, which
also has the abdomen pale. There are several somewhat
‘similarly coloured species (H. viridis and H. violaceus), but
with normal front legs in the male.
A female, from New South Wales (Blackburn’s collec-
tion), probably belongs to this species, but has slightly
larger elytral punctures (although nowhere crowded), its
colours are exactly as in the type, from which it differs alsa
in having antennae shorter, and front legs simple.
HYPATTALUS INCONSPICUUS, 0. sp.
d. Black, prothorax flavous; parts of four or five basal
joints of antennae, trochanters, parts of coxae and parts of
front and of middle tibiae obscurely flavous. With sparse,
ashen pubescence.
Head with shallow depressions in front, and with rather
Sparse punctures. Antennae moderately long and obtusely
94
\
serrated. Prothorax strongly transverse, sides and base witlr —
thin margins; sides with fairly distinct punctures, sparse else-
where. Lilytra with sides feebly dilated from near base to
beyond the middle, sides and suture slightly thickened ; with’
sharply defined and dense, but not crowded, punctures. Legs
long and thin, hind tibiae rather strongly curved. Length,
1°75-2 mm. |
Q. Differs in having the head slightly smaller, with
thinner antennae, elytra slightly wider, legs slightly shorter,
and in the tip of the abdomen.
Hab.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains (Dr. E. W.
Ferguson). Type, I. 12220. |
In appearance like small specimens of H. calcaratus, fronr
which it differs in the thinner antennae, and hind tibiae of —
female not spurred; H. abdominalis is somewhat larger, elytra
with smaller punctures, and antennae much shorter and dis-
tinctly serrated. ‘
HYPATTALUS MINUTUS, DN. Sp.
Black; a small part of muzzle, basal parts of legs, and
parts of pasal joints of antennae obscurely testaceous.
Upper-surface almost glabrous.
Head almost impunctate, an oblique ‘depression each
side in front. Antennae moderately long, thin, and
obtusely serrated. /rothorax strongly transverse, sides and
base finely margined; almost impunctate. EHlytra rather
distinctly dilated to near apex; with minute, rugulose
punctures. Legs long and thin. Length, 1 mm. .
Hab.—South Australia: Kangaroo Island (A. H.
Elston). Type, I. 12219. .
The smallest Australian species of the Malachiides, —
being only about half the bulk of H. parvoniger, its
nearest ally. The tarsi are narrower than’is usual in the
genus, and the exoskeleton seems to be unusually soft; asa
result the five specimens taken by Mr. Elston all differ in
apparent shape, owing to post-mortem contractions.
CaRPHURUS and BALANOPHORUS. . -
Owing to the fact that the females, as well as the males,
of Balanophorus have a comb on the basal joint of the front —
tarsi, and that in Carphurus it is the males only that have
such a comb, I was led astray, and described as male
Carphuri specimens that were really female Balanophori. In
my table “5) the species that need reconsideration in this
———
(5) Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, pp. 188-191; in the
table the top line of page 190 should have been kk not nn (to "
mate with ik on page 189).
95
respect are those referred to ‘‘G. Antennae subpectinate or
very strongly serrate.’’ Upon these the following comments
are offered : —
1 elegans, Lea. The comb on the front tarsus of each of
the types is unusually long, and as the serrations of the
antennae are rather less pronounced than in females of
_ Balanophorus it was probably correctly referred to Carphurus.
; longipes, Lea. The type is in the Macleay Museum, and
I have not re-examined it.
varupennis, Lea. The type female is without combs, and
so is a Carphurus, the serrations of the antennae of the male
are very pronounced. A male in Mr. Carter’s collection, from
_ Stradbroke Island, has the middle femora entirely pale, and
_ the hind ones dark only at the apical third; a female, in the
~ Queensland Museum, has the elytra entirely pale.
leydus, Lea. The type has combs and in appearance
is very similar to a female of &. scapulatus, but its elytral
punctures are denser and sharply defined, and hence it is
_ probabaly a Carphurus.
maculiventris, Lea. The type is a female without combs,
and so is a Carphurus.
= ameiwentris, Lea. The type of the species and a speci-
men of the variety dubius have combs, but until both sexes
are known it is desirable to leave the species in Carphurus.
-bifoveatus, Lea. Although in general appearance very
close to B. janthinipennis the female is without combs and
so is a Carphurus. '
trimpressus, Lea. See note as Balanophorus trivm-
pressus.
, pictipes, Lea. Two females are combless, and so belong
to Carphurus.
_ rhagonychinus, Fairm. See note as b. rhagonychinus.
simulator, Lea. The type has combs and is probably a
female Balanophorus, as structurally it is very close to a
female of B. rhagonychinus.
BALANOPHORUS BREVIPENNIS, Germ.
; Two specimens, sexes, of this species in Mr. F. E.
-Wilson’s collection, from Gisborne (Victoria), have the head
entirely red.
BALANOPHORUS pictus, Lea.
¢ A male, from Melville Island, in the National Museum,
has the greater portion of the legs black, but otherwise
agrees well with a cotype of this species. A specimen from
the Forrest River (North Western Australia) is evidently a
_ female of the species, its colours are much as in the male,
except that the tip of the abdomen is black, that parts of
96
the tibiae are infuscated, and that the blue of the elytra —
occupies more of the surface; the antennae are strongly —
serrated only.
BALANOPHORUS TRIIMPRESSUS, Lea (formerly CarPHuURUs).
Deceived by its tarsal combs I described the type of this
species as a male Carphurus, but Mr. F. E. Wilson has
recently taken, at Ringwood in Victoria, a true male of the —
species, and it is a Balanophorus, with long rami on the —
antennae after the third joint. It has denser and smaller,
but more sharply defined punctures on the elytra than on
B. janthinipennis, from which, as also from B. vietoriensis,
it may be distinguished by the eyes being much larger; om
the female they are as large as on the males of those species,
and on the male about twice as large, being almost as large
as on the male of . scapulatus.
BALANOPHORUS RHAGONYCHINUS, Fairm. (formerly .
CaRPHURUS).
This species is also a Salanophorus, its male having
flabellate antennae much as in the above species, and in B.
scapulatus; its eyes are much as in the latter species. In
both sexes the femora and tibiae vary from entirely pale to
entirely dark; on the female the femora are often infuscated
in the middle, on one female the only dark part of the head
is a conspicuous fascia connecting the eyes. Specimens
before me are from Sydney, Blue Mountains, Eden, Kangaroo
Valley, and Mittagong, in New South Wales; and near
Brisbane, in Queensland. 9
BALANOPHORUS JANTHINIPENNIS, Fairm. |
Two specimens, sexes, from Galston, differ from the
typical form of this species in having the abdomen dark,
except for the sides of the three basal segments, the elytra —
blackish-purple, and the second joint of antennae entirely
pale; the elytral punctures are also smaller, although much
more distinct than on PB. victoriensis.
BALANOPHORUS CONCINNUS, n. sp.
3. Flavous; elytra (except extreme base), and apical
two-thirds of hind femora black, part of metasternum, eight
apical joints of antennae, tarsi, and hind tibiae more or less
deeply infuscated. With blackish hairs, denser on elytra,
and longer on sides of abdomen, than elsewhere. _
Head rather wide, a shallow depression each side in
front; base punctate and transversely strigose. Hach eye
97
less than half the width of the inter-ocular space. Antennae
with third joint acutely produced on one side, each of the
seven following joints with a long ramus. Prothorax slightly
- longer than wide, sides gently rounded, a shallow depression
near base. Elytra about twice as long as wide; with dense,
small and distinct, but not very sharply defined punctures.
Basal joint of front tarsi large, lopsided, partly concealing
second joint, with a black comb from base to apex on inner
side. Length, 6 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Type
(unique), I. 11954.
About the size of the typical form of #. scapulatus,
but with much smaller eyes than the male of that species,
being only the size of those of its female (this character also
distinguishes it from the description of 2. megalops). In my
table it would be associated with B. mastersi and B. pictus,
but is is much smaller and otherwise different from those
species. The head and prothorax have a somewhat redder tone
than the other pale parts; the pale portion of the elytra occu-
pies hardly more than the slope adjacent to the prothorax.
CARPHURUS ARMIPENNIS, Fairm.
A male of this species, from Port Denison, has a wide
space along the suture pale, and an obscurely pale latero-
‘apical spot.
CARPHURUS PALLIDIFRONS, Lea.
A female, from Aspendale (Victoria), in Dr. Ferguson’s
collection, has the front tibiae and the tips of all the femora
flavous. A male, from the Victorian Alps, in the National
Museum, probably belongs to the species, but has a con-
spicuous curved red mark connecting the eyes.
CARPHURUS LONGICOLLIS, Lea.
A male, from Cairns, has the abdomen and tibiae entirely
reddish.
CARPHURUS FRENCHI, Lea.
A female, from the Blue Mountains, in Dr. Ferguson’s
collection, has the pale basal markings of the elytra larger
than usual, and the prothorax with an irregular, infuscate
blotch.
CARPHURUS PUNCTATUS, Lea.
A specimen, from Launceston, has the prothorax with a
large black spot on each side, much as on some varieties of
‘C. elongatus, but the two species are otherwise very distinct.
(16) Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, p. 180.
98
CARPHURUS INVENUSTUS, Lea.
A male, from Illawarra, has parts of the elytra obscurely
diluted with red.
CAaRPHURUS ALTERNIVENTRIS, Fairm.
Two females, from Cairns, in Dr. Ferguson’s collection,
have the legs almost entirely black and the head black, with
an almost round, red spot, half-way between the base and
apex. A male, from Gayndah, has a pale vitta on the side
of each elytron, from the base to near the middle, touching
the side at the base, but not at the middle; a female mounted
with it (and a similar one from Cairns) has the vitta reduced
to an isolated spot near the side, its head has a large circular
red space, rendered rather conspicuous by the adjacent surface
being infuscated.
CARPHURUS CRISTATIFRONS, Fairm.
A female, from Mount Tambourine, has a longitudinal
black spot on the disc of the pronotum.
CARPHURUS ELONGATUS, Macl.
Of two males, from Aspendale (Victoria), in Dr. Fer-
guson’s collection, one has the apical three-fifths of elytra
black, except that the inner angle of each is obscurely diluted
with red; its prothoracic spots are normal; the other has the
prothorax immaculate, and the inner angles of the elytra no
paler than the adjacent parts.
CaRPHURUS GALLINACEUS, 0. sp.
¢. Flavous; abdomen reddish-flavous; base of head,,
scutellum, mesosternum, metasternum, and coxae black;
seven apical joints of antennae infuscated or black; labrum
slightly infuscated. With sparse and very short pubescence
in parts, and with long, straggling, dark hairs.
Head with a wide, semidouble excavation between eyes,
and a smaller (but large one) on each side, each of the
latter bounded inwards by a strong, curved elevation, the
two elevations connected in front; base punctate and trans-
versely strigose. Antennae moderately long, third to ninth
joints serrated. Prothorax slightly longer than greatest —
width (near apex), sides evenly rounded, a wide shallow
depression near base, and a shallower one near apex. Hlytra
about twice the length of prothorax and much wider than
its base, each side near apex with a conspicuous notch, the
margins of the notch thickened, its anterior end obtusely
pointed, the posterior end armed with a flat, acute spine,
99
directed forwards and outwards, each elytron near apex out-
wardly curved at suture; with dense and rather small, but
sharply defined punctures. Basal joint of front tars? with a
‘small, black, inner comb. Length, 5 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Bribie Island (A. M. Lea). Type
(unique), I. 11941.
The crest on the head is even larger than on (@. erista-
tifrons, and the ridges composing it curve round at the base,
with the excavation behind them bisinuate, instead of single;
the excavation at the side of each eye terminates before the
_ posterior end of the eye, in cristatifrons (as viewed from the
side) it is seen to slightly pass the eye; on the present species
also there is a slight infuscation on each elytron near the
suture, but the derm near the armature is immaculate.
CARPHURUS EXCISUS, Nn. sp.
. 3. Black; head, except at base, prothorax, elytra about
armature and on extreme sides, thence to base, but not to
apex, tips and sides of abdominal segments, three basal joints
of antennae, and parts of tibiae reddish-flavous. With long,
_ dark hairs, and in parts with sparse, white pubescence.
t Head with three rather large excavations: one in middle
bounded on each side by a narrow ridge, and one on each
_ side bounded by an eye; with irregularly distributed punc-
tures, base transversely strigose. Antennae moderately long,
; third to tenth joints moder ately serrated. Prothorax slightly
longer than the greatest width (near middle), sides evenly
rounded, a wide ‘shallow depression near base; with a few
scattered punctures. L/ytra about twice the length of pro-
_ thorax, each side near apex strongly notched, the part bound-
' ing the notch strongly thickened, its posterior end with a flat
blunt-tipped process, directed outwards and forwards; with
dense and rather sharply defined punctures, except on tips,
which are strongly, separately rounded. Basal joint of front
tarsi with a small, black, inner comb. Length, 4°25 mm.
2 Hab.—Victoria: Fern Tree Gully (F. E. Wilson). Type
unique), I. 11942.
Structurally close to C’. gallinaceus, but crest of the head
Brith its sides less distant at base, the excavation behind it
not bisinuate, and the elytra, ‘abdomen, and legs very
differently coloured. The sculpture in general is near that
of CU. cristatifrons, but the inner part of the crest is different,
and the elytra, etc., are differently coloured.
CARPHURUS BALTEATUS, N. sp.
¢. Flavous; elytra blackish, with a wide flavous fascia
near base, and with an obtuse extension along suture, apical
g
100
half or more of antennae and metasternum infuscated or
black. With rather long, dark hairs, elytra with short,
whitish pubescence.
Head with a large excavation between eyes, in its middle
a ridge crowned by a golden fascicle diverging to each side;
in front of the excavation a slightly hairy ridge, interrupted
in middle, a large and rather shallow depression in front;
with irregularly distributed punctures, base densely trans-
versely strigose. Antennae moderately long, most of the
joints serrated. Prothorazx slightly longer than the greatest
width, a wide shallow depression near base; with a few
scattered punctures. Hlytra about twice the length of pro-
thorax, each side at basal third with an obtusely triangular —
projection; with dense and sharply defined punctures, —
becoming sparser on tips. Basal joint of front tarsi with a
small, black, inner comb. Length, 6-7 mm.
Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin (N. Davies and F.
P. Dodd). Type, I. 11940.
The head when viewed from behind appears to have two
tubercles, but these are less distinct than on C. purpuret-
penms, and the ridges giving rise to them are differently
placed, the median fascicles are not black, as on C. fascicu-
latus and C. uncinatus, which also have the head differently
sculptured. The head, when viewed from certain directions, —
appears to have a ridge from each side, not quite meeting
in the middle, the point where they would have joined being
overhung by the fascicles; in the male of C. armipennis the
lateral ridges meet at the central one, which is not fasciculate
in front, but some varieties of that species have a large part
of the base of elytra pale. On one of the specimens the
abdomen is entirely pale, and of a more reddish tone than
the other, some of whose basal segments are slightly
infuscated. ,
CARPHURUS MICROPTERUS, Nl. sp.
3. Black, elytra and legs piceous-black. With sparse,.
whitish pubescence, and long, straggling, dark hairs.
Head wide; with dense and moderately coarse punctures.
Antennae not very long, basal joint rather large and swollen
at apex, second subglobular, third to ninth about as long as
second, but becoming acutely triangular on one side, tenth
and eleventh narrower, the eleventh scarcely longer than
tenth. Prothorax distinctly transverse, sides rather strongly
rounded, a narrowly impressed subbasal line; with numerous:
sharply defined, but not very large punctures. Hlytra short,
strongly narrowed posteriorly; with fairly dense asperate
101
unctures. Tip of abdomen with a wide process on each
ide. Basal joint of front tars: with a small comb on inner
ge. Length, 3 mm.
_ Hab.—South Australia: Adelaide (Blackburn’s col-
tion). Type (unique), I. 11946.
_ A curious species that in some respects seems nearer
elcogaster than Carphurus, and for which possibly a new
enus should have been proposed ; the elytra are shorter than
‘in any other species of the allied genera, being shorter than
é head and prothorax combined, and shorter than their
own basal width; the tip of the abdomen also is peculiar,
‘in addition to the process on each side there is a pointed
“median one on the type (probably the tip of an oedeagus) ;
‘most of the antennal joints have numerous rather long hairs.
. CaRPHURUS CRIBRATUS, 0. sp.
; ¢. Black; front half of head, four basal joints of
antennae, prothorax (except for a wide subapical fascia),
basal two-fifths of elytra, tips and sides of subapical segment
‘of abdomen distinctly, and of some of the others inconspicu-
ously flavous; tibiae and most of tarsi flavous, or testaceo-
flavous. With sparse, whitish pubescence, and long, dark
hairs.
Head with smali tubercles and depressions on front half ;
with small, dense punctures. Antennae rather long and thin.
Prothorax about as long as the greatest width (near apex),
an inconspicuous depression across base ; with dense punctures,
in places transversely confluent. H/lytra more than twice the
length of prothorax; with dense and sharply defined punc-
‘tures, but some of them confluent. Basal joint of front tars’
with a black comb at inner apex. Length(d, Q), 3-3°5 mm.
Q. Differs in having the head smaller, less uneven, and
with more distinct punctures in front, eyes smaller, antennae
shorter, abdomen much wider, and front tarsi combless.
_ AHab.—Queensland: Bundaberg (Blackburn’s collection).
‘Type, I. 11948. .
In my table“) would be associated with C. elongatus,
from which it differs in its coarser elytral punctures and
seulpture of head. The fine pubescence on the prothorax,
Irom some directions, causes the punctures to appear like
Strigae. On the male there is a scarcely traceable infuscation
about the scutellum, but on the female it is more pro-
nounced ; the black prothoracic fascia is nearer the apex than
base, but it varies in extent on the three specimens before me.
?
Q7) Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, p- 198.
— _ -
a
%
102
CARPHURUS INTEROCULARIS, 0. sp.
d. Flavous; elytra dark metallic-green; scutellum,
metasternum, a basal portion of each segment of abdomen
except the apical one (which is entirely pale), and hind
trochanters black. With rather sparse, dark hairs, and in -
parts with sparse, whitish pubescence. .
Head large; with a wide and deep inter-ocular excay-
ation, its posterior end curved ; a conspicuous inter-antennary
tubercle projecting triangularly backwards into the middle
of its anterior end; a deep oblique impression on each side
close behind it; punctures irregularly distributed. Antennae
long and rather thin, scarcely serrated, none of the joints
transverse. Prothorax distinctly transverse, sides and base
strongly rounded; with a few scattered punctures. Elytra
more than twice the length of prothorax ; with dense and, for
the genus, rather large punctures, in places confluent. Basal
joint of front tars: lopsided, a black inner comb from base
to apex. Length, 5 mm.
Hab.—South Australia. Type (unique), I. 11943.
In general appearance close to C. cyanevpenms, and with
entirely pale antennae (the four basal joints are paler than
the others, but these are not infuscated), but basal joint much —
thinner than on the male of that species, and the head —
strongly sculptured; its sculpture at once distinguishes the
species from the males of C. telephoroides, C. latupennis, C.
‘cervicalis, and other similarly coloured species. In my table
it would be associated with C. basiventris, which has pana
dark antennae and legs, differently coloured elytra, etc. !
CAaRPHURUS TRICOLOR, 0. sp.
d. Black; head, four basal joints of antennae (except
upper-surface of first), prothorax, and front femora flavous;
elytra deep blue. With very sparse, pale pubescence, and
moderately long, dark hairs.
Head with a somewhat circular depression, in the middle
of which is a slight elevation ; with rather dense and distinct
punctures, the base transversely strigose. Antennae rather
long and thin, only the second joint transverse. Prothorazr
longer than wide, base much narrower than apex, a wide
depression near base : sides with dense punctures, sparse else-
where. Hlytra more than twice the length of prothorax;
with dense and sharply defined punctures, even at apex.
Length, 4-4°25 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type,
I, 11945.
103
A beautiful little species; the type has the front femora
ile, so in my table would be associated with C. facialis, from
which it differs in the sharply defined punctures of elytra
and in many details of colour, in particular the blue elytra
d red head ; regarding a second specimen (having somewhat
seated front femora) as having entirely dark legs, it
might be associated with C. pullidifrons (although the elytra
are not metallic), from which it differs in its entirely pale
head, sharper elytral punctures, etc. From the description
of C. azuretpennis it differs in the entirely black abdomen,
black scutellum, front legs partly pale, and pale basal joints
of antennae.
be
=
CaRPHURUS SEMIRUFUS, 0. sp.
. Black; head (except for a vague infuscation behind
each eye), four basal joints of antennae, prothorax, tibiae,
and tarsi reddish. With long, dark hairs, and sparse, pale
pubescence.
_ Head gently convex between eyes, a shallow transverse
impression in front; with minute punctures, becoming larger
near eyes, base transversely strigose. Antennae moderately
long, third to tenth joints rather strongly serrated, eleventh
almost twice the length of tenth. Prothorax slightly trans-
verse, sides strongly rounded, apex slightly wider than base;
ith a few scattered punctures. /lytra short, scarcely twice
the length of prothorax ; with fairly dense and rather sharply
defined, but small punctures, becoming still smaller pos-
teriorly. Length, 4 mm. ,
_ Hab.—Northern Territory: Melville Island (G. F. Hill,
No. 351). Type (unique), I. 12201.
_ At first glance the type appears to be a Helcogaster, but
the sharply defined elytral punctures, and serrations of
antennae, should exclude it from that genus. Regarding the
species as belonging to G of my table of Carphurus, it would
be associated with C. triimpressus, which, with others of G,
uve been transferred to Balanophorus (the type has combless
front tarsi so cannot belong to that genus); but regarding it
as belonging to GG, it would go with C. facialis, which has
elytra longer, more metallic, and with larger punctures, part
of head black, etc.; the elytra are shorter and with less con-
Spicuous punctures than in C. basiventris, the head is wider,
and abdomen entirely black.
y CaRPHURUS COMPSUS, DN. sp.
6. Flavous; six apical joints of antennae and part of
|the preceding one, and a large blotch on elytra blackish.
| With fairly numerous dark hairs, and in places with very
| Sparse, ashen pubescence.
:
=
104
Head moderately long, gently convex between eyes, /a)
rather large shallow depression in front; with fairly distinct)
ut irregularly distributed punctures, base transversely
strigose. Antennae rather long, third to tenth joints strongly.
serrated, eleventh distinctly longer than tenth. Prothorax
distinctly longer than wide, sides from near apex narrowed to.
base, a wide shallow depression near base; punctures sparsely
distributed. Elytra more than twice the length of prothorax ;
with dense, small, and mostly rugulose punctures. Basal
joint of front tarsi lopsided, with a narrow, black, inner comb.
Length, 6 mm.
Hab.—Northern a padi (Blackburn’s collection).
Type, I. 11952:
The dark ‘blotch on the elytra is sharply defined, it com
mences on each elytron at the basal third, from the suture
it is directed obliquely towards the shoulder for a short dis:
tance, is then directed backwards to slightly beyond the
middle, and from there straight to the side, the derm thence
being. entirely dark. At first glance it looks like some of the
varieties of C’. longus, but the antennae are strongly serrated:
the male of C. elegans has the basal joint of the front tarsi
more than twice as long as in this species, abdomen tipped)
with black, etc. d
A female, from Cairns (A. M. Lea), that possibly belongs
to this species, differs from the type in having the head
smaller, with two feeble depressions in front, antennae shorter
thinner, feebly serrated and entirely pale, elytra with the
dark portion more diffused, and covering rather more than
the apical half as an infuscation, with more sharply defined
punctures, and legs shorter, with front tarsi combless. )
CARPHURUS MACROPS, Nn. sp.
j
3. Flavous; five apical joints of antennae, apical .
of elytra, and most of abdomen infuscated. With straggling,
dark hairs, and sparse, ashen pubescence. * , |
Head ‘gently convex between eyes, a feeble depression
each side in front; with rather sparse punctures, becoming
denser behind eyes, but base transversely confluent. Ey
large and prominent. Antennae rather long, third to tenth
joints strongly serrated, eleventh about once and one-half th
length of tenth. Pr othoraz longer than wide, sides diminish
ing from near apex to base, a ‘wide shallow "depression near
base; a few punctures scattered about. Elytra scarcely twice
the length of prothorax; with dense and small, but fairly
sharply defined punctures. Basal joint of front tars: with. a
narrow, black, inner comb, from base to apex. Length
(od, 9), 4-4°5 mm.
|
105
Differs in having the head smaller, with smaller
(but still large) eyes, antennae shorter and thinner, and legs
shorter, with simple tarsi.
Hab. —Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 11950.
___ - The dark part of the elytra, although distinct, is not very
sharply limited; on the two females taken, but not on the
male, it is narrowly continued along the sides to the base,
_ on one female the abdomen is entirely pale. In the male the
combined width of the eyes is rather more than the space
_ between them, in the female it is about three-fourths of that
_ space; their length is slightly more than that of the two basal
joints of antennae; they are as large as in C. vigilans, but
the head is very differently sculptured. The antennae are
rather strongly serrated, and so the species might be referred
to G of my table, and there associated with the pale-headed
form of C. lepidus, from which it ditters in its much larger
eyes, less defined elytral punctures, etc.; referring it to GG
it would be associated with C. atricapillis, which is a con-
siderably larger species, with very different antennae.
CARPHURUS LATUS, DN. sp.
3. Flavous; elytra deep purple, except at base and
for a short distance along suture; eight apical joints of
antennae, metasternum, parts of both surfaces of three basal
segments of abdomen, middle coxae and femora, and most
of hind legs, black or blackish. With long, straggling,
blackish hairs, and sparse, ashen pubescence.
Head wide, somewhat uneven in front; with dense
punctures near eyes. Antennae rather short and stout, third
to tenth joints strongly serrated. Prothoray slightly longer
than its greatest width (across apical third), a wide shallow
_ depression near base; with small and very sparse punctures.
Elytra about twice the length of prothorax, wide at base,
sides suddenly dilated before the middle, and then feebly
narrowed to apex; with fairly dense but uneven punctures.
Basal joint of front tarsi lopsided, but not very large, with a
small, black comb on inner edge. Length, 6°5 mm.
Be eRe western ‘Australia: Wyndham, in March
(J. Clark from W. Crawshaw). Type (unique), I. 11951.
An unusually wide species, at first glance appearing to
belong to Heleogaster; but the elytra with distinct punctures,
_ head not largely excavated and antennae serrate, are evidence
that it should be referred to Carphurus; the appendix to
each claw is larger than is usual in the allied genera. The
eyes are large, and, when viewed from the side, appear to
have no part of the head above them. The elytral punctures
106
are often sharply defined, but are mostly rugose, some of them |
are so shallow as to be scarcely traceable, especially about
the tips. The antennae are not subpectinate, so regarding
the species as belonging to GG of my table it would be asso-
ciated with C. atricapillis, from which it differs in most
details of shape; if it were referred to Helcogaster, it would
be associated with H. punctipennis, with which it has also
few details in common.
NEOCARPHURUS COSTIPENNIS, MN. sp.
Q. Black; antennae, except some of the apical joints,
and extreme base of prothorax flavous. A few dark hairs
scattered about.
Head opaque and with rather dense punctures, a shallow
depression each side in front, and a shallow median line.
Antennae moderately long, none of the joints transverse.
Prothorax slightly longer than greatest width, which is at
apex, sides rounded and strongly narrowed to near base, and
then almost parallel to base, which is feebly bilobed, a deep,
transverse, open depression near base. Llytra almost twice
the length of prothorax, and twice as wide as its base, opaque
and shagreened except about base, a fine costa extending
obliquely inwards from each shoulder. Length, 2°5-2°75 mm.
Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection),
Cairns (Dr. E. W. Ferguson). Type, I. 10948.
The opacity of the elytra appears to be due principally
to very minute pubescence, but the species may be readily
known from V. pilosipennis, N. angustibasis, and all others ©
of the genus, by the costa running inwards from each shoulder
for about one-third the length of the elytron. On the type
the three apical joints of the antennae, and the upper-surface
of the first, are infuscated; on a second specimen only the
two apical joints are infuscated.
NEOCARPHURUS SEMIFLAVUS, Nn. sp.
- Flavous; metasternum and abdomen black; apical three-
fifths of elytra, parts of hind legs, of middle and of front
tibiae and tarsi, and two apical joints of antennae, more or
less deeply infuscated. With a few straggling hairs.
Head with a wide depression between eyes, and a large,
obtuse, inter-antennary tubercle. Antennae moderately long,
second to sixth joints transverse, eleventh longer than tenth.
Prothorax longer than wide, sides rounded and strongly nar-
rowed to near base, and then subparallel to base, which is
feebly bilobed and about half the width of apex. Elytra
about once and one-half the length of prothorax, and much
107
der than its base, the dark part opaque and very minutely
ubescent. Front tarsi rather short, basal joint with an inner
ack comb. Length, 3 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Rydalmere (Dr. E. W. Fer-
suson). Type (unique), I. 11955.
| The dark part of the elytra is opaque; on .V. coatesi and
NV. impunctatus it is just as highly polished as the pale part.
The eyes of the type are still of a vivid green.
HELCOGASTER.
A table of this genus, containing less than half of the
now known species, was given in the 1909 revision of the
family,"®) but the features by which the. species are dis-
tinguished are so often on the head, and do not lend them-
elves readily to be condensed into brief tabular characters,
that a grouping is now given, and only males are included, as
| appears to be impossible to identify many of the females
ith certainty from descriptions. Some of the species, with
he head comparatively simple in the male, might be regarded
as belonging to Carphurus, but all such doubtful species have
very minute rugulose punctures on the elytra, and the
antennae feebly serrated at most. An asterisk (*) denotes
shat the species has been placed in its group by the published
characters : —
I. Antennae with basal joints distinctive.
FOVEICORNIS, Lea INSIGNICORNIS, Lea
. 2. Prothorar not simple near, or at, apex.
CAVICEPS, Lea MEDIOAPICALIS, Lea
IMPERATOR, Lea NIGRIVENTRIS, Lea
_ INCISICOLLIS, Lea SPINICOLLIS, Lea
3. Basal joints of antennae not distinctive, and prothorax
simple near, and at, apex.
A. Prothorax partly or entirely dark.
a. Elytra. entirely dark.
ATER, Lea HOPLOCEPHALUS, Lea
ATERRIMUS, Lea LITORALIS, Lea
_ BASIRUFUS, Lea MELAS, Lea
CANALICULATUS, Lea NIGER, Lea (typical)
_ CAPSULIFER, Lea OBLIQUICEPS, Lea
-COELOCEPHALUS, Lea PARALLELUS, Lea
_EFFEMINATUS, Lea PULCHRIPES, Lea (variety)
EXCAVIFRONS, Lea PUNCTICEPS, Lea
_ GAGATINUS, Lea RUFICORNIS, Lea
GENICULATUS, Lea TRIANGULIFER, Lea (typical)
48) Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, p. 215.
108
b. Llytra not entirely dark.
BASICOLLIS, Lea LATEROFUSCUS, Lea
BREVICORNIS, Lea MACULICEPS, Lea (variety)
CRIBRICEPS, Lea MARGINICOLLIS, Lea
FASCIATUS, Lea (Note 1) MEDIOFLAVUS, Lea
FLAVIPENNIS, Lea OPACICEPS, Lea
INFLATUS, Lea
B. Prothorax entirely pale.
c. Elytra entirely dark.
APICICORNIS, Lea MACROCEPHALUS, Lea
ATRICEPS, Lea MAJOR, Lea
BRACHYPTERUS, Bohem. NIGER, Lea (variety)
CARINATICEPS, Lea *NIGRICEPS, Lea
CENTRALIS, Lea OXYTELOIDES, Lea
CERATICEPS, Lea PULCHRIPES, Lea (typical)
CONCAVICEPS, Lea STRIGICEPS, Lea
DECIPIENS, Lea TRIANGULIFER, Lea (variety)
FOVEICEPS, Lea (Note 2) TrRopicus, Lea
HACKERI, Lea T. TUBERCULATUS, Lea
HELMSI, Lea . VARIUS NIGRIPENNIS, Lea
INSULARIS, Lea VENTRALIS, Lea
d. Elytra not entirely dark.
BACCHANALIS, Lea RHYTICEPHALUS, Lea
BILOBUS, Lea SEMINIGRIPENNIS, Lea
CONVEXICEPS, Lea SIMPLICICEPS, Lea
FUSCITARSIS, Lea (Note 3) suxnciceps, Lea
HUMERALIS, Lea THORACICUS, Lea
*IMPRESSIFRONS, Bohem. TRIFOVEICEPS, Lea
LATICEPS, Lea TRISINUATUS, Lea
MACULICEPS, Lea (typical) TUBERCULIFRONS, Lea
PALLIDUS, Lea vaRIuS, Lea (typical)
PIGNERATOR, Lea (Note 4) VARIUS FLAVOPICcTUS, Lea
PUNCTILOBUS, Lea VARIUS PALLIDIPENNIS, Lea
PUNCTIPENNIS, Lea
Note 1. The dark part of the prothorax of the type is
possibly due to staining.
Note 2. On some males the sides of the prothorax have
infuscated spots.
Note 3. The shoulders are not always conspicuously pale.
Note 4. The elytra of the type, from above, appear to
be entirely dark.
Three species at present standing in Carphurus may
eventually be transferred to Helcogaster; if so, their positions
would be as follows: —C. atronitens in a, C. basipennis and
CU. faseupennis in d.
109
| HELCOGASTER GAGATINUS, Lea.
A female, from Melville Island, probably belongs to this
species, but has the front femora black with a pale vitta,
s on some males from New South Wales.
HELCOGASTER INSULARIS, Lea.
___A male, from the Dividing Range (Victoria), has the
projection between the basal sinuations of the head clothed
vith rusty red hair, resembling a short fascicle; on the types
the hair there is black, and so hardly conspicuous.
HELCOGASTER PULCHRIPES, Lea.
A male, from Mount Lofty, differs from the type of this
species in having all the legs, except the tarsi and coxae, red-
dish, only the extreme tip of antennae infuscated, and the
prothorax with a conspicuous blackish spot on each side.
HELCOGASTER TUBERCULIFRONS, Lea.
On the male of this species the basal half of the head
is usually deeply infuscated; on the females the infuscation
of the head is more pronounced, the tubercle is reduced to a
slight swelling on each side of the front of which is a shallow
impression, the antennae are thinner, and the front tarsi are
sunple. Two females, from Dorrigo, sent with several typical
ones, are rather larger than the others, and have the head
deep black and highly polished, with only the lateral parts
of the muzzle pale; a similar female, from the Tweed River,
is in Mr. H. J. Carter’s collection.
HELCOGASTER TROPICUS, Lea.
From some directions the wide median excavation on the
mead of the male, of this species, seems to be bounded near
each eye by a subconical tubercle. The female differs from
he male in having the head almost entirely black, without
a large excavation, but shallowly bifoveate in front, the neck
ess strongly narrowed, and the basal joint of the front tarsi
combless. On both sexes the legs, except for the knees, are
usually entirely black.
The typical specimens were labelled, in the Macleay
Museum, as from Cairns, but probably in error, as I have
seen no other specimens of the species from Queensland, and
t is abundant in the Mount Lofty Ranges, near Adelaide.
HELCOGASTER NIGER, Lea.
__ This species occurs in abundance in South Australia (Port
aincoln, Tumby Bay, Kangaroo Island, Adelaide, Mount
*)
110
Lofty, Lucindale, and Mount Gambier). The head of the
male, viewed from behind, appears to have three small median
tubercles and a slightly larger one near each eye.“% The
typical, but not the commonest, form of the male is black,
except that some of the basal joints of antennae and the
knees are obscurely reddish or testaceous.
Var. 1, ¢. Prothorax with extreme base, and sometimes
the sides near base, more or less reddish.
Var 2, oo Prothorax with sides (or a vitta near eadll
side) of prothorax pale, but not to apex, the pale portion
usually not continued across middle of base. On some speci-
mens of this form there is also a short, obscure, medio-apical
vitta.
Var. 3, ¢. Prothorax with dark markings reduced to
a median infuscated spot (usually rather large), ‘and generally
with infuscated stains about apex, or sides. On many speci-
mens of this variety the large spot is obscurely connected with
two small apical spots, so as ta resemble an irresular Y. or
the Y may be sharply defined.
The varieties run into each other, but I have seen only
one in which the prothorax is entirely pale. In the com-
monest form of the female the base and sides near base of the
prothorax are pale, but the various forms have not been
described, as many of them are scarcely distinguishable from
females of other species, although the males, by the sculpture
of the head, are abundantly distinct.
HELCOGASTER T-TUBERCULATUS, Lea.
In the table 2 this was in error referred to as tuber-
culatus. |
HELCOGASTER IMPERATOR, Nn. sp.
¢. Black; front half of head, prothorax, a large sub- |
triangular portion at base of elytra (an infuscate blotch
about scutellum excepted), and parts of legs and of antennae
flavous, or reddish-flavous. With a few scattered dark hairs.
Head wide, with a rather shallow longitudinal impression
each side in front. Antennae rather stout, second to tenth
joints more or less. transverse, eleventh slightly longer than
wide. Prothorax considerably wider than long, widest close
to apex, a deep transverse excavation near apex, and a shallow
one near base. Hlytra not much longer than wide, each
separately rounded at apex; with sparse and inconspicuous,
rugulose punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi with a distinct
black comb. Length (¢, 2): 2°5-4 mm.
(19) Lea, Trans. Ent. Soe: Lond., 1909, pl. i1., fig. 9.
(20) JL.e pe 216.
111
Q. Differs in having the head, except the labrum,
entirely black, front femora, as well as the others, partly
ark, antennae longer and thinner, none of the joints trans-
yerse, prothorax only slightly wider than long, apex very
ittle wider than base, non-excavated or tuberculate, and front
arsi combless.
Hab.—South Austtalia: Adelaide (Blackburn’s col-
ection, H. H. D. Griffith, J. G. O. Tepper, N. B. Tindale,
and A. Zietz), Mount Lofty (R. J. Burton, 8. H. Curnow,
4. H. Elston, A. M. Lea, and Tepper), Barossa (Elston),
Quorn (Blackburn), Noarlunga (Burton). Type, I. 9185.
Some females were named as H. basipennis (Fairmaire)
in Blackburn’s collection, and in many respects they agree
well with the description of that species ; but it was described as
from Peak Downs in Queensland, and there are so many other
species from Queensland and New South Wales that the
description would fit equally well, that I think this species
(all the specimens of which before me are from South Aus-
alia) should not be regarded as basipennis; in any case the
male of the present species has such a distinctive prothorax
that it could hardly be confused with the male of any other
species. The excavation of its prothorax varies somewhat,
but it is always deep and wide, it is nearly always bounded
at each end by a subconical tubercle, its front edge is often
impressed in the middle, and has a feeble elevation on each
side of the impression, and as all the elevations are setose the
front margin, from some directions, appears quadritubercu-
late; the bottom of the excavation is usually infuscated or
L. lack. The impressions on the head of the male are so placed
that from some directions the intervening space (appearing
sa wide gentle elevation), and the lateral elevations, resemble
the broad arrow. From three to five joints of his antennae
ire pale, on one specimen they are entirely pale; the hind
femora are partly black or infuscated, and sometimes the
niddle ones as well; the apical joints of all the tarsi are
Beercated. The true width of the elytra is very little less
an that of the length, but owing to irregular contraction
t often appears to be much less.
HELCOGASTER MEDIOAPICALIS, N. sp.
3. Black and highly polished; prothorax (except middle
of apex), front coxae and femora, and base of middle femora
Havous. With very sparse, dark hairs.
: Head wide, largely and irregularly excavated. Antennae
Moderately long, joints gradually decreasing in width,
leventh about once and one-half the length of tenth. Pro-
horar about as long as its greatest width, sides almost evenly
112
rounded, middle of apex irregular. Llytra dilated from near
base, each separately rounded at apex; with fairly numerous
and small, but (for the genus) rather distinct, rugulose pune-
tures. Legs rather long and thin, basal joint of front tarsi
large, lopsided, and with a comb on the inner edge. Length,
oo mm,
Hab.—New South Wales: Blue’ Mountains (Blackburn’s
collection). Type (unique), I. 11915.
The prothorax not simple at apex associates this species
in my table with H. inecisicollis and H. spinicollis; the
former has the prothorax black and deeply notched, the latter
has the apex spined; on the present species there is a curved)
impression across the median apex, behind which the surface
is elevated, and from some directions appears to project
slightly forwards, but it is not spinose; the irregular part is
darker than the rest of the prothorax; the general appear-
ance and elytra are much as in H. concaviceps. The excay-)
ation on the head is transverse, and continuous from eye to
eye, its hind margin is obtusely trisinuate, and front margin
more sharply so, and it has a small tubercle in its middle
not elevated above the level of the eyes; from’ some directions
it appears to have several small tubercles. On the type the
front tibiae and tarsi are infuscated, so that the tarsal comb)
(which on the males of most species show up as a distinet
black inner rim) is inconspicuous, but under the microscope
it is seen to be composed of about thirty long, close-set teeth.
HELCOGASTER LITORALIS, Nn. Sp.
d. Black; head (except base), most of prothorax, and
basal third of antennae reddish-flavous. With sparse, dark
hairs, elytra glabrous or almost so.
Head shallowly impressed on each side in front, towards
base with a wide triangular elevation. Antennae moderately
long, second to fifth joints slightly transverse, sixth to tent
slightly longer, eleventh longer than tenth. Prothorag
slightly longer than wide, widest near apex, with a closed
depression near base. H#lytra moderately long; with sparse
inconspicuous punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi lopsided
and with an inner comb. Length (3, 9), 225-3 mm. —
Q. Differs in having the head black almost to the
muzzle, and without the triangular elevation, prothorax
almost or entirely black, antennae somewhat thinner, anc
front tarsi combless.
Hab.—Lord Howe Island (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 11906!
In my table would be associated with AH. obliquiceps|
which has a very different head, in fact the head is very
different from that of any other species; seen from behin¢
113
ts entire base appears to be triangularly elevated; it is
ransversely impressed at the extreme base, with the triangle
erhanging it; even on the female there are traces of these.
welve specimens were obtained on the island by the use of
sweep-net on grasses, etc., close to a beach; of these four
ire males, and the dark parts of the prothorax on each appear
>» be more of the nature of stains than regular markings,
yn three of them there is an irregular postmedian fascia, on
he fourth there is only a small spot on each side; but the
orothorax of the female is deep black, with the base usually,
it not always, more or less reddish. On several specimens
f each sex the knees are obscurely reddish.
HELCOGASTER MEDIOFLAVUS, 0. sp.
_ 6. Black; middle portion of elytra obscurely pale
javous, three or four basal joints of antennae more or less
avous. A few blackish hairs scattered about.
Head with a rather shallow, inter-ocular impression ;
“with three distinct costae in front, the median one shorter
han the others. Antennae longer (passing elytra) and more
‘distinctly serrated than usual in genus. Prothorax slightly
transverse, sides evenly rounded, a wide transverse depression
ear base. Hlytra moderately long, inconspicuously rugulose.
Abdomen with a small medio-apical’ process. Basal joint of
ront tarsi lopsided, with an inner comb. Length, 2-2°5 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: mae (A. H. Elston), Murray
Bridge (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 11899.
_ The bicoloured elytra and tricostate head render this
pecies a very distinct one, and at once distinguish it from”
4 obliquiceps and H. gagatinus, with which it would be
associated in my table. The dark parts of the elytra are a
vide basal triangle, and the apical two-fifths, the pale inter-
ening portion is distinct, but its outlines are not sharply
efined. A specimen from the old collection, without exact
deality, has the dark parts more brown than black, with the
pale portion of the elytra more extended. There are five
lales before me, but I have been unable to associate any
emales with them.
HELCOGASTER OPACICEPS, N. sp.
_ 6. Black; elytra with median portion pale flavous,
hree basal joints of antennae, knees, front tibiae, and hivian
more or less reddish-flavous. "A few blackish hairs scattered
Head wide, opaque and densely punctate, a fairly large
lepression close to each eye, the two separated by an obtuse,
shining ridge. Antennae moderately long and feebly serrated.
Prothorax slightly transverse, sides evenly rounded, a wide
transverse impression at base; a few punctures on sides.
Elytra moderately long ; with a few small, rugulose punctures,
Basal joint of front tarsi lopsided, with a black inner comb.
Length (3, @), 2°75-3°25 mm.
Differs in having the head narrower, the median
ridge and lateral depressions much less distinct, antennae
somewhat shorter and thinner, prothorax more transv erse, and
front tarsi combless.
Hab.—South Australia: Quorn (E. L. Savage), Tarcoola
and Ooldea (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 12212.
Colours much as in the preceding species, from which a
differs in being slightly wider, head opaque (except in front)
and with dense punctures, instead of highly polished, and
antennae somewhat shorter. On the only male before me
the dark parts of the elytra are a large basal triangle, and
the apical two-fifths; on one of the females the dark basal
portion is extended, and the apical portion decreased ; on the
other female the dark parts are both somewhat extended and
narrowly meet on the suture.
114
HELCOGASTER CRIBRICEPS, Nn. sp.
3d. Black; median portion of elytra flavous, four basal
joints of antennae, tibiae and tarsi more or less reddish-
flavous. With sparse dark hairs.
Head rather wide; with small and fairly dense, sharply
defined punctures, becoming: denser in front; a shallow
depression on each side in front. Antennae fairly long,
moderately stout, and obtusely serrated. Prothorax moder-
ately transverse, sides gently rounded and narrower at base
than at apex, base with a transverse depression. Hlytra not
very long, each separately rounded at apex; with fairly
numerous small, but rather sharply defined, rugulose
punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi with a small black
comb. Length, 3 mm.
Hab—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Type)
(unique), I. 12121.
Close to H. medioflavus, and with similarly coloured
elytra, but the head simple except for feeble lateral depres-_
sions and with, for the genus, very distinct punctures; these |
are sparser than on the preceding species, and are individually.
distinct, so that the head is shining, on that species they are |
so dense as to cause the head to be opaque. The pale portion
of the elytra occupies rather more than the median third
along the suture, it is somewhat extended on each side
towards the base, but does not quite touch the sides, as a
115
sult, from above, the black basal portion of the elytra
ppears to be widely triangular.
HELCOGASTER BREVICORNIS, Nn. sp.
3d. Black; head in front of eyes, front sides of
rothorax, elytra (a slight infuscation about scutellum),
ntennae, front legs, and knees, more or less flavous. A few
ark hairs scattered about.
Head rather small, a wide, feeble, median elevation in
ront, a shallow depression on each side of it, and a more
eeble one behind its middle; a few minute scattered
unctures, but becoming dense behind eyes. Antennae short,
scarcely reaching base of prothorax, all the joints, except
firs and eleventh, transverse. Prothorax moderately trans-
verse, sides gently rounded, subbasal depression very feeble
nd ill-defined; a few small punctures scattered about, but
coming more condensed on sides. Hlytra scarcely twice the
length of prothorax; with a few small, rugulose punctures.
asal joint of front tars: large, lopsided, and with a distinct,
lack, inner comb. Length, 35 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Coolgardie (Blackburn’s
‘collection, from E. Meyrick). Type (unique), I. 11916.
The shallow depressions on the head are as on many
females of the genus, and the head itself is rather small for
-a male, but the front tarsi are unmistakably masculine. On
: type the base of the head is exposed and opaque, but it
would probably be concealed on most specimens.
rr
=
: HELCOGASTER FLAVIPENNIS, N. Sp.
3. Black; labrum, elytra (a slight infuscation about
Seutellum), front legs and parts of the others more or less
avous. A few blackish hairs scattered about.
Head rather wide, a feeble trisinuate impression
etween eyes, a feeble and short median line; a few small
unctures scattered about. Antennae thin and not very
ong. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides evenly rounded,
subbasal depression almost absent; almost impunctate.
lytra rather short, dilated posteriorly; with sparse and
Minute, rugulose punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi large,
opsided, a distinct black comb from base to apex. Length
-: s 2), 2-3 mm.
Differs in having the head smaller, median line less
Bitinci a shallow depression each side in front, antennae
horter, prothorax more transverse, and front tarsi combless.
Hab.—South Australia: Quorn (Blackburn’s collection
nd A. H. Elston), Oodnadatta (Blackburn). Type, I. 11898.
In my table would be associated with H. marginicollis,
116
which has cephalic armature and bicoloured prothorax; the :
almost simple head of the male, and pale elytra, except for
a slight infuscation about scutellum, readily distinguish |
from H. medioflavus; in appearance it is much like the
preceding species, but the head of the male is larger, more
transverse, somewhat differently sculptured in front, less of -
muzzle pale, and pronotum entirely dark. The middle legs
are sometimes almost entirely dark, sometimes only infus-
cated in parts; the hind ones usually have the base of femora
obscurely pale; the antennae of the male are usually entirely
pale; on the female the apical half, or more, is usually deeply —
infuscated ; on several females the sides of the elytra are ~
slightly infuscated posteriorly.
TIELCOGASTER BASICOLLIS, 0. sp.
3. Black; base of prothorax, basal third of antennae
and most of legs flavous; elytra obscurely piceo-flavous,
blackish about base and suture. With sparse, black hairs.
Head smooth and almost impunctate between eyes, base
and sides behind eyes densely punctate; two narrow and
rather deep impressions in front. Antennae rather short.
Prothorax moderately transverse, sides evenly rounded, base”
and apex subequal, subbasal depression scarcely traceable; a_
few punctures on sides. SHlytra rather wide and not very
long; with sparse, minute, rugulose punctures. Basal joint
of front tarsi lopsided, a black comb on the inner edge.
Length, 2°75-3 mm. |
Hab.—South Australia: Quorn (A. H. Elston). Type,
111902: |
Allied to the preceding species, but head more con-
spicuously bifoveate in front, prothorax pale at base, and
elytra and legs more obscurely coloured. In my table it
would be associated with H. obliquiceps, and H. gagatinus;
the former has head very different and antennae longer; the
latter is considerably narrower, with unicolorous prothorax.
The head without large excavations and bifoveate in front,
is as in many females of the genus, but the front tarsi are
essentially masculine. On the two specimens taken by Mr.
Elston the elytra from behind are seen to have the sides
obscurely flavous, with the base and a fairly wide sutural)
space (narrowing posteriorly) blackish, but from above, or
the sides, the two colours are not sharply defined. On both)
specimens parts of the tibiae and the hind femora are
infuscated. |
HELCOGASTER INFLATUS, N. sp.
Black; apical three-fifths of elytra (more on sides),
tibiae, and tarsi flavous. With very sparse, black hairs.
117
Head with a wide shallow depression in front, triangu-
larly narrowed posteriorly and terminated level with hind
edge of eyes; with minute scattered punctures, more numerous
about eyes than elsewhere. Antennae rather short. Pro-
thorax about as long as wide; a deep, transverse, subbasal
depression, closed at each end. Llytra comparatively long,
sides inflated in middle; punctures sparse, minute and
-rugulose. Basal joint of front tarsi slightly lopsided, with a
‘small black comb. Length, 2 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Port Lincoln (A. M. Lea).
Type (unique), I. 11903. :
The depression on the head, although from some direc-
tions appearing rather wide, could hardly be regarded as a
large excavation, as it is rather shallow, and it is almost simple ;
hence in my table the species might be associated with A.
_ obliquiceps and H. gagatinus. Regarding the head as
largely excavated it would be associated with H. marginicollis.
It is considerably narrower than H. flavipennis, impressions
of head and prothorax different, elytra longer, and with
more of its base dark; the dark portion has a somewhat
rounded outline, and is rather sharply defined. The basal
joints of antennae and base of prothorax are not as dark as
the adjacent parts, but the different shades of colour are not
at once apparent. The inflation of the sides of the elytra
commences rather suddenly at the basal third.
HELCOGASTER MELAS, 0. sp.
3g. Black; muzzle and three basal joints of antennae
obscurely flavous. With sparse, dark hairs.
Head with a rather large, flattened elevation in front;
with crowded punctures. Antennae moderately long. Pro-
thorax moderately transverse, with a rather small subbasal
depression. L/ytra comparatively long; almost impunctate.
Basal joint of front farsi lopsided, with an inner comb.
ength (¢d, Q), 2°25-3 mm.
2. Differs in being without an elevation on head, its
punctures more sharply defined in front, antennae somewhat
shorter, and front tarsi combless.
Hah.—Victoria: Nelson (Blackburn’s collection); South
Australia: Lucindale (F. Secker). Type, I. 11895.
The elevation on the head is somewhat bottle-shaped,
but the neck of the bottle is shorter than in H. bacchanalis,
and the two species are otherwise very different. The head,
when viewed from behind, appears to have a solitary median
tubercle, but this is not as thin as in A. parallelus, and from
above the head of that species is seen to be largely excavated ;
118
on the present species there is a slight depression immediately —
behind the elevation. The elevation is somewhat suggestive
of that of H. litoralis, on a greatly reduced scale, but the —
head otherwise, and the colours are different. In my table it
would be associated with H. obliquiceps, which is a smaller
species, with more of the head and legs pale, the head flatter
between eyes, the elevation of different shape, and antennae
much shorter.
HELCOGASTER PUNCTICEPS, Nn. sp.
3. Black; muzzle and basal joints of antennae obscurely
diluted with red. With sparse, dark hairs.
Head with a vague depression each side in front, leaving |
a feeble, impunctate, thin, parallel-sided elevation ; elsewhere :
with dense punctures. Antennae rather long and thin.
Prothorax lightly transverse, with a wide subbasal impression.
-EHlytra moderately long; with small, rugulose punctures. —
Basal joint of front tars: lopsided, with a small comb.
Length, 2°25 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Murray Bridge (A. M. Lea)
Type (unique), I. 12122.
~
ee
In some respects close to the preceding species, but head —
without a bottle-shaped elevation in front and antennae
thinner; in my table it would be associated with H. obli- —
quiceps ‘and H. gagatinus, from which it differs in its darker
head, with dense punctures; these are so dense that (except —
for the feeble elevation in front) the derm is rendered opaque.
Two females, from Adelaide, possibly belong to this
species ; they differ from the type in having the head smaller,
with much sparser punctures, antennae shorter and thinner,
base of prothorax obscurely reddish, and front tarsi combless.
HELCOGASTER CAPSULIFER, Nl. sp.
dg. Black; three or four basal joints of antennae ~
obscurely reddish. With sparse, black hair.
Head with a flask-shaped elevation bounded by strongly
impressed lines; with dense punctures, except on elevation.
Antennae rather short and not very thin. Prothorax slightly
wider than long, with a wide, closed subbasal depression.
Elytra not very long; almost impunctate. Basal joint of
front tarsi lopsided and rather large, with an inner comb.
Length (¢, 9), 3 mm.
Q. Differs in having head smaller, its elevation much
smaller, entirely frontal, not flask- shaped, without deep
bounding lines, punctures more evenly dense, antennae some-
what thinner, and front tarsi combless.
Hab.—New South Wales: Eden (H. J. Carter). Type, |
tL, .11893.
i wektaqgat oe ae Piet HOW
119
The head has distinct impressions but it is not largely
excavated, so in my table would be associated with //. obii-
quiceps and H. gagatinus; from which it is distinguished
by the flask-shaped elevation, etc. On H. melas the elevation
rises conspicuously above the general level of the head, on the
present species it does not do this, being divided off by im-
_ pressed lines, which become deep between the antennae; seen
from in front, or obliquely from behind, there appears to be
a deep, angular, interocular fovea, on each side of the apex
of the flask; seen from directly behind there appear to be two
minute tubercles near each eye.
A male from Tumby Bay, South Australia, in size, shape,
colour, and sculpture of head sa closely resembles the type
_ that I think it must represent a variety of the species; its
antennae are decidedly—-about one-fourth—longer, and the
head when viewed directly from behind does not appear to
have two minute tubercles near each eye; the flask-shaped
_ elevation, however, is of exactly the same shape.
HELCOGASTER EXCAVIFRONS, Nl. sp.
3. Black; two basal joints of antennae bright red.
With a few inconspicuous dark hairs.
Head wide, with a large excavation ; punctures small and
crowded. Antennae moderately long. /Prothorar slightly
transverse, with a rather wide subbasal depression. Liytra
rather short and wide; almost impunctate. Basal joint of
front tarsi lopsided, and with an inner comb. Length (d, Q),
» 2°25-2°5 mm.
2. Differs in having the head smaller, without excav-
ation, punctures more uniformly distributed, antennae
__ shorter, thinner, with the basal joints less brightly coloured,
and front tarsi combless.
Hab.—South Australia: Port Lincoln, Tumby Bay
{Blackburn’s collection). “Type, I. 11901.
The cephalic excavation is of irregular depth, its sides
touch the front of the eyes, and its hind outline is a gentle
curve, but with a slight median impression; the inter-
antennary space is shining; viewed from behind the head
appears to have two very small median elevations in front,
but to be without one at the side of each eye. In my table
it would be associated with H. niger, from which the excav-
ation, single at its posterior end, is distinctive.
One of the four females, associated with the two males
by Mr. Blackburn, has the base of the prothorax obscurely
reddish.
120
HELCOGASTER ATERRIMUS, 0. sp.
¢. Black; second and third joints of antennae and
under-surface of first more or less reddish. With a few dark
hairs.
Head wide, with a wide and deep excavation, its posterior —
end obtusely bilobed; behind the excavation with small and
dense punctures. Prothorar near apex, slightly wider than
long, with a rather wide, subbasal depression. lytra
moderately long; with numerous minute punctures. Basal
joint of front tars: lopsided, with an inner comb. Length
(od, Q), 2-2°25 mm.
Q. Differs in having the head smaller, non-excavated,
and with uniformly dense punctures, antennae shorter and
thinner, and front tarsi simple.
Hab.—South Australia: Port Lincoln (A. M. Lea);
Western Australia: Yilgarn (Blackburn’s collection). Type,
er Sor
At a glance apparently belonging to the preceding species,
but excavation of head of different shape, although almost of —
ee NI ne,
oe
= .
at Fr, aa
4 Sey = a
yi
the same size; when viewed from behind the head appears
to have four small equi-distant conical elevations, the lateral
ones slightly larger than the others, and one touching each
eye, each lateral one, however, when viewed from the side ©
is seen to be a simple semicircle around the eye; in this it ©
differs distinctly from the following species, in which from
the side there appears to be a conspicuous elevation behind
the eye, and this elevation is connected by a narrow ridge
with a medio-frontal one. In my table it would be associated
with 7. niger, from which it is distinguished by the different
excavation and somewhat thinner antennae. On the speci-
men from Yilgarn the middle of the side of each elytron is
pale; on the type the pale portion is scarcely traceable.
HELCOGASTER HOPLOCEPHALUS, Nn. Sp.
3. Black; four basal joints of antennae, except upper-
surface of first, obscurely reddish. Very sparsely pubescent.
Head wide, largely and irregularly excavated and
tuberculate; with crowded punctures. Antennae compara-
tively short and stout. Prothorax slightly transverse, sub-
basal depression shallow and ill-defined ; with fairly numerous,
minute punctures, Hlytra moderately long; with smal] and
dense, fairly distinct punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi
with a small comb. Length (¢, 9), 2°5-3 mm.
2. Differs in having the head nontuberculate, with
two feeble depressions in front, and a very feeble one between
eyes, antennae shorter and thinner, and front tarsi simple.
| 121
Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (Dr. E. W. Ferguson). .
Type, I. 11920.
The excavation on the head of the male is obtusely
bilobed posteriorly. Seen from behind the head appears
quadrituberculate, the larger tubercles being adjacent to the
eye, and distinct from all directions; but from oblique
‘directions it may be seen that the tubercles represent the
‘ends of a narrow curved ridge on each side. The elytral
punctures, although small and somewhat rugulose, are much
More distinct than is usual in the genus. In my table would
‘be associated with H. niger, which is a larger species, with
different excavation, and much longer antennae; it is about
the size of H. gagatinus, and the females are very similar,
but the male has very differently sculptured. head.
HELCOGASTER COELOCEPHALUS, 0. sp.
¢. Black; parts near eyes, and four basal joints of
antennae, more or less flavous. Almost glabrous.
Head wide, with a large and irregular excavation, with
small tubercles ; in parts densely punctate. Antennae rather
long. Prothorax near apex slightly wider than long, with
a shallow, subbasal depression. Hlytra moderately long;
with minute punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi lopsided,
with an inner black comb. Length, 2 mm.
Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection).
‘Type (unique), I. 11896.
__ The excavation on the head is trisinuate posteriorly, the
‘Median sinus being bounded by an oblique elevation on each
Side (from some directions the elevations look like small
tubercles). The head, viewed from behind, appears to have
four small elevations: two black, median, widely triangular
ones, and a pale one, curved inwards, at the side of each
eye; from the preceding species, in which the ocular tubercles
are black, it is also distinguished by the trilobed posterior
end of the excavation. In my table it would be associated
with H. niger, which has thicker antennae, and head very
different, when viewed from behind.
HELCOGASTER TRIANGULIFER, Nl. Sp.
gd. Black; labrum and four basal joints’ of antennae
flavous. A few inconspicuous dark hairs on sides.
Head with a deep, irregular impression or excavation in
middle. Antennae rather long and obtusely serrated. Pro-
thorax slightly longer than the greatest width, base much
Marrower than apex; a wide subbasal depression, closed at
its ends; a few punctures on sides. Hlytra moderately long ;
with minute, indistinct, rugulose punctures. Basal joint of
E
—— =
122
_front tarsi lopsided, with a small black inner comb. Length,
2°25-3 mm.
Hab.—Victoria: Alps (Blackburn’s collection), Lorne
(F. E. Wilson), Fern Tree Gully (F. P. Spry). Type,
I. 11894.
From an oblique direction the head in front of the
excavation appears to have an oblique groove near each eye,
then an oblique ridge, then another groove, and then a
short median ridge; but from other directions the whole
space between the subocular grooves appears to be a feeble
semicircular elevation, and in fact its appearance varies with
the point of view; the excavation has a wide triangle
projecting into its middle from the base of the head, so that
its posterior end is obliquely directed behind each eye. The
basal portion of the head, which, however, is often concealed,
is densely punctate. On the type the sides of the head
adjacent to the front are obscurely diluted with red.
Two males, from the Dividing Range (Victoria), differ
in being more of a piceous-brown than black, with most of
the head, base, and sides near base of prothorax, knees and
other parts of legs more or less flavous. Three females,
mounted with them and evidently belonging to the species,
are coloured as the males, except that one has the prothorax
entirely pale; they differ in having the head smaller and
nonexcavated, with a slight longitudinal elevation in front,
and the front tarsi simple. A male, from the Blue Mountains,
has the muzzle and sides of head in front of eyes, base of
prothorax, and knees, more or less reddish. A male, from
Illawarra, is like the preceding specimen, except that the
prothorax is entirely pale. All these males agree in having
a wide triangle projecting into the middle of the interocular
excavation; in my table they would be associated with
H. niger (except the one from Illawarra); from which they
differ in the antennae, and in the excavation not trisinuate
at base. The Illawarra male would be associated with /.
concaviceps, but its head is of different shape, and differently
sculptured, etc.
H{ELCOGASTER MACROCEPHALUS, Nl. sp.
¢. Black; labrum, four basal joints of antennae,
prothorax, parts of middle and of hind femora, and of tarsi, :
and most of front legs, more or less reddish. Sides with
rather numerous, blackish hairs.
HHead vather large, wide, and flat; with two small
oblique foveae between eyes, two very small ones in middle.
behind them, and a shallow longitudinal depression each side’
in front; with fairly numerous, asperate punctures; towards
123
base densely, transversely strigose. Antennae rather short,
_ third to eighth joints obtusely serrated. Prothorax strongly
transverse, sides strongly rounded, a wide shallow depression
near base; almost impunctate. Blytra short, feebly dilated
- posteriorly ; with sparse rugulose punctures. Legs not very
acs basal joint of front tarsi large, lopsided, and with a
black inner comb. Length, 4°5 mm.
; Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty Ranges (A. H.
Elston). Type (unique), I. 12251.
A rather wide species, with head very differently sculp-
_ tured from the many similarly coloured ones; in width it
is second only to H. major.
HELCOGASTER OXYTELOIDES, 0. sp.
6. Black; prothorax flavous, basal joints of antennae,
"tibiae and tarsi, obscurely flavous. With sparse dark hairs,
“more numerous on sides than elsewhere.
Head rather large; a shallow depression each side in
front, with a feeble median elevation between them; apical
half shining and with sparse punctures, basal half opaque
and with dense ones. Antennae rather long, third to ninth
f joints distinctly serrated. Prothorax moderately transverse,
‘sides and base rounded, a vague open depression near base.
_#lytra short; almost impunctate. Basal joint of front tars:
large, lopsided, with a black inner comb. Length, 2°5 mm.
. Hab.—Victoria: Sea Lake (J. C. Goudie’s No. 829).
_ Type, I. 12123.
The head is much the shape of that of many species of
Oxytelus, of the Staphylinidae; the impressions on its front
are quite distinct, but the head could not be regarded as
largely excavated, hence in my table the species would be
associated with H. hilohus, which has the head even less
excavated, and bicolorous elytra. Many of the punctures, at
the base of the head, are longitudinally confluent.
x A female, mounted with the type by Mr. Goudie, and
eehly belonging to the species, differs from the male in
eing smaller (2°25 mm.), in having the pale parts of the
legs and antennae more extended, and of a brighter colour,
head much smaller, its shining and impunctate portion con-
tinued to nearer the base, frontal impressions smaller,
antennae shorter, elytra with fairly numerous punctures
“(which although not sharply defined cause the surface to
‘appear finely rugulose), and front tarsi combless.
HELCOGASTER ATRICEPS, n. sp.
\ 3. Black; prothorax, basal joints of antennae, and
knees more or less flavous. With sparse, dark hairs.
: E2
124
.
Head rather large, with a deep transverse interocular
excavation; densely punctate and opaque. Antennae com-
paratively long. Prothorax about as long as the greatest
width (near apex), base much narrower than apex, near base
with a wide and rather deep, closed depression. Flytra
moderately long; with minute, rugulose punctures. Basal
joint of front tars: rather large, lopsided, and with a black
inner comb. Length, 2 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Wentworth Falls (Aug.
Simson), Mittaggng (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 11908.
In general appearance close to the preceding species, but
the head deeply transversely excavated; it is evidently close
in appearance also to H. nigriceps, but differs from the
description in being smaller, head with excavation bisinuate, —
instead of trisinuate, posteriorly (the sinuations although
wide are feeble, and the space dividing them is very obtuse),
antennae longer, four of the basal joints partly or entirely
pale, and the knees pale. In my table it would be placed
with H. insularis, which is a much larger species, with the
excavation different, the part dividing the sinuations acute,
antennae wider, and knees no paler than the adjacent parts. —
The head of the Mittagong specimen, when viewed from
behind, appears to have a minute tubercle on granule close
to each antenna, but on the type these are not evident.
HELCOGASTER PIGNERATOR, Nn. sp.
3d. Black; front of head and a large spot near each
eye, prothorax, and part of antennae flavous. With sparse,
dark hairs, more numerous on sides of abdomen than else- —
where. |
Head rather large, with a wide, sinuous, interocular ex-
cavation, its posterior end trisinuate; inter-antennary space
irregularly elevated ; in parts with dense punctures. Antennae
moderately long. Prothoras slightly longer than greatest
width (near apex), a wide but rather shallow and open
depression near base. LHlytra rather long; minutely rugulose-
punctate. Basal joint of front tarsi lopsided, with a black
inner comb. Length, 5 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (A. and F. R. Zietz).
Type (unique), I. 11907. |
The three conspicuous spots give the head a curious
appearance, the front one at first appears to be confined to
the inter-antennary space, but is continued along the sides —
to near the eyes, and passes completely across the under-
surface; the other spots are smaller, round, and sharply |
defined. In some lights the elytra have a faint bluish gloss, |
and their extreme lateral margins from the base almost to-
125
_ apex are whitish; two of the basal joints of antennae are
decidedly flavous, the three following ones gradually become
darker, the ‘this are black; the risen and tips of tibiae are
obscurely flavous. The pale inter-antennary elevation is
somewhat heart-shaped, and gently concave, from behind it
_ appears a feebly trituberculate process, from the side a curved
_ ridge. In my table would be placed with H. concaviceps,
which is a smaller and broader species, with head citer one
_ coloured and excavated.
HELCOGASTER VENTRALIS, 0. sp.
6. Black; prothorax, each side of three basal segments
of abdomen, and three basal joints of antennae flavous; knees
and parts of tibiae and tarsi obscurely diluted with red.
With rather sparse, blackish hairs.
Head moderately large; with minute, irregularly distri-
buted punctures, becoming crowded at base; a smal] shallow
depression each side in front. Antennae rather short.
Prothorax distinctly transverse; subbasal depression shallow
and ill-defined. Zlytra rather short; with minute, rugulose
_ punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi moderately large, lop-
_ sided, and with a black inner comb. Length, 3 mm.
Hab.—-South Australia: Mount Lofty (A. H. Elston).
Type (unique), I. 11910.
; Structurally fairly close to H. basicollis, but frontal
_ fovea of head much less distinct, antennae somewhat shorter,
and prothorax uniformly pale. In my table it would be
placed with H. pulchripes, from which it differs in its darker
head, with somewhat different frontal impressions, darker
antennae, and abdomen partly pale. The head has a dis-
tinctly feminine appearance, but the front tarsi are certainly
those of a male.
HELCOGASTER APICICORNIS, N. sp.
3d. Black; prothorax, most of front and of middle legs,
hind knees, and part of antennae flavous. With sparse, dark
hairs.
Head highly polished, with two small but distinct foveae
in front, a few minute punctures about base. Antennae
rather short, second to fourth joints slightly transverse, fifth
to tenth rather strongly transverse, eleventh flat, almost as
long as eighth to tenth combined. Prothorar distinctly
transverse, sides evenly rounded, base and apex equal. a
vague depression near base. Elytra moderately long; with
~ fairly dense and minute, rugulose punctures. Middle femora
distinctly dentate, middle tibiae rather strongly curved at
b base, basal joint of front tarsi large, lopsided, with a black
126
comb from base to apex on inner side. Length (d, -Q),
2°5-3 mm.
Q. Differs in having the head smaller, antennae shorter
and thinner, joints less strongly transverse, ‘apical one smaller
and with its tip pointed, middle legs and front tarsi simple.
Hab.—South Australia: Adelaide (Blackburn’s col-
lection and A. M. Lea), Mount Lofty (R. J. Burton, A. H.
Elston, J. G. O. Tepper, and Lea), Lucindale (B. A. Feuer-
heerdt, F. Secker, and Lea), Myponga (Elston). Type,
TL; °41908:
Readily distinguished from all previously described
species by the apical joint of the male antennae; its most —
distinctive shape is that viewed at right angles to its greatest
width, when it appears rather wide and parallel-sided, with
its tip slightly notched, from other directions it appears rather —
narrow and somewhat lopsided; the middle legs are also dis-
tinctive, the head is slightly smaller in the female than in
“See
the male, but the frontal foveae are much the same. In my —
table it would be placed with H. pulchripes. On the male
the tarsi and the base of the middle femora are infuscated,
t oe
.
the antennae after the third or fourth joint gradually become —
darker, but even the terminal joint never appears to be black;
on the female a greater portion of the front and middle legs —
is dark. On fresh specimens the prothorax has a decided
reddish tinge. 3
| HELCOGASTER CENTRALIS, Nl. sp.
3. Black; head (except at base), prothorax, base of
antennae, and most of legs flavous.
lead rather wide, with a rounded fovea occupying one-
third of the interocular space; between it and eyes flat, and
with crowded punctures; an obtuse elevation in front.
Antennae moderately long. Prothorary near apex wider
than long, but rather strongly narrowed to base, near base —
with a wide and deep closed depression. Hlytra rather short,
dilated and rounded posteriorly ; with very minute, rugulose
punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi lopsided, with a small
black comb. Length, 2 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales (Dr. E. W. Ferguson). Type _
(unique), I. 11923.
At first glance apparently belonging to H. fovevceps,.
but head with a large central impression, instead of one on i
each side, the antennae pale only at base, and prothorax of ©
different shape; from HH. hackeri it is still more distinct. In
front of the central fovea there is an elevation which might
be regarded as a large tubercle, and hence in my table the
species might be placed in 7, and of those there noted it
differs from H. helmsi, in - being much smaller, head of
|
127
different shape and colour, and legs variegated; H.
tuberculifrons has head of different shape, elytra bicolorous
and legs flavous. On the type the pale parts of the legs are
the apical half of femora, front tibiae and tips of the
others, and basal joints of tarsi.
HELCOGASTER LATEROFUSCUS, Nn. sp.
¢. Head behind eyes, sides of prothorax, scutellum,
-prosternum, mesosternum, abdomen, seven apical joints of
antennae, and parts of legs, black or blackish; elsewhere
flavous. With sparse, dark hairs; and very sparse, whitish
pubescence.
Head rather long, opaque, and densely punctate; a
narrow curved impression on each side from near base of
eye to labrum, and a faint median line. Antennae moder-
_ ately long and obtusely serrated. Prothorar about as long
as wide, apex slightly wider than base, a shallow, open, sub-
basal depression ; punctures fairly dense on sides, but sparse
2 middle. H#lytra moderately long, sides evenly dilated
posteriorly; punctures very minute and rugulose. Basal
3 joint of front tars¢ lopsided, with a distinct black comb.
_ Length (Ss, 9), 3°25-5 mm.
3 Q. Differs in being larger, head with less prominent
eyes, curved impressions shorter and less distinct, median
line scarcely traceable, less of the base dark, and front tarsi
_ -combless.
i Hab.—New South Wales: Rydalmere (Dr. E. W.
Ferguson), Gosford (H. J. Carter); Queensland: Rock-
hampton (Macleay Museum). Type, I. 11922.»
} The sides of the prothorax are rather deeply infuscated,
_or blackish, on each of the three specimens under examina-
_tion, so the dark parts are evidently natural and not stains;
hence in my table of the genus the species would be
Bassociated with 7. obliquiceps, which has the elytra entirely
‘dark, head somewhat different, and antennae much shorter.
“On the male the four hind femora are rather dark on the
basal half; the front femora, the middle of the four hind
tibiae, and the apical tarsal. joints, are slightly infuscated.
_ From in front the head of the male appears to have a shallow
semicircular impression, marking off a feebly bilobed inter-
ocular elevation. The Rockhampton female, probably a
very old one, has the head and tibiae entirely pale.
a
HELCOGASTER FASCIATUS, Nn. sp.
3. Piceous-brown and flavous. With very sparse,
_white pubescence, and with a few dark hairs; a small fascicle
of dark hairs near each eye.
128
Head wide and irregularly impressed. Antennae com-
paratively long. Prothorax distinctly transverse, base much
narrower than apex, a rather deep, closed subbasal depres-
sion; punctures rather dense on sides, sparse elsewhere.
Elytra moderately long, a vague depression on each side of
suture near base; with dense, minute, rugulose punctures.
Basal joint of tars: with a small black apical comb. Length,
2°5 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns. Type (unique), I. 11912.
The head is entirely pale, the five basal joints of
antennae are still paler, with the following ones more or less *
deeply infuscated, but the tip obscurely pale; the prothorax
is of a dingy reddish-brown, with the front paler, but it has
the appearance as of being stained; the elytra (except for
a wide, median, flavous fascia), abdomen, mesosternum, and
metasternum, are piceous-brown; the legs are almost white,
with the femora deeply infuscated. The fascia extends from
side to side and is sharply and evenly defined on its
posterior end, about two-fifths from the apex; its front edge —
is somewhat irregular. The cephalic excavations are partly ©
obscured by pubescence; according to the point of view they
appear to be three or five in number, but apparently there
is a large, shallow, median portion, dilated and bisinuate ~
posteriorly, narrower and bisinuate apically; the two small
fascicles are very distinct’; the punctures on the head are
dense in places, but not sharply defined. Regarding the
prothorax as partly dark, the species, in my table, would be
referred to D, and there associated with H. marginicollis,
whose head is very differently sculptured ; if referred to DD,
it would go with H. maculiceps and H. fuscitarsis, also with
different cephalic sculpture. Carphurus fascupennis was
4
,
;
‘
:
:
described by Fairmaire as having an elytral fascia, but the —
description differs in many other respects.
HELCOGASTER LATICEPS, n. sp.
3. Black and flavous. Sides with sparse, dark hairs.
Head wide, a large central fovea closed in front, but oper
posteriorly, the space between it and each eye flat, densely 4
punctaté, rounded posteriorly and joined in front to a smail
inter-antennary elevation; base with dense, minute punc-
tures. Antennae rather long, obtusely serrated internally.
Prothorax slightly longer than the apical width, which is
distinctly greater than the basal width, a rather wide, deep,
closed depression near base, and a small fovea on each side
near apex; with small and dense, but unevenly distributed
punctures. H/lytra moderately long : with very minute,
{
he
’
ta
e
>
;
z
y
>
.
129
_ rugulose punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi lopsided, with a
‘small, black, apical comb. Length, 2°25-2°5 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Grenfell (Dr. E. W. Fer-
guson). Type, I. 11924.
The flat space near each eye is densely punctate, but from
some directions appears finely granulate; as there is a distinct
fovea in the middle of the head the species might be referred
_ to FF of my table, but the head is very different from all the
species there noted; the species, however, is allied to H.
foveiceps, but the head is differently sculptured, and elytra
bicolorous. A. centralis has the fovea closed posteriorly, and
_ the front of the head with a large, obtuse tubercle, its pro-
thorax is also of different shape, and elytra of one colour.
_ The elytra are coloured somewhat as in H. imperator, but
the head and prothorax are very different. The flavous parts
are the head (except at extreme base), prothorax, legs (except
coxae and base of femora), and three or four basal joints of
antennae; part of the side of each elytron is of a different
shade of flavous to the prothorax, the black part commences
at the base (near to but not touching the sides), is rapidly
narrowed towards the suture, and then continued along it to
beyond the middle, when it is suddenly dilated to cover the
apical two-fifths. On the type the apical joint of antennae
is almost as pale as the basal ones, on a second male the
apical joint is scarcely paler than the tenth, and the middle
and hind tibiae and tarsi are slightly infuscated.
HELCOGASTER PALLIDUS, Nn. sp.
3. Flavous; metasternum and six apical joints of
antennae deeply infuscated, middle of elytra slightly infus-
cated. With rather sparse, pale pubescence, a few darker
_ hairs on sides.
Head not very large, with a large obtuse median eleva-
tion; punctures dense and irregularly distributed, becoming
confluent about base. Eyes rather larger than usual.
_ Antennae long, thin, and scarcely serrated. Prothorax dis-
_ tinctly transverse, apex much wider than base, a wide and
_ rather deep closed subbasal depression; punctures smal] and
sparse. Elytra rather long; with fairly dense, minute, rugu-
lose punctures. Legs long and thin, basal joint of front tarsi
_ with a small, black, apical comb. Length (¢, Q), 2°25-3 mm.
Q. Differs in having the head smaller, nontuberculate,
two shallow impressions in front, and with sparser punctures,
antennae thinner and scarcely infuscated towards apex, pro-
thorax less dilated in front, tip of abdomen infuscated, and
degs shorter, with combless tarsi.
Hahb.—Queensland: Cairns. Type, I. 11953.
130
The elytra could hardly be regarded as fasciate, as
although the apical fourth and basal third are paler than the —
intervening portion, this is only vaguely infuscated, especially
on the female. There is a shallow depression on each side —
of the tubercle of the male; on its front edge there is a small
fovea, and then a transverse ridge, both fovea and ridge
invisible from*behind. In my table would be referred to FF,
but the head is very different from all the species there noted.
HELCOGASTER THORACICUS, nN. sp.
d. Flavous; apical three-fifths of elytra black, meta~
sternum and six or seven apical joints of antennae deeply
infuscated. With sparse, pale pubescence, and with some
longer pale hairs. |
Head moderately long, with two small frontal foveae;
with fairly numerous, small, but distinct punctures. Antennae
rather long and thin, second joint distinctly shorter than
third. Prothorar slightly longer than the greatest width
(near apex); a deep, narrow impression across middle, not
quite extended to sides, and marking the posterior end of a
large depression ; a small dark fascicle before and one behind —
its middle; punctures small but rather sharply defined about
base and apex. JHlytra moderately long; with minute, rugu-_
lose punctures. Basal joint of front tars: lopsided, with a
black inner comb. Length, 35-4 mm. .
Hab.—-Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection). —
Type, I. 9203. 7
Readily distinguished from all other described species of —
Helcogaster and of Carphurus by the prothorax of the male; —
in my table would be associated with H. simpliciceps. Om —
the type the tip of the abdomen (apparently owing to a stain) —
is slightly infuscated, on a second specimen it is entirely pale. —
HELCOGASTER HUMERALIS, Nn. sp. §
d. Flavous; elytra (except shoulders), metasternum, —
abdomen, and five apical joints of antennae black. Sparsely —
clothed with ashen pubescence, and with a few longer hairs.
Head with a wide and deep interocular excavation, its
posterior end evenly semicircular; a large flat tubercle in
front; punctures dense and small. Antennae rather long,
moderately serrated. Prothorax about as long ‘as the apical |
width, which is considerably more than that of base; with
a large, transverse, closed, subbasal depression. Hlytra_
moderately long; with very minute punctures. Basal joint of —
front tars: with a small black comb. Length (6, 9),
2-2°25 mm. |
131
Q. Differs in being larger, head smaller, of a dingy
reddish-brown, with less prominent eyes, a vague curved
depression instead of the excavation, and a moderately long
_ obtuse ridge, instead of the frontal tubercle, antennae thinner
and less serrated, prothorax narrower in front, scutellum
_ black, elytra with less of the shoulders flavous, abdomen wider,
and front tarsi combless.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, a pair taken im cop.
(A. M. Lea). Type, I. 11925.
| In my table would be placed with H. major, which is
a much larger species, with very different head, elytra entirely
dark, etc. At a glance the types look like small specimens
of H. maculice ps, but the head is without a spot, and differ-
ently sculptured.
HELCOGASTER SEMINIGRIPENNIS, 0. sp.
3S. Flavous; apical half of elytra, mesosternum, and
metasternum black, apical joints of tarsi, and part of
_ antennae infuscated. Sparsely clothed.
Head with a small interocular impression, or short
median line, an oblique impression each side in front. Pro-
thorax slightly longer than wide, apex slightly wider than
base, a fairly large, transverse, closed, subbasal depression.
Elytra moderately long; with very minute, rugulose punc-
tures. Basal joint of front tars: with a small, black comb.
Length, 2 mm.
Habh.—Queensland: Cairns, obtained on sticky seeds of
Pisoma brunoniana (F. P. Dodd). Type (unique), I. 11914.
The three apical joints of antennae are missing from the
_ type, the three basal ones are flavous, the others infuscated.
_ The visible parts of the head are impunctate, but the base
is concealed on the type; between the frontal impressions
the surface is gently convex, but it could hardly be regarded
_ as tuberculate. In my table the species would be associated
with H. simpliciceps, from which it is distinguished by its
_ smoother head, with small but distinct impressions, flavous
_ portion of elytra not produced along sides, and entirely pale
abdomen. From H. thoracicus, it is distinguished by its
smaller size and differently sculptured head and prothorax.
t DASYTES CORTICARIOIDES, Lea.
¥ This species occurs in abundance in many parts of
South Australia, including Price and Kangaroo Islands.
_ Two specimens, from Swan River, are considerably larger
_ (2°25 mm.) than usual, and rather more robust, but probably
represent a variety only.
.
q
132
DASYTES ERYTHRODERES, 0. sp.
Black; prothorax, legs (partly or entirely), and basal —
joints of antennae, more or less reddish or flavous. Clothed
— =
with short, ashen pubescence; the elytra, in addition, with
subdepressed setae.
Head with rather dense and small punctures. Antennae
rather short. LProthorax widely transverse, sides and base
rounded, hind angles rounded off; punctures minute. Hlytra
at base slightly wider than prothorax, sides feebly dilated
in middle; with dense, and rather sharply defined punctures.
Length, 2-2°5 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko, 5,700-6,000
feet (R. “Helms); Victoria: Dividing Range (Blackburn’s
collection), Melton, in February (F. E. Wilson); South
Australia: Mount Lofty Range (R. J. Burton). Type,
f.. 12291,
Readily distinguished from all previously named Aus- —
tralian species by the reddish prothorax ; of the nine specimens.
before me six have it entirely pale, on two the disc is
slightly, and on the other deeply infuscated; four specimens.
(from Mount Kosciusko, slightly larger than the others, and ~
with the prothorax entirely pale) have the femora black;
one of the Victorian specimens has the tarsi infuscated, on
all the others the legs are entirely pale. From above the ©
clothing appears to be uniform pubescence, but from the
sides short setae may be.seen on the elytra. On one female
specimen the head, from some directions, appears to have
two shallow depressions in front. ;
DASYTES CRIBARIUS, 0. sp.
Black, elytra with a slight coppery-green gloss, tibiae,.
tarsi, and second to sixth joints of antennae somewhat
reddish. Clothed with short, ashen pubescence; in addition
with numerous suberect, dark setae.
Head with crowded punctures, becoming somewhat
larger and sharply defined in front; with two distinct longi-
tudinal impressions in front. Antennae scarcely extending —
to base of prothorax, most of the joints transverse.
Prothorax scarcely one-fourth wider than long, base slightly
incurved at middle, hind angles rounded off; with dense and
sharply defined punctures. Hlytra wider than prothorax,
parallel-sided to near apex; with dense punctures, at base
slightly larger than on prothorax, becoming smaller pos-
teriorly ; with faint remnants of striation. Length, 2°75 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty Ranges (J. G. O.
Tepper). Type (unique), I. 12283.
4
/
_ species, except D. fuscipennis, by the upright clothing on pro-
thorax, in addition to the pubescence; from that species it
_ is distinguished by its narrower and more convex form, much
smaller eyes, prothorax with much denser and smaller punc-
tures, elytra with a metallic gloss, and with smaller
_ punctures, etc.
133
Distinguished from all previously named Australian
DASYTES HEXATRICHUS, 0. sp.
Black; upper-surface with a coppery gloss. Densely
clothed with short, depressed, pale pubescehce; head in
addition with two long hairs, and two on each side of
prothorax.
Head rather wide, with small crowded punctures, with
two conspicuous longitudinal impressions in front, the inter-
vening space bronzy. Antennae rather short, some of the joints
transverse. Prothorax almost twice as wide as long, sides
and base finely margined, hind angles rounded off; with
crowded and small, asperate punctures. /lytra distinctly
wider than prothorax, parallel-sided to near apex; with
crowded and small punctures, mostly separately impressed,
but in places asperate and subconfluent. Length, 3°25-4 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Type,
I. 12287.
Structurally close to D. sqyresensis, but elytra pubescent
only, and six long hairs on head and prothorax; D. abundans,
with similar hairs, is a much smaller species, with legs and
antennae partly pale, and frontal impressions much less
<< i
conspicuous.
DASYTES ABDOMINALIS, Nn. sp.
Black. Densely clothed with ashen pubescence, the elytra
in addition with numerous subdepressed setae.
Head with dense and small punctures, rather more dis-
tinct about base than elsewhere; two vague depressions in
front. Antennae short, most of the joints transverse. Pro-
thorar almost twice as wide as long, sides and base rounded
and very finely margined, hind angles rounded off, a vague
transverse depression near base; punctures minute. Elytra
_very little wider than prothorax at base, sides feeblv dilated
_to near apex; with dense and rather sharply defined punc-
-”
tures, in places slightly confluent, and becoming smaller
posteriorly. Length, 25-3 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Yilgarn (Blackburn’s col-
lection, from E. Meyrick). Type, I. 12288.
Rather more robust than D. australiae, impression near
base of prothorax fainter, and elytral clothing of two kinds;
134
seen from above it appears to be uniform, but from the sides
there may be seen numerous short sloping setae, amongst the
pubescence, in consequence, in my table,(2) the species would
be associated with D. sqwresensis, from which it differs in
having the setae less erect, and in its entirely dark legs. On
one sex the apical segment of the abdomen is widely concave ~
in the middle, and with a subtuberculate swelling on each side. —
On a few specimens the upper-surface, or the elytra only,
have a very feeble metallic gloss.
,
DasyTES PICTIPES, 0. sp.
Black; parts of antennae and of legs flavous. Clothed —
with short, depressed, ashen pubescence.
Head with rather dense and minute punctures; two vague
depressions in front. Antennae rather short. Prothorax
widely transverse, sides and base rounded and finely mar-
gined, hind angles rounded off, a shallow transverse depression
near base; with dense and small punctures, larger near base
than elsewhere. Hlytra very little wider than prothorax at
base, sides slightly dilated to near apex; with dense and
small, but sharply defined punctures. Length, 2-2°25 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron). Type,
I. 12286. |
Of the eight specimens before me the tibiae and tarsi
are pale on all, most of them have the trochanters and knees
pale, and one has the entire front legs pale; the antennae
are entirely pale, or with some of the apical joints infuscated ;
parts of the muzzle are also pale. In my table would be
associated with D. bourgeoist (n. pr., now D. julest), from
which it differs in being smaller, and prothorax with a shallow
subbasal depression; D. australiae, with somewhat similar
depression, is slightly less robust, and with entirely dark legs”
and antennae.
DasyYTES ELLIPTICUS, n. sp.
Black ; antennae (apical half infuscated) and legs (middle
and hind femora more or less deeply infuscated) flavous.
Clothed with short, ashen pubescence.
Head with small and fairly numerous punctures, two
feeble depressions in front, and a still more feeble one in
middle. Antennae slightly passing base of prothorax, fifth
joint distinctly smaller than fourth or sixth. Prothorax at
base almost twice as wide as long, front convex in middle, —
strongly rounded to sides, base and sides finely margined ;
(21) Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, p. 240.
135
punctures minute and inconspicuous. Hlytra at base scarcely
wider than base of prothorax, sides feebly dilated to about
middle, with dense and small, but rather sharply defined
punctures. Length, 2°5-2°775 mm.
; Hab.—South Australia: Parachilna (E. L. Savage).
‘Type, I. 12284.
The sides of the elytra have short, semidecumbent setae
posteriorly ; they are fairly numerous, but distinct only from
the sides, there is also a short hair projecting outwards from
each side of the base of the prothorax. Very faint remnants
of a subbasal depression may be seen on each side of the nro-
_ thorax. It is an elliptical species, and in my table would be
associated with D. bourgeoisi (now D. julesi), from which it
_ differs in having more of the legs pale, prothorax larger,
with the base wider, elytra somewhat shorter and wider and
_ with smaller punctures; structurally it is rather close to
Dz. blackburm (D. helms, n. pr.), but the prothoracic punc-
tures are much smaller, and the legs are partly pale.
ean ae
THE REDISCOVERY OF CHORIPLAX (—MICROPLAX) GRAYI,
ADAMS AND ANGAS (ORDER POLYPLACOPHORA, WITH
NOTES ON ITS TRUE PLACE IN THE NATURAL SYSTEM
AND THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUB-SPECIES.
By Epwin Asusy, F.L.S., M.B.0.U.
[Read July 14, 1921.]
Pratre IX.
Microplax grayi, H. Ad. and Ang., P.Z.S., 1864, p. 194;
i.c., 1865, p. 58, t. 11, f. 16. . Angas, P.Z.8., 1867, p. ZZ
Carpenter, MS., p. 12. Pilsbry, Man. of Con., vol. xiy., p. 21.
Choriplax grayi, H. Ad. and Ang. Pilsbry, Nautilus, vii.,
p. 1389, 1894. Thiele, Rev. des Sys. der Chitonen. Zool., iv., 1910.
It is with pleasure that I acknowledge my indebtedness
to Dr. W. G. Torr for the opportunity of examining and ~
describing one of the most interesting chitons it has been
my privilege to examine. On May 7 last I received from
him a few chitons for identification, all taken by Mr. George
Pattison, near Cape Banks Lighthouse. One, he said, was
not only a species new to him, but also belonged to a genus
he had never seen before. I saw at once that the specimen
was ‘a remarkable find, evidently related to the genus
Amicula, a genus whose habitat is in the cold waters of the
North Pacific, from the Okhotosk Sea to the Behring Sea,
and in corresponding latitudes on the eastern side of the
North American continent.
Genus Wicroplax, Adams and Angas, 1864. Original
description : —‘‘Insertion plates smooth and thin, present in
all the valves. Sutural plates obsolete, the sinus extremely
shallow. Girdle thin, horny, most minutely granulous.
Valves largely concealed in the girdle, the exposed portions
smal] and separated.
‘In the present genus a small portion only of each valve
is exposed, and the sutural plates and sinus are obsolete. No
other chiton having unslit insertion plates approaches this
remarkable group.’’
M. grayt, Adams and Angas. Original description : —
‘Shell elongated, convex, brown; exposed portion of the
valves minute, wide heart-shaped, carinated, strongly granu-
lated, the intervals between the exposed parts of the valves —
about as long as the latter. Lateral areas defined by a dis-
tinct rib. Girdle moderate, corneous, smooth. Length,
13; width, 5 mill. Sydney Harbour, Australia; under stones —
at low water.’?
137
CHORIPLAX GRAYI PATTISONI, n. sub-sp.
Differs from C. grayi, Ad. and Ang., in its greater width
~ andin the fact that the tegmentum is proportionately smaller.
- The measurements of (’. grayi, s.s., are quoted by Puilsbry
{l.c., pp. 21, 22), are: length, 13; width, 5 mm. Tegmentum,
14x13 mm. Whereas the measurements of the present speci-
men are 18x 8} mm., and the tegmentum 14 x1 mm.
An examination of the drawings made by E. A. Smith
_ and figured by Pilsbry //.c., pl., figs 9-11) will further ex-
_ plain these differences.
: General Appearance.—Broadly oval, the posterior valve
being much larger than the anterior. The tegmentum reduced
toa small, heart-shaped, raised portion at the apex of each
valve, this portion being pink. The balance of the shell is
olive-green, due to an extension of the epidermal layer of
_ the girdle over the whole of each valve, with the exception
of the small, raised, heart-shaped tegmentum before referred
_ to. The epidermal skin is minutely granulose, semi-trans-
_ parent, and free from scales, hairs, or spicules.
Colour.—The small, heart-shaped, exposed portions (or
tegmentum) are Prussian Red with flecking of Ochre Red
_ (Ridgway’s Colour Standards, pl. xxvii.). The epidermal
covering of the highly developed articulamentum portions of
the shell is, in a good light, olive-lake, merging into Sac-
-eardo’s olive, in the shaded or overlapping portions of the
_ sutural laminae (//.c., pl. xxix.). The girdle is warm sepia,
or a little darker.
bf Inside of Shell.—Transparent, pearly, and very highly
polished. The plates are so thin and delicate that none of
_ them are quite unbroken on the interior margins. The
_ anterior margin of the sutural laminae is almost straight, the
suture is reduced to a mere inward bend imperceptible in
several of the valves.
Antervor Valve. — The small exposed portion is semi-
circular; the apex, which in this species corresponds with the
_Mucro of the tail valve, is pronounced and approximately
_ smooth, the superficial layer semitransparent, showing sub-
_ cutaneous dark and light streaks radiating from the mucro.
These may easily be mistaken for grooves and ridges. This
smooth area is produced anteriorly for fully one-third of the
width of the tegmentum. The balance of the valve is
_ sculptured with rather widely spaced granules. There seems
_ ho consistent arrangement of these. The mucro is anterior
__ to the posterior margin of the tegmentum, and the posterior
_ lobes of the articulamentum unite behind same.
Median Valves.—The small exposed tegmentum ‘s
heart-shaped, posterior margin curved, in some straight,
138
furnished with a broad beak or mucro, the tegmentum
being continued behind this. The dorsal area is distinct and
broad with almost parallel sides. The portion immediately
in front of the mucro is usually coarsely longitudinally ribbed,
more or less broken. In some of the valves these ribs con-
tinue to the anterior margin, in others they are replaced by
subcutaneous lining. In this anterior portion, irregular
raised pustules also occur to a limited extent in some of the
valves. Although these irregularities exist, the chief char-
acter of this part of the shell is strong, longitudinal ribbing.
A strongly-raised, diagonal rib commences at the mucro and
dies away about half-way across the tegmentum dividing the
lateral from the pleural area. The pleural area is sculptured
with irregularly-shaped, rough-looking pustules. There is a
tendency for these to become confluent along lines parallel
with the ribbing in the dorsal area. In the lateral areas the
raised portions or granules are even more irregular in shape
than is the case in the pleural area. Behind the mucro
and diagonal rib the subcutaneous line-marking is radial, and
very marked in some valves. As before stated, the mucro is
anterior to the posterior margin,.and the posterior lobes of
the insertion plates unite behind the tegmentum.
Postervor Valve.—The anterior portion of the tegmentum
is less pointed than is the case in the median valves, the
posterior part semicircular. Mucro anterior, a number of
dark subcutaneous streaks radiate from the mucro posteriorly
in a fan, with a highly-polished, semitransparent surface, but
it is not truly smooth; this character occupies about one-
quarter of the length of the tegmentum and is fan-shaped.
That part of the valve behind the mucro is sculptured fairly
evenly with circular pustules placed,more or less concentric-
ally. The anterior portion is longitudinally ribbed, but, in
addition, there are coarse irregular pustules. This valve is
large, measuring 4x7 mm., the tegmentum placed centrally.
Gurdle.—In the dry specimen is wrinkled, bearing neither
scales, hairs, or spicules; has a gelatinous or horny look, is
dark in colour, and, with shrinking, has curved inside the
shell to a width of °75 mm. The girdle is thickened over the’
marginal portion of the insertion plates, forming a dark band
round the shell 1 mm. in width or with the incurved portion
referred to a total girdle width, in dry specimens, of 1°75 mm.
Measurements.-—Length, 18x84 mm. The tegmentum,
or exposed part, reaches a maximum width of 14 mm. by
1 mm. longitudinally, in one of the median valves, whereas
the articulamentum in valve 6 is 3 mm., longitudinally, by
8 mm. in width.
Habitat.—The specimen under review was found near
Cape Banks Lighthouse, in South Australia. The following
aa
139
are Mr. Pattison’s own words: —‘‘A heavy sea tore off the
big kelp (Laminaria) outside the reef and washed it up on
the beach. The chiton was amongst the kelp, on the beach,
and the sea lice had probably eaten the fish out.’? These
facts and the flat, fragile character of the shell, with its
_ green-brown, transparent, epidermal covering, suggest the
_ probability of its living on the stems of the kelp under which
it was found. While the discovery of the host plant of the
genus Stenochiton, as described in my monograph (Trans.
Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xlii., 1918), has led to their dis-
covery in some of the other States, is it not quite feasible
that a similar search on the stems of some forms of algae
may reveal a race of Polyplacophora living thereon.
Remarks.—This remarkable shell presents many unique
features, the extremely reduced area of the tegmentum, the
modified character of the sutural laminae, the exceptional
development of the insertion plates, the partial or entire
absence of slits, the transparent granula epidermal covering,
and the peculiar posterior lobing of the insertion plates,
widely separates this from any other known form in Aus-
tralian waters, and, I believe, no near ally has up to the
present been discovered in the Southern Hemisphere. Per-
haps the nearest relative in our southern seas is the New
Zealand shell, Cryptoconchus porosus, Burrow; but that
species cannot be said to be very closely allied, as it only
_ possesses a few characters in common. I have quoted the
_ original description of both genus and species as published by
Dr. Pilsbry in his famous Monograph. In the main my
description, which has been written without any special
reference to the earlier writers, will be found very closely to
correspond therewith, but there are some rather important
differences. In the first place, the sutural laminae are by no
means obsolete, as stated by Adams and Angas, and there is
considerably more overlapping of the valves than was noticed
_ by Carpenter, the laminae, in some valves, reaching fully two-
thirds across the tegmentum. The insertion plates are
abnormally developed; in fact, this species seems to have
_ specialized in this form of development, and, in some measure,
adapted the character of the tail valve to the median valves.
The lateral insertion plates are joined behind the tegmentum
and produced, posteriorly, in two lobes with a sinus between
them, a feature that is present in a very modified form
_ in the tail valve of some of the Acanthochitons. While in
_ the undissected shell under examination I cannot detect any
_ slits in any of the insertion plates, I cannot say that they do
_ not exist in a modified form. The interior of the tail valve is
radially grooved and scored, until the girdle is approached,
140
when the grooves appear to terminate. I would suggest the
probability that in the juvenile stage some evidence of slits
may exist and disappear in the mature or senile form.
Classification.—While it is to be greatly regretted that
the animal and radula are missing, and also that permission
has not been obtained to disarticulate some of the valves,
the transparency of the shell has made this latter less im-
portant than is usually the case, I have been able to note
sufficient features to justify one in removing the genus
Choriplax (=Microplax) out of its setting in our previous
classification. “I can see no justification for placing a species
with abnormally developed insertion plates under the Lepido-
pleuridae. Had the animal been present and the valves dis-
articulated, there would have been but little difficulty in finding
its true place in the Natural System or Taxis. In spite of these
limitations, the characters that it has been possible to observe
are sufficient to warrant our placing the genus Choriplaz,
Pils., near the genus Amuicula, Gray. For reasons given
hereunder I should place it between Amucula and the Sub-
family Cryptochitoninae. The characters of the genus
Amicula, Gray, are given by Pilsbry (in Man. Con., vol. xv.,
p. 43) as ‘‘Valves almost covered by the extension of the
girdle over them, leaving only a small, rounded, or heart-
shaped portion exposed at the apex of each; posterior borders
of valves produced backwards in rounded lobes at each side,
the lobes completely separated by a posterior sinus having the
tegmentum at itsapex. Posterior valve having a posterior sinus
and one slit on each side. Girdle more or less pilose, often hav-
ing pore rows. The essential features of 4 micula are its small
exposed portion or tegmentum, situated at the posterior edge,
and not extending forward to the sinus, its mopaloid posterior
valve, short contour, and short gills.”
The species under consideration corresponds with A micula
in some of its most striking features, but, although like the
Ameula, the tegmentum does not extend forward to the
sinus; unlike that genus it does not extend to the posterior
margin, neither have we noticed any slit, nor is the girdle
pilose.
The description of the Cryptochitoninae, in the same
work, p. 48, is: ‘‘Valves entirely concealed in the leathery
girdle and lacking tegmentum; their posterior margin pro-
duced backwards in a deep lobe on each side, the lobes united
across the median line, causing the apices of all valves to be
removed inwards from the posterior edge, slits sub-obsolete
or lacking in the intermediate valves, girdle covered with
minute tufts or bristles.”” It will be noticed that two of the
distinguishing features of the Cryptochitoninae are present in
:
141
Choriplaxy but absent in Amicula, namely, the sub-obsolete
or lacking slits, in the median valves and the posterior. lobes
of the articulamentum uniting across the median line, causing
@ apices of all valves to be removed inwards from the pos-
terior edge.
While Dr. J. Thiele (Rev. des Sys. der Chitonen,:pt. ii.,
pp. 106 and 116) leaves the genus Choriplax under the
Lepidopleuridae between Hanleya, Gray, and Oldroydia, Dall,
did so evidently with considerable misgivings. I cannot
follow him in placing the two genera Auatharina, Gray, and
Amuicula, Gray, under the Mopaliidae, and think Pilsbry is
right in placing them immediately before the genus Crypto-
— ehiton. I would also suggest the recognition “of the genus
_ Cryptoconchus, Blain. and Guilding, with ‘C. porosus, "Bur-
row, as type, and placing it between Loboplav, Pils., and
Katharina, Gray. With its striking development of the
articulamentum posteriorly, in two lobes, its reduced teg-
mentum, and pores often sub-obsolete, it seems a sort of
“half-way house’ between those genera.
Finally. es j propose that the genus Choriplaz, Pils., be
taken out of its previous setting amongst the less specialized”
group, the Lepidopleuridae, and be placed under the Family
Acanthochitidae, Pils., following the genus A micula, Gray,
and preceding the genus Cryptochiton, Midd. and Gray. The
apparent absence of slits in the insertion plates is, I suggest,
probably due to modifications in a very specialized form,
_ brought about by the peculiar habits of the chiton. The same
tendency is already apparent in the genus Cryptochiton where
the slits in the median valves have either been lost entirely
_ or become sub-obsolete.
Revised definition of the Genus Choriplax, Pils.—Valves
_are almost covered by the extension of the girdle over them,
_ the tegmentum or exposed part being reduced to a small,
_ heart-shaped portion, exposed at the apex of each; the inser-
tion plates highly developed, smooth and thin, extending
posteriorly in a deep lobe on each side, the lobes united across
the median line, causing the apices of all valves to be removed
inward from the posterior edge. The sutural laminae are
apparently shallow, united across the median line, and the
_ sinus reduced thereby to a mere inward bend. Girdle thin,
horny, minutely granulose.
: If we are justified in placing the genus Cryptochiton
under the Subfamily Cryptochitoninae, may we not be justified
__in doing likewise for this remarkable genus, retaining Adams
and Angas’ name under the name of a subfamily called Micro-
plaxinae with Choriplax grayi, Ad. and Ang., as the type,
taking the foregoing description as the definition of the sub-
family, with the addition of any new features the later
Fogg er ee +t
]
142 t
examination of the soft parts may reveal? So naturally does
this genus seem to fit into the place I have assigned to it,
that the wiser course might possibly be to place both Choriplaz
and Cryptochiton under the Family Acanthochitidae, Pils.,
and drop the Subfamily Cryptochitoninae.
Nore.—In the writer’s last paper on Australian Poly-
placophora (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xliv., p. 286,
1920) reference is made to the race of Callistochiton meri-
dionalis, Ashby, which had been previously described from —
a single specimen from North-west Tasmania, and to which —
he had attached the name of may. Since this was written
several specimens from the same district have come to hand, —
and while some show the same backward habit of developing —
the typical network sculpture that was noted in the paper
referred to, other specimens are almost normal. Had more
material been available at the time the then unique specimen
was described, the writer would have contented himself with
simply noting the fact that shells from this North-west Tas-
manian coast attain the adult characters more slowly than is”
the case with those from the type locality in South Australia. —
In the same paper, p. 283, Lepidopleurus inquinatus, should —
be of Reeve, and not Blainville, as printed, and 1. catenatus, —
Hed. and Hull, should have been withdrawn from the Aus-—
tralian fauna, it being a Lord Howe Island species.
ADDENDUM.—Since presenting the foregoing paper I have
had the opportunity of reading in the Nautilus, vu., p. 139,
Dr. Pilsbry’s note attached to his proposed substitution of
the name Choriplar for that of Microplax, which name was
preoccupied, and I now quote his remarks in full: —‘“‘This is
an extremely peculiar and isolated genus, and forming, I am
disposed to believe, a distinct family of the Eoplacophora, or
slitless chitons; that is, if the slits really prove to be com-
pletely absent, for the unique type has not been disarticulated.
In some features it recalls the Acanthochitidae. The single ©
specimen was described and illustrated from the unique type ©
in the British Museum, in the Manual of Conchology, vol.
RAV
—
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE IX.
Fig. la. Choriplax grayi pattisoni, Ashby, upper side, x about 5.
Showing small heart-shape tegmentum and enveloping
epidermis with tear in valve 2 revealing smooth articula-
mentum underneath.
Fig. 1b. Choriplax grayi pattisoni, Ashby, interior of shell,
x5. Showing sutural laminae.
Fig. le. Choriplax grayi pattisont, Ashby, upper side with strong
light thrown through the shell showing (a) shadow of
sutural laminae, (b) opacity of tegmentum, (¢c) the posterior
lobes united across the median line, x5.
and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. ALV.,. Plate TX.
1;
>
fig.
Gillingham, Swann & Co. Ltd., Printers, Adelaide
_ the length of the eighth and wider at
Lia ot a
- eylindrical, and about as long as joints
143
AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA.—PART II.
By Avsert H. ELsTon, F.E.S.
[Read August 11, 1921.]
PSELAPHIDAE.
CTENISOPHUS CURVIPES, Nl. sp.
3. Pale castaneous, with parts of elytra paler. Moder-
ately clothed with short, white pubescence, becoming setae at
apex of elytra, and absent from the middle of prothorax and
elytra.
Head with a few more or less concealed subrugose punc-
tures and two large shallow foveae between the eyes.
_ Antennae long and moderately stout, the first two joints about
twice as wide as joints three to seven, the first about as
long as second and third combined, the §
second little more than half the length of
the first, third to seventh are equal in
length, each being slightly longer than
half the length of the second, the eighth
three to seven combined, and as wide as
the second, the ninth about two-thirds
apex than at base, the tenth perceptibly
longer than the ninth, and the apical
joint about as long as the tenth, wide
near the base and obtusely pointed.
Prothorax about as wide as long, narrower
at apex than at base, with a few scattered
punctures, and a moderately large subbasal fovea. Hlytra at
Ctenisophus
curvipes, Nn. sp.
_ base distinctly wider than prothorax, the margins sloping out-
wards towards apex, a longitudinal furrow on each elytron,
starting from about midway between the suture and humeral
angle, thence to the apex, and with a short subsutural stria ;
with minute scattered punctures. JJetasternwm with a deep
furrow starting from near the coxae of the intermediate legs
and touching the coxae of the posterior ones. A bdomen, dorsal
surface with a few small punctures arranged in transverse
rows, ventral surface impunctate, the third segment large
with very small and shallow round foveae. Legs long and
moderately thin, the anterior tibiae strongly curved, the inter-
mediate slightly curved, and the posterior ones almost
st all are dilated towards the apex. Length (¢, 9),
‘5 mm.
}
@. Differs in the antennae being shorter and thinner,
the eighth to tenth joints being much shorter, the apical
about as long as the ninth and tenth combined, and much
wider, the eyes smaller; and the abdomen somewhat larger
with its ventral surface nonfoveate.
Hab.—South Australia: Murray River near Morgan,
flew to lamp at night (A. H. Elston). Type, in author’s col-
lection ; co-type, I. 10934, in South Australian Museum.
The four long apical joints of the male antennae associate
this species with C. longicornis, Lea, and C’. rivularis, Lea,
but it is readily distinguished from these and all other pre-—
viously described species by the strongly curved front tibiae,
these being quite as strongly curved in the female as in the
male.
144
SCAPHIDIIDAE.
SCAPHISOMA BRYOPHAGA, Nl. Sp.
Ovate, shining red, towards apex of elytra and tip of —
abdomen diluted with flavous, antennae and tarsi testaceous,
club infuscated ; scantily clothed with minute bristly hairs. :
Head with a few minute, scattered punctures; antennae
long and slender, with three-jointed club, the first two bead-
like in shape, the apical longer than the penultimate and
subovate. Prothorax transverse, sides evenly rounded, basal
angles acute, with a very faint transverse subbasal impression —
and a few minute, scattered punctures. Scutellum semi-
circular in shape. Jlytra elongate, each with a distinct,
slightly curved subsutural stria, starting from near the sutural
angle, becoming fainter posteriorly and vanishing before
apex ; slightly punctured, the punctures minute and somewhat
seriate. Length, 1-1°5 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Myponga, taken in moss (R. F.
Kemp, A. H. Elston). Type, in author’s collection ; cotype,
I. 12829, in South Australian Museum.
This species may be chiefly distinguished by its size and
colour; the punctures, out of which the hairs emanate, are
very feeble and barely perceptible with a simple lens.
CLERIDAE.
PHLOGISTUS.
The generic name Awlicus must now be eliminated from
Australian catalogues; Gorham “ considered that the Ameri-
can species should be separated from the Australian, and
suggested the new generic name Phlogistus for the latter,
Spinola having considered the type of Aulicus to be nero,
(1) Gorham, Cist. Ent., vol. ii1., p. 84.
145
not instabilis, as taken by Lacordaire. Blackburn © com-
mented on the above, but owing to the absence of a diagnosis
of Phlogistus, retained the name of Avwlicus. A description
of the new genus has been supplied by Schenkling. ()
&
PHLOGISTUS IMPERIALIS, Gorham.
This insect was originally described from Queensland.
I have now to record it from New South Wales, Victoria,
South Australia, and Western Australia. As suggested by
-Hintz,(4 there is no doubt Blackburn failed to recognize this
species, but confused it with P. episcopalis, Spin., which
name I have seen in his handwriting attached to colour varie-
‘ties of wnperialis. The latter species is very variable in
colour, and apparently Blackburn had not seen a specimen of
the typical colouring, otherwise he would probably have
recognized it from the description given by Gorham. This
“species may be readily distinguished from egiscopalis, Spin.,
inter alia, by its deep, quadratic, and reticulate punctures ;
those on the latter species being more shallow, not so square,
and not reticulate.
; PHLOGISTUS CORALLIPES, Chev.
A specimen from Tasmania differs from the typical form
in having dark mouth parts and legs, only the front tarsi
being reddish.
PHLOGISTUS MUNDUS, Blackb.
I have taken this species in the Flinders Ranges, South
Australia, together with a colour variety, which has the head
and prothorax almost black, the base and apex of elytra a
beautiful bright violet, the middle part bearing punctures of
a coppery tint, the legs blue, with the exception of the front
tarsi and the under-surface of the front tibiae, which are
ochraceous.
r PHLOGISTUS moDESTUS, Blackb.
Blackburn in his description of the above mentions a
variety, “‘pedibus sordide testaceis,’’ as being probably only
an immature specimen. I have in front of me nine specimens
taken in the Mount Lofty Ranges, South Australia; they
all have their legs testaceous, and do not appear in any way
to be immature.
PHLOGISTOMORPHA.
This genus was proposed by Hintz) to receive four
‘species of Phlogistus, viz., blackburn, Schenk. ; apicalis,,
b- (2) Blackburn, Trans, Roy Soc. S. Austr., 1900, p. 122.
k (3) Schenkling, Gen. Insect., Fasc. 13, 1903, p. 56.
(4) Hintz, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1908, p. 709.
(5) Hintz, loc. cit., 1908, p. 715.
q
Macl.; croesus, Blackb.; and mastersi, Macl., and is easily
distinguished from the preceding genus by the terminal joint
of the antennae, which has an almost quadratic form, and
drawn out into four points with a bay in between each two
of them.
146
PHLOGISTOMORPHA CROESUS, Blackb.
Specimens of this beautiful insect have been taken by
Mr. J. C. Clark in Western Australia. It was originally
described from South Australia.
PHLOGISTOMORPHA BLACKBURNI, Schenk.
The habitat of this insect was given by its author as —
““Australia.’’ I have now to record it from Victoria and
South Australia.
TROGODENDRON MONSTROSUM, Gorham.
There are two specimens, a male and female, of this
remarkable insect in the South Australian Museum, taken at
Bowen, Queensland. The male, which has the bifid termin-
ation of the apical joint of the antennae, differs from the
author’s description in having the prothorax strongly, the
head slightly diluted with red, the palpi and labrum reddish-
yellow ; the lunate-shaped fasciae behind the middle of elytra
have, particularly on the posterior part, narrow reddish-
brown margins, which extend nearly to the suture, the oblique
guttae near the apex have likewise reddish-brown fringes
which are wider than the raised ivory portion. The female
differs from the male in being much smaller, not having the
apical joint of antennae bifid, and the reddish-brown margins
on the fasciae and guttae less conspicuous or entirely absent.
TROGODENDRON RUFIPES, Nl. Sp.
Upper-surface black, diluted here and there with blue,
palpi, antennae, and legs red; slightly raised median fasciae
on elytra ivory, with wider fasciae in front of, and touching,
red; somewhat scantily clothed with long dark, interspersed
with pale, hairs, apical fourth of elytra densely clothed with —
fine, depressed, golden hairs. Under-surface black, very
scantily clothed with pale hairs.
Head densely punctured, the punctures small and some-
what rugose. Antennae extending nearly to base of pro-
thorax, second joint about as long as wide and slightly wider
at apex than at base, three to eight longer than wide, nine
and ten much wider and obconical in shape, the apical about
half as big again as the tenth, the outside apical angle
rounded and the inside one obtusely pointed. Prothorax
147
about as long as wide, base much narrower than apex, some-
what globular, with a transverse impression near the apex,
sides rounded and very much constricted at base, closely punc-
tured, the punctures moderately large, deep, and in places
slightly confluent. lytra wider than prothorax and about
thrice as long, sides slightly constricted near middle, to
beyond the middle with large, deep, seriate punctures. On
each elytron near the suture are two large protuberances,
4 which have the sides almost as largely and deeply punctured
as the rest of elytra, and the apices only slightly punctured.
t Legs long and slender. Length, 15 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Bribie Island (H. Hacker). Type
[ (unique), in Queensland Museum.
Very distinct, and not readily associated with any pre-
viously described species. The median fasciae are slightly
oblique, touching the margins but not reaching the suture,
the reddish patch is extended beyond the ivory one and almost
touches the suture. The basal joint of the antennae is infus-
cated on the outside, and the second half of the apical is
slightly paler than the rest of the antennae.
i TROGODENDRON TENEBRICOSUM, 0. sp.
_ Black; palpi, antennae, legs (femora excepted), and post-
_ median fasciae testaceous, upper-surface scantily clothed with
moderately long, nearly upright, black hairs, except on legs
which have pale hairs, and near apex of elytra with small
patch of silvery hairs ; under-surface very scantily clothed with
_ grey hairs.
i. Head with a long transverse impression near base of
antennae, closely punctured, the punctures moderately deep
and rugose. Antennae stout, joints three to five a little
longer than wide, six to ten obconical and gradually in-
‘ereasing in width, the last obtusely pointed at apex. Pro-
thorax slightly longer than wide, sides rounded near middle,
with a moderately ‘deep transverse impression near apex and
a deeper subbasal one; with dense punctures, larger than
those on head, more or less rugose, and defining a longi-
tudinal median carina. J/lytra at base one and a half times
s wide as middle of prothorax and more than thrice as long,
‘humeral angles salient; to beyond the middle with large,
deep, quadratic and seriate punctures, those on the fasciae a
q ittle smaller and nearly round, impunctate on humeral
angles and behind fasciae. Length, 10-15 mm.
‘ Hab.—Victoria: Melbourne (E. Fischer). Type, in
author’s collection.
I have before me only two specimens, sent me‘ by Mr.
. E. Wilson, of this species, which is apparently very variable
148 }
in size. The post-median fasciae touch the margins and ex-
tend somewhat obliquely upwards towards the suture, but
not quite touching it. The impunctate parts of elytra are
glistening; the protuberances near the scutellum are rudi-
mentary, only a small shagreened patch being visible, the
knees are sometimes diluted with red and parts of the tibiae
are infuscated. Comes nearest to 7. ephippium, Boisd., from —
which it can be easily distinguished, wmter alia, by the punc-
tures on the head and prothorax being larger, disc of pro- —
thorax without deep depression, and the absence, near base of ©
elytra, of two protuberances bearing tufts of hair.
ZENITHICOLA FUNESTA, Chev.
Hab.—Stradbroke Island, Queensland, New South Wales,
Victoria, South Australia, Western Australia.
ZENITHICOLA CRASSA, Newm.
Hab.—Queensland and New South Wales.
EUNATALIS.
Schenkling ) stated that the genus Vatalis of Castelnau
(1836) was founded upon JV. laplacei from Chili; to this
genus were afterwards added two other Chilian and many
Australian species. Subsequently (1906) for V. punctipenms,
Germ. (from Chile), Schenkling proposed the genus Veogy-
ponyx, but this must now be regarded as a synonym of Vatalis.
Klug (1842) did not recognize Vatalis as a valid genus, but
Spinola (1844) did so, incorrectly giving porcata, Fab., as
its type; he was followed by most authors until recently.
Schenkling (1909) therefore proposed that the three Chilian
species should remain in Vatalis, and the name Lunatalis be
substituted for the Australian species.
STIGMATIUM VENTRALE, Macl.
This species is variable in size, ranging from 7 mm. to ~
10 mm. in length. It has now to be recorded from Queens- —
land, Stradbroke Island, and South Australia. |
STIGMATIUM GILBERTI, White.
This insect is widely distributed in Australia, and some- —
what variable inter se. On two South Australian specimens —
there is a distinct dark narrow band across the reddish portion
of the elytra, about midway between the base and where the
black commences; the oblong subapical spots of pale hairs
extend right to the apex.
(6) Schenkling, lat. cit., 1909.
+
ae 8
yee
159
smaller, but nevertheless distinct. Femora moderately
robust, the posterior ones not reaching apex of elytra.
Length, 9-12 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Karoonda (G. E. H. Wright) ;
Western Australia: Geraldton (J. Clark), Mullewa (Miss J.
F. May). Type, in author’s collection; cotype, I. 12817, in
South Australian Museum.
On some specimens can be seen three feeble carinae on
each elytron, the elytral punctures are very crowded, but
nowhere confluent, the humeral angles only glistening through
paucity of punctures. Differs from F#. aulicodes, Gorham,
in having the head and prothorax more elongate, the punc-
tures on face more crowded, the club more distinctly three-
jointed, and by its colour. In general appearance it some-
what resembles #. cribrata, Schenk., from which it differs in
being more robust and hairy, by the club of antennae, the
apical joint of which is emarginate at its apex, punctures on
prothorax smaller and in places confluent, punctures on
elytra somewhat smaller and more crowded.
ELEALE PARALLELA, 0. sp.
Upper-surface green, joints one to six of antennae
metallic-green, seven to ten reddish-brown, the apical black;
clothed with nearly upright, moderately long, black hairs,
face, scutellum and legs with white hairs. Under-surface
shining, greenish-blue, clothed with long, shaggy, white hairs,
thicker at the sides than elsewhere.
Head elongate, with a small shallow depression between
the eyes and a somewhat deeper one at the base of each
antenna, punctures small, moderately deep and crowded,
here and there confluent. Antennae long, almost reaching to
base of prothorax, joints three to six cylindrical, seven and
eight obconical, nine and ten wider than long and almost semi-
circular, apical joint nearly as large as nine and ten combined,
with a large, deep, crescent-shaped emargination. Prothoraz
nearly one and a half times as long as wide, sides straight
and parallel nearly to base, then slightly contracted to the
base itself, disc lightly flattened, transverse subapical impres-
sion obsolete, the subbasal one almost imperceptible; punc-
tures at apex about the same size as those on head and in
places transversely confluent, those on disc and sides larger
and deeper, here and there confluent, and defining an inter-
rupted, longitudinal, median carina. Scutellum small and
round. Elytra at base not much wider, and about thrice as
long as prothorax, sides straight and parallel nearly to apex,
then rounded off, humeral angles not salient, interhumeral
depression almost obsolete, post-scutellar depression much
160
deeper; punctures moderately large and deep, crowded,
reticulate, transversely confluent near suture; at base, on
humeral angles, and at apex the punctures are smaller, but
not sufficiently fine to cause these parts to glisten. When
viewed in a slanting direction from the front, two longitudinal
carinae are to be plainly seen on the basal half of each elytron.
Legs slender, posterior femora not reaching apex of elytra.
Length, 8-10 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Stradbroke Island (H. Hacker),
Brisbane (F. E. Wilson). Type, in author’s collection;
cotypes, in South Australian Museum (I. 12823), and in ~
Queensland Museum. =
A very elongate and distinct species, apparently not a
variable one. In general appearance somewhat resembles
FE. aspera, Newm., from which it can be readily distinguished
by the apical joint of the antennae being larger and more
deeply excavated, and the different sculpture of the prothorax.
ELEALE SPINICORNIS, Nn. sp,
Upper-surface deep blue, almost black, with here and
there a metallic reflection, head paler, club of antennae
testaceous ; scantily clothed with rather long, semi-erect, black
hairs, and thickly clothed with short, depressed, hoary hairs.
Under-surface green with ‘brassy reflections, and thickly
clothed with moderately long, shaggy, white hairs.
Head with a large shallow depression between the eyes,
and moderatly large punctures, not crowded, here and there
confluent. Antennae long, almost reaching to base of pro-
thorax, joints three to eight longer than wide and nearly
cylindrical, club distinctly three-jointed, compressed, with
the first two obconical, the apical rounded at its base, and
with a large, deep, semi-oblique emargination on each side
of it, that on the inner side being somewhat deeper, the apex
produced into a rather long, pointed spine. Prothorax about
as long as wide, sides evenly rounded, widest part being near
the middle, subapical transverse impression entirely absent,
the suhbasal one very indistinct, disc very lightly flattened ;
punctures moderately large, but not deep, those near apex
smaller, here and there confluent, with a more or less distinct
longitudinal median carina. Scutellum small and round.
Hlytra at base little wider than widest part of prothorax and
about thrice its length, sides almost straight and gently
rounded towards apex; punctures smaller than those on disc
of prothorax, round, shallow, and crowded, near base smaller
and less crowded, only humeral angles glistening through
paucity of punctures. Posterior femora not reaching apex
of elytra. Length, 4°5-7 mm.
161
Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty Ranges (Rev. A.
P. Burgess), Quorn (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I. 12826,
in South Australian Museum.
A very hairy species, and at once distinguished from all
previously described ones by the singular formation of the
apical joint of the antennae, the excavations on each side of
it are deep, and extend for about half the length of the
joint, so that the apical spine is about as long as the un-
excavated portion; on some specimens the club is a little
darker than on the type, but this may be due to age or post-
mortem change. There is an entire absence of carinae on the
elytra, which are closely and uniformly punctured, the inter-
humeral and post-scutellar depressions are distinct and about
the same size.
ELEALE ANGULARIS, N. sp.
Upper-surface shining, dark blue with metallic reflec-
tions, legs paler, antennae shining red with club dull black;
scantily clothed with moderately long, semi-erect, black hairs ;
scutellum, sides near base of prothorax, and apex of elytra
with white hairs. Under-surface dark blue with here and
there metallic reflections ; scantily clothed with comparatively
_ short, depressed, white hairs, clothing much thicker at sides
of pro- and mesosternum than elsewhere.
Head moderately elongate, with a large round depression
between the eyes, and with small, round, rather deep, and dense
punctures, here and there confluent. Antennae reaching to
about middle of prothorax, joints three to five longer than
wide, the third being the longest, the sixth barely longer than
_ wide, the seventh and eighth obconical, the latter wider, the
club three-jointed and compressed, the ninth and tenth
_ obconical, the ninth about twice the size of the eighth, the
_ apical joint about half as big again as the tenth, truncate at
its apex, the inside almost imperceptibly emarginated, the
_ inside apical angle acute, the outside one rounded. Prothorax
_ not much longer than wide, sides almost straight and slightly
diverging outwards to beyond the middle, then suddenly
_ contracting towards the base, making an obtuse angle on each
side; with a shallow subapical transverse impression and a
_ deeper subbasal one, disc flattened and slightly uneven;
punctures large, deep and crowded, here and there confluent,
those near the apex and base smaller and less crowded; with
a more or less distinct longitudinal median carina. Scutellum
round. Zlytra at base about one and a half times as wide,
_ and nearly three times as long as the prothorax, sides almost
_ straight and gently rounded off towards apex, humeral angles
prominent, with interhumeral and post-scutellar depressions
_ conspicuous; punctures somewhat crowded, large, deep, and
162
reticulate, those at base smaller and less crowded, those
on humeral angles and at apex almost obsolete, so that these
parts are more nitid than rest of surface ; with two more or less
distinct carinae on each elytron. Femora robust, posterior ones
not reaching apex of elytra. Length, 9°5-10°5 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty Ranges (A. H. :
Elston) ; Victoria: Kiata (F. E. Wilson). Type, in author’s
collection ; cotype, I. 12827, in South Australian Museum.
A very robust and angular species, which may be easily
distinguished by the shape of prothorax and the angular
appearance at base of elytra. Somewhat resembles 2. lati-
pennis, n. sp., from which it differs in the shape and sculpture
of the prothorax, elytra proportionately longer and with larger
and deeper punctures.
ELEALE GLOBICOLLIS, n. sp.
Upper-surface bright cupreous, face, sides of prothorax,
and base of elytra slightly diluted with green, large patch on
middle of each elytron much paler, almost testaceous, labrum
and mandibles dark brown, palpi, tibiae and tarsi testaceous,
the two latter infuscate in parts, femora violet; scantily
clothed with short subdepressed black, interspersed with
white hairs, the latter more numerous and longer at sides
of prothorax, on elytra and legs; scutellum with thick white
pubescence and at apex of elytra a fringe of white hairs.
Under-surface violet with brilliant coppery gloss; sides of
meso- and metasternum thickly clothed with moderately long,
depressed, white hairs, elsewhere much more scantily clothed.
Head with a small, round, moderately shallow, inter-
ocular depression ; punctures on top small and deep, confluent
on the vertex and defining a small longitudinal carina, those
on the face larger and somewhat obliquely confluent.
Antennae barely reaching to middle of prothorax, the seventh
joint almost cylindrical, the eighth slightly dilated and flat-
tened, the club distinctly three-jointed and compressed, the _
ninth obconical, the tenth wider than long, the apical about
as long as wide, truncate at its apex, and almost im-
perceptibly emarginated. Prothorax slightly longer than
wide, sides dilated near the middle, with trans-
verse subapical and subbasal depressions, the latter much
deeper than the former, disc very lightly flattened, punctures
at apex about same size as those on vertex of head and trans-
versely confluent, on the disc and sides the punctures are
much larger, deeper, and reticulate, only confluent in places
near the middle, and defining an interrupted and more or less
distinct longitudinal median carina. Scutellwm round.
Llytra at base about twice as wide as the prothorax, and a
}
.
_
163
little more than twice its length, sides very slightly diminish-
ing in width from the base to apex, which is rounded, inter-
humeral and post-scutellar depressions shallow; closely punc-
tured, the punctures large, deep, reticulate, and subquadratic,
here and there confluent on the middle, somewhat less
crowded near base but not much smaller, on the humeral
angles and at apex the punctures are almost obsolete, so that
these parts are more nitid than the general surface. Legs
moderately long, posterior femora nearly reaching apex of
elytra. Length, 6-7 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Lake Austin (H. W. Brown) ;
South Australia: Oodnadatta (Blackburn’s collection), Mur-
ray River (A. H. Elston). Type, I. 12821, in South
Australian Museum. |
There are only three specimens of this species before
me; the type is from Western Australia, that from Oodna-
datta differs in having the club of the antennae slightly
infuscated and the tibiae and tarsi darker, and the one from
the Murray River is doubtfully regarded as a variety, it
being more robust, its colour a bright violet with club of
antennae black, but in sculpture agrees very well with the
other two. In shape somewhat near F£. brevicornis, Chev.,
from which it may be distinguished by its colour, the pro-
thorax more globular, base of elytra wider, and punctures on
elytra much larger.
ELEALE LATIPENNIS, 0. sp.
Upper-surface somewhat shining, front of head and
anterior femora green, antennae red (club excepted, which is
black), palpi black, remainder violet, in parts with a coppery
or metallic-green gloss; clothed with moderately long, sub-
depressed, black hairs, interspersed with shorter and more
depressed white ones, sides of prothorax, scutellum, and apex
of elytra more densely clothed with white hairs. Under-
surface glistening blue, with brassy reflections on abdomen,
clothed with moderately dense, shaggy, white hairs.
Head comparatively small, with a shallow interocular
depression, punctures small and fairly deep, crowded, and
confluent in places between the eyes, but not defining a
longitudinal carina. Antennae short, barely reaching, to
middle of prothorax, joints seven and eight scarcely flattened
or dilated, club distinctly three-jointed, apical joint almost
‘imperceptibly emarginated on the inner side with its apex
pointed. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, sides almost
parallel to beyond the middle, then suddenly contracted
towards base, which is somewhat narrower than apex, the
transverse subapical depression almost obsolete, the subbasal
164
one distinct, the disc slightly flattened; punctures at apex
slightly smaller than those on head and somewhat transversely
confluent, on the disc and sides much larger and deeper, and
only here and there confluent. Sewtellwm comparatively
large and round. Slytra at base nearly twice as wide as the
prothorax, and about twice its length, sides almost parallel to
beyond the middle, then narrowed towards apex, interhumeral
and post-scutellar depressions comparatively shallow; with
moderately small punctures, crowded and reticulate, only here
and there confluent, those near the base and apex smaller
and less crowded, and on the humeral angles they are almost
absent, so that this part is more nitid than the rest of the
surface. Legs comparatively long, posterior femora nearly
reaching apex of elytra. Length, 7-9 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Quorn (Blackburn’s collection),
Murray River (R. F. Kemp and A. H. Elston). Type, in
author’s collection; cotype, I. 12819, in South Australian
Museum.
On some specimens the colour is violet: with a stronger
mixture of blue in it, and on one the metallic green gloss
predominates over the violet. On the middle of each elytron
are two more or less distinct longitudinal carinae, starting
near the base and becoming obsolete behind the middle, the
apices are decorated with a fringe of moderately long white
hairs. The shape of the prothorax somewhat resembles that
of H. cribrata, Schenklg., otherwise it cannot readily be
associated with any other previously described species.
ELEALE PERPLEXA, DN. Sp.
Upper-surface of head and prothorax green, palpi and
antennae testaceous, with the club of the latter and the
apices of the former lightly infuscate, elytra cupreous with
a brassy reflection, anterior legs green with brassy reflection,
intermediate and posterior ones violet; clothed with short,
subdepressed, black hairs, interspersed with shorter and more
depressed white ones ; scutellum covered with white pubescence.
Under-surface green with brassy reflection, and densely
clothed with long, shaggy, white hairs.
Head elongate, with a moderately large, shallow, inter-
ocular depression, and two smaller, deeper, and more elongate
ones at base of antennae; the punctures small, deep, and dense,
confluent in parts, and defining a short median longitudinal
carina on the vertex. Antennae reaching to middle of pro-
thorax, joints seven and eight but slightly dilated and flat-
tened, club distinctly three-jointed, the inside of the last
joint barely emarginate, the outside apical angle rounded,
the inside one acute. Prothorax longer than wide, base about
165
as wide as apex, sides rounded, widest part just beyond the
middle, disc flattened ; punctures at apex slightly smaller and
“more shallow than those on head and in places confluent,
hose on dise and sides much larger, deeper, and reticulate,
_ only running into each other near the middle and defining a
longitudinal median carina. Scwtellum round. Flytra at
base wider than prothorax, and about two and a half times
as long, sides parallel to about three-fourths the length,
then rounded off towards apex, humeral callosities moderately
salient, interhumeral and _ post-scutellar depressions con-
‘spicuous; punctures comparatively small, crowded and reticu-
' late, nowhere confluent, those on base, humeral callosities,
and near apex shallow and less crowded, so that these parts
are more nitid than the rest of the surface; on each elytron
are three feeble carinae. Legs long and comparatively
slender, posterior femora reaching to apex of elytra. Length,
8-10 mm. .
$ Hab.—South Australia: Oodnadatta (Blackburn’s col-
mecton), Ooldea (A. M. Lea); Western Australia: Cue (H.-
W. Brown), Mullewa (Miss J. F. May). Type, I. 12820,
i in South Australian Museum.
: This species is variable in colour, some specimens being
lighter and others darker than the typical form, and on one
specimen the elytra are almost green, strongly diluted with
_ brownish-yellow, on some (including the type) the labrum has
a distinct yellow spot, whilst on others it is entirely dark.
Very close to the previous species, from which it may be
distinguished by its somewhat more elongate form, antennae
and palpi paler, disc of prothorax flatter, and. the longi-
tudinal carinae on head and prothorax.
ELEALE HIRTICOLLIS, n. sp.
Head, prothorax, and legs violet, palpi and first eight
joints of antennae shining: black, club dull black, base and
_ apex of elytra blue, reflecting violet, remainder of elytra
green ; clothed with nearly upright black hairs, long on pro-
thorax and base of elytra and becoming shorter towards apex
of the latter, scutellum thickly covered with short, depressed,
white hairs, a wide fascia across middle of prothorax, and
- legs (particularly at base of femora) with long, shaggy, white
hairs. Under-surface shining, head and thorax violet,
abdomen green; scantily clothed with moderately long, sub-
depressed, white hairs, which are more numerous on the fore-
art and sides of the metasternum than elsewhere.
Head moderately elongate, with a shallow depression
etween the eyes and,a somewhat deeper one at the base of
each antenna, punctures on top of head small, round, shallow,
166
and slightly confluent, elsewhere much larger, deeper, and not
confluent. Antennae long, nearly reaching to base of pro- J
thorax, first joint about as long as the third and twice as —
thick, the second is the smallest and beadlike, three to five
cylindrical, seven and eight slightly, nine and ten
strongly, obconical in shape; the apical joint is not emarg-
inate, apex truncate, the outside apical angle rounded, the
inside one acute. SProthorar about as wide as long, sides
dilated near middle, anterior transverse impression almost q
obsolete, the sub-basal one distinct, disc with a large longi- —
tudinal, moderately deep, and elliptical depression ; punctures
at apex about same size as those on vertex of head and —
transversely confluent, elsewhere much larger and deeper,
here and there confluent, and defining a distinct longitudinal —
carina dividing the depression in the middle. Seutellum —
round. Elytra at base about one and a _ half times
as wide and about two and a half times as long as
the prothorax, sides slightly diminishing in width towards —
apex, interhumeral and post-scutellar depressions moderately ©
deep, humeral angles salient; punctures large, quadratic,
reticulate, and nowhere confluent, those at base, on humeral —
angles, and at apex much smaller and more scattered, so that —
these parts are more nitid than the rest of the surface. Legs
robust, posterior femora not reaching apex of elytra.
Length, 6-13 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Ankertell (H. W. Brown),
Beverley (F. H. du Boulay), Cue (H. W. Brown), Geraldton
(J. Clark), Mullewa (Miss J. F. May), Mount Squires (Elder
Expedition) ; South Australia: Lake Callabonna (A. Zietz).
Type, in author’s collection ; cotype, I. 12822, in South Aus-
tralian Museum.
This is a very pretty and variable species, particularly in |
size; on some specimens the head and prothorax are much
darker in colour, a very deep blue, and on others violet tinged —
with green. It was this species that Blackburn doubtfully
identified as HF. reichei, Spin., from which it can be dis-
tinguished by its colour, the apical joint of antennae not
emarginate, the punctures on prothorax more individually
distinct, median fascia of white hairs on the prothorax, and
the punctures on the elytra smaller, more crowded, and more
reticulate. In general appearance it somewhat resembles
EL. excavata, Westw., from which it differs in being of a
brighter colour, the club of the antennae composed of only
three joints, and the apical one not emarginate, the disc of
the prothorax depressed, only one transverse fascia of hairs
on prothorax, and that extending across the middle, and the
base and apex of elytra glistening.
167
ELEALE cRriBRATA.(°) Schenklg.
Mr. F. E. Wilson has sent me from Kiata, Victoria,
everal specimens which agree very well with the description
of this species, except that the whole upper-surface is blue-
black, with here and there a coppery reflection; four speci-
‘mens with the typical colouring have been taken at Lucin-
dale, South Australia.
ALLELIDEA SIMILIS, Nl. sp.
q Black; antennae (club infuscated) and parts of legs pale
_ testaceous; elytra with two white fasciae, one basal and the
_ other submedian; scutellum black. With sparse subdepressed
_ white setae, longer and more numerous on sides and legs.
r Head wider than prothorax, with moderately large punc-
_ tures; these are separate and distinct on top of head, but
_ are crowded together on the forepart, and running into each
_ other in such a way as to form a more or less distinct, longi-
tudinal carina midway between the eyes. Antennae short.
_ Prothorax longer than wide, apex wider than base, inflated
near the middle and very much constricted at base, with an
almost obsolete, transverse impression near apex; punctures
larger than those on the head, and sparsely but evenly dis-
tributed. Zlytra at base about as wide as base of prothorax,
then gradually widening to beyond the middle, when they
gently contract towards apex, which is rounded; punctures
moderately large, distinct, and seriate, becoming smaller and
less distinct posteriorly. Zegs long and slender. Length,
3 mm.
; Hab.—Australia; probably Queensland. Type (unique),
in Queensland Museum.
On the elytra the basal fasciae are not interrupted by
the suture and touch the margins, the submedian fasciae
Bpouch the margins but are interrupted by a very narrow strip
at the suture; both fasciae are slightly narrower at suture
than at the margins. The anterior tibiae are more or less
pale, and the apices of the intermediate and posterior ones
are also pale. This insect very much resembles A. brevi-
ite Pascoe, with the elytra continued to beyond the second
white part, where it is cut off on that species; it also differs
in haying the prothorax more closely punctured on the disc.
_ There is a resemblance in shape to a big A. etenostomoides,
_ Waterh., but having the elytra without subapical white mark-
ing; and it is also closely associated with A. curvifasciata,
Lea, from which it differs in having the white basal markings
broader and almost parallel, and the submedian fascia broader
(9) Schenkling, Deut. Ent. Mus. Mittl., 1916, p. 148.
168
and not shaped like a boomerang, the punctures smaller, par-
ticularly on the prothorax. f
PyLus PyGMAEUS, Blackb.
This insect varies in the colour of prothorax and the
size and shape of piceous markings on the elytra. On some
specimens the prothorax is darker, and on one it is entirely
piceous; on all the specimens examined by me the posterior
fascia, although varying greatly in size and shape, does not
extend to the extreme apex of elytra. An example from
Queensland has the elytra testaceous and, in addition to the
median and subapical fasciae, has the base infuscated. Widely
distributed in Australia and Tasmania.
CHRYSOMELIDAE.
CLEPTOR GOUDIEI, Lea. ’
Several specimens of this beautiful insect were taken
by R. F. Kemp and myself from the foliage of the Native
Pine, Callitris robusta, in January, near Murray Bridge,
South Australia. The male, which hitherto was unknown, is
much smaller than the female and of a beautiful green with
a slight brassy reflection, the under-surface more brassy. than
the upper, abdomen with a wide longitudinal depression down
the centre, the first segment with large scattered punctures,
second, third, and fourth segments rather densely punctured,
in other respects it agrees very well with the author’s descrip-
tion of the female. The female varies in colour, some of
the specimens taken are of the same colour as the male, others
are bright copper with a greenish reflection.
SS See le
¥ _
eV
Pe
ah pen ete et
Hm © bD
10.
11.
169 |
THE CRATERS AND LAKES OF MOUNT GAMBIER
SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
By Cuaries Fenner, D.Sc.
[Read August 11, 1921.]
PLatTeE X.,
. INTRODUCTION.
. DISCOVERY AND SETTLEMENT OF Mount GAMBIER.
. Previous LireRAtTuRE (with list of chief references).
. GenerRAL Description : —
(a) The surrounding country.
(6) Mount Gambier.
. THe VoLcaAnic MATERIALS :—
(a) The lava and its extent.
(b) The fragmentary material and its distribution.
. AGE OF THE ERUPTION :—
(a) Relation to Victorian Newer Basalt period.
(6) Physiographic evidence.
(c) Fossil evidence.
. DURATION OF THE ERUPTIVE AND EFFUS!IVE PHASES.
. THe NUMBER OF CRATERS AND THE ORDER OF ERUPTION : —
(a) Previous opinions.
(6) Contour Map.
(c) Reconstruction of the Cinder Cones.
(i.) Dip of tuff beds.
(1i.) Slopes of external faces.
(d) Section through the reconstructed cones, show-
ing collapses, etc.
. THe SUBSIDENCES : —
(a) Extent, cause, and time of collapse.
(b) The Blue Lake.
(c) The Leg of Mutton Lake.
(d) The Valley Lake.
(e) Crater Lake.
(f) The Moorak Depression.
(g) The Punch-bowl.
(h) The Water of the Lakes.
ScENIC AND Economic ASPECTS.
SUMMARY.
170
1. INTRODUCTION.
Mount Gambier is situated in the extreme south-eastern
corner of South Australia. The volcanic features of that
district, of which Mount Gambier is the most important, mark
the western limits “ of that great area of comparatively recent
volcanic activity that affected the greater part of central and
south-western Victoria.
The cinder cones of Mount Gambier were never large, nor
is the area covered by the ash deposits of very great extent.
The voleanic phase was accompanied or followed by extensive
collapse of the greater part of the area covered by the cones
of ejected material, so that only remnants of the original
cones now mark the points of activity. The areas of the col-
lapse are now occupied in part by deep lakes.
Several factors combine to make Mount Gambier of special
interest. The fertile volcanic soils are of great economic
importance, and because of them the town of Mount Gambier
has grown up, and has become the chief business centre of —
that portion of South Australia. The ‘‘Mount,”’ with its —
beautiful lakes, being the product of two series of catastrophic
happenings, namely, a rapid volcanic up-building, with sub-
sequent extensive collapse, presents scenic features of an
exceptional nature and of great variety and beauty. From
the scientific point of view, the structural features present
special facilities for investigating the mode of origin of the
present physiographic features.
The observations on which this paper is based were car-
ried out in such leisure hours as were available during
numerous visits to Mount Gambier, extending over the past
five years. In this work the writer has received invaluable
and enthusiastic assistance from Mr. H. C. Hosking, B.A.,
of Mount Gambier, to whom his best thanks are due. The
writer is also indebted to Mr. L. Keith Ward, B.A., B.E.,
Director of Mines, South Australia, for his assistance and
suggestions.
9. DISCOVERY AND SETTLEMENT OF Mount GAMBIER.
On the evening of December 2, 1800, Lieut. James Grant,
on a ‘‘voyage of discovery’’ in the ‘‘Lady Nelson,’’ was near-
ing the coast in the neighbourhood of Mount Gambier. So
far the navigator had not sighted Australia, but a close watch
was ordered to be kept for signs of land. The first such sign
(1) With the possible exception of the Kangaroo Island basalts
(see ‘‘Enstatite Basalt from Kangaroo Island, South Australia,”
XK. e Stanley, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xxxiv., 1910,
p. 69).
a
+
171
noted was the presence on board of a dragon-fly, or ‘‘horse-
stinger.”’ (2)
At 8 o’clock on the morning of December 3, Grant got
his first sight of New Holland, ‘‘the part that was right
ahead appearing like unconnected islands, being four in num-
ber, distant six or seven leagues.’’ These turned out to be
two capes and two high mountains a considerable distance
inshore. ‘‘One of them is very like the Table Hill at the
Cape of Good Hope, the other stands farther in the country.
Both are covered with large trees, as is also the land, which
is low and flat as far as the eye can reach. I named the
first of these mountains after Captain Schank,) and the
other Gambier’s 4) Mountain.’?’ On Grant’s map the two
_ voleanic hills are drawn in outline (not merely marked in
_ position), and are shown as covered with timber. They are
quite recognizable from the drawings, and are named
“Schank’s Mountain’”’ and ‘‘Gambier’s Mountain.’”’ On the
centenary of Grant’s discovery a substantial ‘“‘Centenary
Tower’’ of red dolomite was erected on the highest point of
the Mount. )
Regarding the spelling of the name of Mount Schank,
it may be noted that Lieut. Grant consistently uses the spell-
ing “‘Schank,” which has been adopted by all South Aus-
tralian cartographers and surveyors. The Rev. J. E. T.
Woods, throughout his ‘‘Geological Observations in South
Australia’ uses the spelling ‘‘Shanck.’’ The Dictionary of
National Biography, however, gives the correct spelling as
“Schanck,’’ as adopted in the name of Cape Schanck, Vict.
As would be naturally expected from the geography of
the area, the Mount Gambier district was first settled from
_ the east. It would appear that Mr. S. G. Henty, of that
well-known pioneering family, was the first white man to
visit Mount Gambier. Stimulated by the great inducements
held out to selectors by the South Australian Government, he
set out from Merino Downs (Vict.) towards the South Aus-
tralian border in June, 1839.) He was accompanied by
(2)**The Narrative of a Voyage of Discovery performed by
His Majesty’s vessel, the ‘Lady Nelson,’ of Sixty Tons burthen,”’
by James Grant. London, 1803.
(3) Captain John Schank (1740-1823), the ‘‘worthy and
esteemed friend’’ of Grant. He invented the patent sliding keel
with which the ‘‘Lady Nelson’’ was fitted.
(4) Admiral James Gambier (1756-1833), a well-known seaman,
later commanded the British Fleet at Copenhagen, 1807, and was
rewarded with a Peerage.
(5) ‘Letters from Victorian Pioneers to Governor La Trobe.”
Melbourne, 1899.
172
two men, and on the second day of their journey they arrived
at Mount Gambier. He ascended a gentle slope of the Mount,
probably somewhat to the west of the cemetery, and suddenly
found himself confronted by the great chasm of the Blue
Lake, a sight ‘“‘quite beyond his powers of description.’’ He
was uncertain at the time whether Mount Gambier was in
South Austraha or not, and so pushed on further to the west, |
He afterwards formed cattle stations at the Mount. Writing ©
in 1854 he described the district as ‘‘now thickly settled.”
3. PREvViouS LITERATURE.
1800—Reference has already been made to the record of the. ;
original discovery, of this portion of Australia, by
Lieut. James Grant.
2
1839—The records also exist of the first man who actually —
visited the area, 8. G. Henty, and these have
been referred to. Numerous references to the
locality are to be found in the records of the early —
settlers and in the published accounts of the abor-
iginal life and legends, but in these there is nothing
of special geological interest. -
1846—The oldest geological notes available are those pub-
lished by Thomas Burr, then (1846) “Deputy- £
Surveyor-General of the Province.’ These notes
give a brief but extremely interesting account of
Mount Gambier, and will be quoted from later.
1851—According to the Rev. J. E. T. Woods, Blandowski
made a survey of the Mount in 1851. His observa- ©
tions were published in the Adelaide German paper,
but his maps have been lost.
1862—In this year the Rev. J. E. T. Woods published his
‘‘Geological Observations in South Australia,’’ of
which Chapters VITI. and IX. are devoted to the
voleanoes of Mounts Gambier. and Schank. His
observations show an extended and intimate know-
ledge of the area, and remain the most important
account yet written.
1879—In this year Professor Ralph Tate, of the University
of Adelaide, made passing reference to Mount Gam-
bier in his Presidential Address to the Philosophical
Society of Adelaide.
1884—The State Government Geologist, H. Y. L. Brown,
- published a short account of the area, dealing more
particularly with the depth, temperature, and origin
of the water in the lakes. In these notes the
173
suggestion was first made that there had been but one
crater at Mount Gambier.
1901—‘‘Notes on the Extinct Volcanoes of Mounts Gam-
bier and Schank’’ were published by Professor
Howchin. In these notes were suggested special
lines for further investigation, which the present
writer has endeavoured to follow.
i 06—J. C. Moulden published a petrographical note re the
Mount Gambier basalt, as also had Chas. Chewings
in 1894.
1907—Dr. T. S. Hall, of Melbourne, gave some account of
the tuff beds, dealing more popular with their
mode of deposition.
1909—E. R. Stanley carried out detailed chemical and
mineralogical examinations of the types of lava at
Mount Gambier, and added to these in 1910 with
special notes on the olivine bombs and nodules found
in the tuff beds.
addition numerous references are made to this area by
Professor Howchin in his Geography of South Aus-
tralia (1909), and in his Geology of South Australia
(1918).
The following is a list of the most important books and
pers dealing specially with this area. Reference is made
them throughout this paper by using the numbers attached
this list : —
1. Burr, Thomas—‘‘Remarks on the Geology and Mineralogy
of South Australia.’’ Adelaide, 1846.
2. Woops, Rev. J. E. T.—‘‘Geological Observations in
South Australia.’’? London, 1862.
. Brown, H. Y. L.—‘‘Report by Government Geologist
on Lakes in Mount Gambier District.’’ Parliamentary
_ Papers, South Australia, 1884, No. 256.
. Howcuin, W.—‘‘Notes on the Extinct Volcanoes of
Mount Gambier and Mount Schank, South Australia.”
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xxv., 1901.
. Hatt, T. S.—‘‘Note on the deposition of Bedded Tuffs.’’
Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vol. xx., 1907.
. Stantey, E. R.—‘‘Complete Analysis of the Mount Gam-
bier Basalt, with petrographical descriptions.’’ Trans.
Roy Soc: S. Austr., vol. xxxilil., 1909.
. Stantey, E. R.—‘‘Lherzolite and Olivine from Mount
Gambier.’”’ Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S. Austr., vol. xxxiv.,
1910.
174
4. GENERAL DESCRIPTION.
Mount Gambier is the best known of a series of small
volcanic hills in the south-eastern corner of South Australia.
These hills may be classified in three groups : —
(i.) Mount Gambier, The Bluff, Mount Muirhead, and
Mount Burr.
(ii.) Mount Edwards, Mount McIntyre, and Mount
Graham. |
(i1.) Mount Schank.
Groups (i.) and (ii.) show a linear arrangement in a north-
north-west direction, while Mount Schank stands alone to
the southward. The linear direction referred to is parallel |
with the present coastline, with a series of past coastlines,
with a rather remarkable and extensive series of consolidated
dune ridges, and possibly with the direction of a fault-line,
running parallel to and adjoining The Bluff, Mount Muir-
head, etc. This suggested fault-line has not been carefully
investigated, but a casual examination suggests it as well
worthy of study, from both the geological and physiographic
points of view.
(a) The Surrounding Country.—The bed rock of the area
consists of a series of marine tertiary limestones (Jan-
jukian),(” which mark the site of the ancient ‘‘Murray Gulf,”
and which extend over thousands of square miles to the north,
west, and east of Mount Gambier. This series is, in places,
from 1 5800 to 2,000 ft. in depth,() is richly fossiliferous, and
is believed to be in places underlain by the carbonaceous
mudstone series of the Jurassic period; there is, however, no
record of the occurrence of fragments of this formation in the
ejectamenta at Mount Gambier. The limestones remain on
the whole remarkably level-bedded. Their wide level surface
rises gently from the sea, broken only by the series of parallel
ridges referred to, by occasional low inliers of early palaeozoic
and older rocks, and by one or two ‘‘breaks’’ which may be
due to comparatively late fault-scarps.
The limestones include red and cream-coloured dolomites
and a polyzoal limestone (all three used as building stones),
and, in places, flints are extremely abundant. The surface
is of extreme topographic youth; there is an almost complea
(6) See reference No. 2; also referred to in various maps and :
reports of the Geological Survey of South Australia, e.g., Bulletin |
No. 4, plate facing p. 25 (1915).
(7) Memoirs of the National Museum, Melbourne, No. 5,
Frederick Chapman, 1914, p. 48. 4
(8) The Portland (Vict.) Bore penetrated these limestones to
a depth of 2,265 ft. Ann. Rep. Sec. Mines, Vict., 1895, p. 60.
175
absence of surface streams. Swamps abound, and in the
winter time these overflow and unite as broad flowing sheets
of water.
The rocks are in the main very porous, with abundant
caverns, collapses, and ‘“‘run-away holes.’ The limestones
contain the extensive sub-artesian fresh-water basin of the
miocene ‘“‘Murray Gulf,’’ the waters of which are mainly
derived from local rainfall and from the rainfall in the
adjoining counties of Lowan and Follett (Victoria).(9) The
average rainfall at Mount Gambier itself is 30 to 35 in.
Near the coast the water-table of the sub-artesian basin is
cut by the land surface, and beautiful streams of fresh water
Blue lake
— Punch-bow|
HA MMU Wz
Wy
lf, / \ V Ye is
Cie UY YY, LPF ZN
ZZ — -L My MG L: ‘LY, 444
= al SEs al, LSS
pre — OY
ES
—— “AL
a ‘FY,
from the centre of the stream (50 ft. thick) towards
the sides, is clearly to be seen, and suggests quite a small
extension to the north and south. In ‘well- sinking, in and
near the northern slopes of the Mount, the “blue rock” is
“il Daan ae) a>,
\ tte
= =~ er ans as &
Ry py
hkyy Wipe &
My yi SATIS
tity
gig Mls
3%
Bn a Basalt. er. Tufts. 3] hapa =) ==| Water.
Fig. 2,
Sketch plan and section to show the probable extent of
the lava flow. In the section the basalt is shown in black
F (not to scale).
sometimes met with. From all the evidence available, the
Maximum extent of this early flow is probably represented in
the above sketch (fig. 2).
Mr. E. R. Stanley has carried out careful analyses and
microscopic examination of the lava, and also of the olivine-
ring nodules, bombs, and fragments that occur throughout
tuff deposits (Refs. 6 and 7). The following table
shows Mr. Stanley’s analysis, compared with the average
Zz
178
analysis of Bi si basalts in Victoria, and with Mr. Daly’s”
‘average basalt’ :
A. B. Oh
SiO, . .. 48°00 48°84 46°95
Al,O, eupae eel 15-90 14:37
Fe,0, 1 sa. onp bd 5°23 1:37
FeQtpi, alana el 6°30 9°52
MeOi bi yo...) eee 6°38 9°74
CaOi (Ey sees 9°15 10:04
KO! hs at ee 3-05 3°49
Nag0-~ inate 1-46 1-53
LO ND ‘73 1-60 52
A Oe ts 80 10
THOS) i aoa 1°35 2:04
Mn Octo te 13 29 As
Bro vibes 50 AB ‘46
99°94 100-00 10013
A. Average of six basalts, Camperdown District, Victoria.
“Geology of the Camperdown and Mount. Elephant
Districts,’? Mahony and Grayson, Mem. Geol. Sur.
Vict5. Nosigz 2 O10}
B. Average basalt analysis. ‘‘Igneous Rocks and their Origin,”
R. A. Daly, 19145 p> 315. :
C. Mount Gambier vesicular olivine basalt. E. R. Stan
(Rep. NO ,76).
Stanley also published microscopic descriptions of the
slaggy and vitrophyric types of lava, found at Mount Gam- -
bier, and concludes that, on the evidence presented, the.
Mount Gambier lavas are closely related to those of Western —
Victoria. The comparison with Mahony and Grayson’s”
analyses, and with other subsequent analyses of Victorian
basalts, strongly supports this conclusion, as does other evi- |
dence later referred to. |
(6) The Fragmentary Material and its Distribution. -
Apart from the brief effusive phase above described, the vul-
canicity was wholly of the explosive type. Possibly the)
occurrence of the outburst in the centre of a strongly water-
bearing series had some bearing on this fact. The ejecta-
menta of which the cinder cones were built, and of which the
finer particles were widely distributed, consists of lapilli and’
ash with but a small representation of coarser scoriaceous |
material. In this respect the materials and the cones more
closely resemble those of Tower Hill, in Victoria, than the
more abundant scoria cones, such as Mounts Warrenheip,
Buninyong, etc.
179
_. The general appearance of the stratified tuffs, in section,
Is quite like those of South-western Victoria and also the
better known tuffs of Lake Burrumbeet, though with much
less nodular basalt than the latter beds show. At Mount
Gambier huge ejected blocks of limestone, dolomite, and basalt
occur, with olivine bombs and blobs of ropy lava. Occasion-
ally, also, one may find flint nodules, waterworn quartz
pebbles,° and rare fragments of ancient rock (mica schist,
_ The foregoing features have been more carefully described
by others, but there is no record of the exact extent of the
ash deposits. With the able assistance of Mr. H. C. Hosking,
the writer investigated the limits of the ash deposits, with the
results shown in fig. 3. In this investigation the matter was
quite easy where road and rail cuttings, quarries, and sub-
sidences occurred ; elsewhere the fertility of the soil was noted
as evidence of the presence of ash, and this was corroborated
by the statements of the occupiers of the land, and by shallow
excavations. It is remarkable how light a layer of ash has
‘rendered the soil fertile as compared with that of the limestone
or sand-dune country, but there are also occasional areas of
good land beyond the limits of the ash deposits.
On the outermost areas of the ash, the only evidence
consists of small, occasional, friable, light-brown nodules
that one soon becomes expert in recognizing. Such nodules
were also, later, found along the railway line, to the north-
west, as far as Mitchell Siding, but the deposit of ash must
have been here so slight that it has not been included in the
plan. Possibly one or two stiff ‘‘south-easterlies,’’ such as occa-
sionally occur here, would account for this light distribution to
‘the north-west. Howchin “) states that the ash extended
seven miles in a north-easterly direction, but careful examin-
ion showed that this is not the case; the limit of the ash
in a north-easterly direction is a little over two miles. The
'g
i
(0) These waterworn pebbles may have been carried by
aborigines, whose flint flakes are abundant on certain parts of
the Mount. More likely, however, they were derived from the
“Occasional beds of sand and gravel that occur in the tertiary
beds; the records of the South Australian Department of Mines
show that sands and gravels were met in several bores in the
Hundred of Young, at depths between 100 and 150 ft.
() “The Geography of South Austraha,’?’ Howchin and
sregory, 1909, p. 1380. I am informed by Professor Howchin that
the above statement was made on the authority of the late
Professor Tate, who stated that the greater extension of ash in
a north-easterly direction could be explained from the prevalence
f= south-westerly winds.
180
greatest extent of the ash is in a southern and south-easterly
direction, and the total area affected is about 25 square miles,
As pointed out by Dr. T. S. Hall (Ref. No. 4), the
stratified tuffs, away from the Mount itself, closely follow
the contour of the land surface, and were undoubtedly de-—
- posited subaerially. The manner in which the beds follow the -
gently undulating surface of the limestones and sand-dunegs —
Scale.
ri
miles.
Fig. 3.
Plan showing the extent of the ash deposits surrounding
Mount Gambier, covering an area of about 25 square miles.
is excellently shown in practically every cutting where such)
sections are available. |
Since there is no doubt whatever that the whole of the
ash was ejected from the two or more foci at Mount Gambier,
the unsymmetrical distribution of the finer material at once
suggests the influence of the prevailing winds as the chief
agent of its distribution.
181
There is every reason for assuming that the eruptions
were of so recent a period that it is quite likely that the cir-
cumstances of atmospheric circulation were at that time much
as they are at present. In order to get an average of the
wind direction and velocities, the details of the local records
for the years 1915, 1916, and 1917 were obtained by the
courtesy of Mr. E. Bromley, of the South Australian
Meteorological Bureau, and of the postmaster at Mount
Gambier.
~
CS
aes Soe enw
Fig. 4.
Graph showing the general outline of the ash deposits
(A) compared with the present average annual wind
direction and strength (B).
The direction, velocity, and continuity of these winds
‘were graphed in various ways (by months, seasons, years, etc.),
in the hope that some light might thereby be thrown on the
duration of the explosive activity, or on the season of the
182
year at which the chief eruptions took place. These efforts
were not attended with any positive results, but it will be
seen from fig. 4 that the average graph of the winds for the —
year corresponds, roughly, with the outline of the limits of
the finer volcanic material, and confirms the idea that the
ash distribution was governed by winds similar in direction
and velocity to those of the present day.
East winds are very rare throughout the whole year,
which fact corresponds with the limited distribution of the
ash to the west of the craters. South-easterlies are com-
monest in late January and February, while north-west and
west winds are strongest in September and October. The
graph of the average October winds corresponds most closely —
with the actual distribution of the ash. The chief point of
discordance is that the extent of the ash deposits to the
south, towards O.B. Flat, etc., is greater than the average
amount of north wind would suggest.
The question of the duration of vulcanicity is discussed
later, but if it be fair to assume that the wind circulation was
at that time much as it is at present, as suggested by the
graph, and if it be further shown that the duration of the
volcanoes’ life was brief, then the foregoing results suggest —
that the explosive activity took place about the middle of
the later half of the year.
6. AGE OF THE ERUPTION.
(a) Relation to Victorian Newer Basalt Period.—Before
discussing the age of the Mount Gambier vulcanicity it is desir-
able that its relationship should be established with the great
period of eruptive and effusive vulcanicity that occurred in
YS
DISCOVERY }
BAY
oO 10 2
Dag UP Reni
Railways
Scale
Fig. 5.
Sketch map showing the area covered by Newer Basalts
in South-western Victoria, and the volcanic localities of
South-eastern South Australia.
183
_ Victoria in late Tertiary times, and which is known as the
Newer Basalt Period. The newer basalts, with their associ-
ated scoria and cinder cones, tuffs, etc., cover thousands of
_ square miles of Central and South-western Victoria, and ex-
: tend almost to the South Australian border.
, The close relation in composition between the materials of
_ the Victorian Newer Basalt Period and those of Mount Gam-
_ bier has already been established. The relationship in space
_ of the voleanic features of the two States is quite clear from
fig. 5, and strongly suggests that the South Australian foci
are outlying centres of the one great area of activity.
Professor Skeats,42) in describing the Victorian Newer
Basalts, says: —‘‘They form the Melbourne and Keilor plains,
and occur . . . over thousands of square miles in the
_ the Western District, passing over into South Australia and
_ connecting with the recent volcanic rocks of the Mount Gam-
bier district.”
; (b) Phystographic Evidence.—One of the features stressed
_ by those who have dealt with the denudation of cinder cones
is the remarkable way in which, in some cases, these very
_ porous beds will absorb the rainfall, lessen the ‘‘run-off,’’
_ and so preserve for ages an appearance of youth. While giving
_ full consideration to this fact, the physiographic evidence
(denudation, etc.) at Mounts Gambier and Schank points to
a fairly recent geological period for their age. Familiarity
with the volcanic features of a considerable portion of the
Newer Basalt area in Victoria suggests also that the age of
_ the cinder cones of Mounts Gambier and Schank is about
equal to, or less than, that of similar Victorian features.
‘ On those portions of the exterior of the cones that may
be unquestionably accepted as unaffected by the great col-
lapses that have taken place, the small amount of denudation
is remarkable. Wherever opportunity for testing the matter
arose, the general surface slope was found to be that of the
dip of the stratified material.
(c) Fossil Evidence.—In the paper previously referred
to, Professor Skeats discusses the age of the Victorian Newer
Basalts, on the evidence of fossil leaves and fruits, etc.,
and believes that the volcanic activity extended throughout
a considerable period, ‘‘from the Pliocene to the Recent,
4 if not Historic periods. . . . The tuffs about Tower Hill
overlie the geologically-recent dune-limestones of that
district.”
omg hh 4) * garth rs eo, ie
— _, 2) "The Volcanic Rocks of Victoria,’? E. W. Skeats. Pre-
sidential address. Section C. A.A.A.S. 1909.
184
Mr. R. H. Walcott “) has recently published an account
of volcanic tuffs near Mount Terang (Vict.), where bones
of extinct marsupials and an aboriginal implement were found
below the tuff. Professor Gregory 4) has discussed the ques-
tion of the historic age of the more recent volcanoes in his
enquiry into the antiquity of man in Victoria. Chapman
and Gabriel,“@5) in 1917, published an account of a shell-bed
underlying the tufts of the Tower Hill series, near Warrnam-
bool (Vict.), and concluded that the tuffs of the Tower Hill
series were ejected between early Pleistocene and early Pre-
historic times, and represent one of the last stages of the
volcanic outburst in Victoria. The evidence at Tower Hill
is particularly mentioned on account of the close lithological
and physiographic resemblance of the materials and forms
there to those at Mount Gambier.
In the ‘“‘Geology of South Australia’’ (Howchin), p. 480,
it is stated that ‘‘on the southern slopes of Mount Graham
there are the remains of an ancient sea beach, about 40 ft.
above the present level of the plain, consisting of perfectly
loose sand and sea-worn shells. This shows that the sea must
have encroached upon the locality and again receded since —
the volcanoes were in eruption.’’ There is no evidence what-
ever of such an encroachiient affecting the Mount Gambier
area.
Professor Hiobvobiel in his ‘‘Geology of South Aus-
tralia,”’ p. 134, says: —‘‘Pliocene and Post-pliocene clays and
soils underlie the ash-beds (at Mount Gambier, etc). The
latter enclose impressions of trees and plants of species still —
growing in the neighbourhood, such as Lucalyptus, Casuarina,
Banksia, etc., and extinct marsupials of the late Pliocene
and Post-pliocene age.’? Mr. F. Chapman “6 mentions also
the bracken fern (Pteris aquilina) as underlying the ash-beds,
as does a Banksia “‘in every way comparable to B. marginata.”’
I submitted to Professor Osborn, of the Adelaide University,
a well-preserved impression in ash of the banksia leaves, and
he could find no difference whatever between such leaves and
those of the present-day B. marginata.
Following along the line of evidence, suggested by Pro-
fessor J. W. Gregory, re the mention of active volcanoes in ~
(13) The Voleanic Tuff of Perjark Marsh, Victoria, R. Henry
Walcott, Proc. Roy Soc. Vict., vol. xxxii. . Part 1 1919.
. (14) The Antiquity of Mca in Victase: J. W. Ciel, Prog
Roy. fis Vict., vol. xviui., 1904.
15) On a shell bed underlying Volcanic Tuff near Warrnam-
a “Chapman and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vol. xxx.,
art 1917
(6) ‘“‘Australasian Fossils,’ Frederick Chapman, 1914.
185
aboriginal legends, it may be mentioned, that in the recorded
legends of the Mount Gambier tribes there is frequent refer-
ence to the lakes, etc., of the district, but nothing that I
have read to suggest that the race had any record of an
actual eruption.
Summing up this evidence, we may conclude that Mount.
Gambier and its associated vents represent a western mar-
ginal outburst from the great basaltic magma that gave rise
_ to the Victorian Newer Basalts, occurring near the close of
_ the Newer Basalt Period, and possibly dating to quite late
pre-historic time.
7. DURATION OF THE ERUPTIVE AND EFFUSIVE PHASES.
As pointed out by previous observers, the preliminary
phase of the Mount Gambier volcano was an explosive one,
brief in duration, as evidenced by the thin layer of ash to
be seen immediately overlying the Janjukian Limestones,
and underlying the basalt flow.
Following this, the lava welled up and flowed for a couple
of miles or so in an easterly direction. There is no evidence
to suggest that the lava belonged to a later stage of activity
and was forced along in its present position as a “‘sill.”” The
effusive phase, like the other features of this volcano, was
on a diminutive scale, and lasted probably for a few hours
only.
Oe heecthensid y the volcanic activity was wholly explosive,
at times with considerable violence. In the effort to discover
the probable duration of the building of the cinder cones,
investigation has been made of all available descriptions of
cases where the duration of activity is known, either actually
or approximately. The best comparison might be made with
the well-known case of Monte Nuova, near the Bay of Naples,
since that particular cone, though smaller, is comparable to
the chief cone at Mount Gambier in height and circumfer-
ence. It will be remembered that, about 400 years ago,
~ Monte Nuova was built up before the eyes of observers in
a few days.
Mount Gambier is larger and more complex in structure,
but it is clearly possible that its volcanic history was very
brief. As already mentioned, effort was made to discover
evidence regarding the duration of activity from comparison
of the graphic records of present-day wind direction with the
distribution of the ash. The evidence is admittedly of no
high value, but, taken for what it is worth, it suggests that
the cones were built up in the later months of the year.
It has been pointed out that cinder cones, in some cases,
preserve their shape in a remarkable manner. This is
G
186
particularly the case when the materials have become, to some
extent, set and consolidated and covered with vegetation. In
the earlier period, while the material is still. merely loose
fragments, the erosion of a winter should leave distinct traces.
At present, for instance, the loose faces of the interior wall —
below the Tower are being rapidly worn away.
In noting the many sections of the stratified ash, both
radial and normal to the foci, watch was kept for any signs
of contemporaneous erosion. In no case was there found any
suggestion of a runnel or valley formed in the ash-beds during
deposition. This is suggestive of the idea that no wet season
occurred during the period of explosive activity.
The stratified beds are numerous, but show no consistent
evidence of rhythm in deposition, though Woods (ef. 2,
p. 254) recognized three series of layers, varying in each series
from coarser material below to finer material above. The
occurrence of the numerous and varied layers is probably
due to the intermittence and variation in force of the ex-
plosions, and to the shifting of the winds. Summing up the
evidence as presented in the field, I would suggest as a
working hypothesis that the whole period of activity at Mount
Gambier was something more than, say, six weeks and less
than six months.
8. THe NUMBER OF CRATERS AND THE ORDER OF ERUPTION.
(a) Previous Opinions.—The question of the number of
craters that existed at Mount Gambier is one on which there
has been considerable divergence of opinion, and while it is
purely of theoretical and academic interest, very careful con-
sideration has been given to this point. The opinions of
previous observers are given below, as far as possible in their
own words.
' The earliest available account of the geology of South
Australia was published by Thomas Burr, in 1846, when the
Province was but ten years old, and seven years after Mount
Gambier had been first visited by white men (see Hef. No. 1).
The brief account there given of Mount Gambier was kindly
brought under my notice by Mr. L. Keith Ward, the Director
of Mines of South Australia.
_ Thomas Burr says, concerning the craters : —‘‘This moun-
tain has three craters, which lie in a direction nearly east
and west. ‘The western crater (7) is divided into two portions —
—that to the east contains a lake of great depth containing
fresh water. The middle crater ®) is much smaller and
(17) Browne and Valley Lakes.
(18) Leg of Mutton Lake.
—
|
i
187
circular, with a small lake at the bottom. The eastern >
crater (19) is nearly of the same size as the western, and com-
prises a large lake of great depth, which cannot be visited,
as there are precipitous rocks all round.’’ This writer gives
the approximate widths of the various craters, but does not
mention the possibility of enlargement by subsidence. The
Rev. J. E. T. Woods (see Hef. No. 2) believed that there
were five craters: —(1) The west end of the Valley Lake (now
Browne or Crater Lake) ; (2) The east end of the Valley Lake
(now Valley Lake) ; (3) the Centre Lake (now Leg of Mutton
Lake); (4) Blue Lake; (5) the Punch-bowl (regarding this
‘crater he was in some doubt, and did not have the evidence
now available in the bare walls of this depression). Woods
_ gives full value to the matter of enlargement of the craters
by collapse. His notes on the general history of the Mount
are evidence of the careful and accurate observations made,
and show a keen appreciation of the problems involved. Not-
withstanding the great advance made in the knowledge of
vulcanism since he wrote, no subsequent writings on Mount
Gambier can properly summarize or replace the material of
Chapter VIII. of his book (Ref. No. 2).
H. Y. L. Brown (see Hef. No. 3) confines his remarks
mainly to the depth, temperature, and origin of the waters
of the lakes. In the section accompanying his report he
marks only one ‘‘undoubted crater,’’ that near the point
where the Tower stands, and he writes: —‘‘From the contour
of the Blue and Valley Lakes . . . together with the
appearances in their neighbourhoods, I think that they are
not craters, but merely depressions caused by subsidence of
the crust, consequent on the removal from below of such vast
quantities of material as it is evident that has been erupted.”’
Professor Howchin (see Hef. No. 4) supports the views
of the previous writer on this point, adding:—‘‘The qua-
quaversal dip points to one centre of ejectment, while the
depressed areas of the Blue Lake, the Leg of Mutton Lake,
and the Valley Lake are undoubtedly sunken areas, the sub-
sidence taking place late in the period of activity, or even after
the volcano ceased to eject material.’’
(6b) Contour Map.—The writer has made repeated efforts
to confirm this conclusion of Professor Howchin, but his
accumulated observations of both dip and contour strongly
_ support the conclusion of Woods that there was a very im-
portant crater situated somewhere near the centre of the
_ collapsed area that now contains the Blue Lake. The evidence
for an undoubted crater near the foot of Tower Point. (Mount
_ Gambier proper) is equally clear.
(19) Blue Takes:
G2
188
—— ———
De — ao
This
In order to properly discuss the matter it was found
essential to have a contour map of the whole Mount
ob wat 514 °F ¢ uoTss a.1de€ D | yRaoop | ou} aC ‘iq foyury ALOYe nee) O OUMOTY berg ee Ad
uoyN JO Bory ‘gy foyer onpg Sy ssurmoys ‘torqurey yunoy Jo aeul moreey
=? sav 40 NIOUWW “OS. “IA
="
--y
--—~
a “SUH
The hachured plan
has therefore been prepared (see fig. 6).
of the Mount and lakes (10 ch.=1 in.)
, prepared by H.
189
Jacob, of the South Australian Lands Department, in 1910,
was made the basis of the contour map. Numerous traverses
were made around and across the area, wherever possible,
taking two sets of aneroid observations by separate observers,
and checking results at all intersections. The contour lines
are plotted at 50-ft. intervals.
It is not claimed that this is a correct contour map of
the locality, but in all essential features it is sufficiently
correct for the purposes for which it was prepared. It has
been found of great value in working out the reconstruction
of the cones prior to subsidence.
(c) Reconstruction of the Cinder Cones.—In attempting
this reconstruction, two lines of supporting evidence are avail-
able: (i.) the dip of the tuff beds where undisturbed ; (1i.) the
external contours where unbroken by the collapse.
It is therefore necessary to eliminate the areas disturbed
by the subsidences. As already stated, these subsidences or
collapses have led to the disappearance of almost the whole of
the volcanic cones; they are arranged in the same linear
direction as that of the Mount itself, and are shown in fig. 7,
where the areas of most abrupt and definite collapse are darkly
shaded and the surrounding areas affected by subsequent
slumping and land slipping are lightly shaded. The portions
unaffected (unshaded) are therefore those where we must
obtain our evidence of dip and contour.
(i.) Dip of Tuff Beds.—Excellent exposures of dip are
available at the following places:—The great faces on each
side of the “‘buttress” that runs from the Tower to the margin
of Crater Lake; the summit of the Sugarloaf (an isolated
point north-west of the Tower) ; the northern and eastern faces
of Valley Lake; practically the whole of the abrupt cliff face,
averaging 250 ft. in height, that surrounds the Blue Lake;
and a small section at the rear of the ornamental tower
opposite Gordon’s Monument.
The evidence of the dips in the western portion of the
area is distinctly in favour of a centre of eruption somewhere
about the centre of Crater Lake. In the eastern portion,
around the cliffs of the Blue Lake, the dip is everywhere
outwards from the centre of the lake, pointing to a centre of
eruption there.
| The evidence of dip about the central area is somewhat
non-committal. Unfortunately there 1s no evidence of dip
in the interior of the Leg of Mutton Lake, and the dips
visible on the surfaces in the neighbourhood of this lake may
be due either to the action of surface wash, or to light ash
deposits subsequent to the formation of the present ” slopes.
The section opposite Gordon’s Monument is believed by
190
Professor Howchin to be due to subsidence, and this may be the
case. If a true dip, it would indicate a higher cone at Blue
Lake than is shown in figs. 7 and 8.
Summing up the evidence given by dip, we have a westerm
crater (Crater Lake) and an eastern crater (Blue Lake), with
a doubtful central area where an additional crater or craters
may or may not have existed.
_ (i1.) Slopes of External Faces.—As will be seen from
fig. 6, the whole of the lower outer slopes of the cones remains
intact, with the exception of the depression in the north-west,
and a small subsidence on the slope below the Hospital (not
shown on the map). Before using the evidence of the
exterior slopes to assist in reconstructing the cones it is neces-
sary to establish two things:—1. That cones of volcanic
ejectamenta are characteristically symmetrical about the
centre of eruption. 2. That at Mount Gambier the present
external slopes, where undisturbed, are practically co-
incident with the dip of the beds.
With regard to the symmetry of cinder cones, it is
scarcely necessary to point out that this feature is one of the —
most consistent of all land forms. The neighbouring cone of
Mount Schank, and the various cinder cones of related age:
ome « ALA
Po yas
a ee
- ae
in Victoria, are notably symmetrical. Most of the material —
of the Mount Gambier cones was of such a size as to be
little affected by the prevalent winds, and the effect of the
wind on the finer material would be no more than to somewhat
flatten the eastern and south-eastern slopes; this feature is
to be noted in the contour map (fig. 6). There is, therefore,
every reason to assume that the cinder cones at Mount
Gambier were symmetrical. .
The coincidence of the slopes of the surface with the
underlying stratification of the ash-beds is noticeable in all
the cuttings seen. In places around the Mount, where the
surface soil has been partly removed, the surface slope is
found to be the same as that of the consolidated tuffs. Other
observations support this idea, and it may be fairly claimed
that the contour lines, where drawn in firmly in fig. 7,
represent the general outline of the cones as originally built up-
The reconstruction shown in fig. 7 is based on the prin-
ciples outlined in the preceding paragraphs, and on a mass of
minor observations that it is not necessary to detail. The
dips and contour lines preserved at the western crater (par-—
ticularly Tower Point), and the eastern crater (particularly
the Blue Lake Look-out), enable us to reconstruct these two
cones, and the lines suggest them to have been 750 ft. and
550 ft. high respectively. The Blue Lake cone may have
been higher.
191
oe
Ss
a Pp,
—
a's
| Pr.
3
~
b
oN 6.
“= &
oe
ee!
at.
a
oS
ie
> o
aie
1 &
H ]
x
S
2 Oo
ie
Sos
aes
Ww FH
ev
ft
38
me oo
=
Jan}
go
o
a
on
o ©
“4
as
S
s
°o
Pa
‘
‘dn qjtnq A[[eurs110 sv soulod Tepulo oY} JO WOTJONASUOdEL
ey} pue ‘sotopisqns Aq poqooye svore off} SUTMOYS “Torquexy UNO Jo UeTq *) ‘BLL
rie SYUNOLNOD AILINYLSNODAY
_7 Se. SYNOLNOD ONILSIX
3SdV1109 40 SVWIUW
—_—— oo
Nor can these ridges be conceived as built
4
4
te
4
7
,
-
“ee
v\ a)
bedded tuffs, that do not fit in with the slopes of the two cones
reconstructed.
sue
|
4
~
i
WAY
—s
Am, be men
YA ™ UM an mm monn Ue
W“eo- —.
Kh
Wiss
*\0rsrens
1 Ts)
f—~\ J-1t\
fox aeee Reve eee at
Z i;
s
FA)
ue
Wily
Ld
"Pm Om —
e, rd
PON Io pay ey teF PI FOTPTOT 7A
aN 11
»
4
Nv
\
= AAV, YYW
ANG ata |
NY
LIMESTONE sane
uN
YQ
WN
tay
RR
Mn,
RECONSTRUCTED SURFACE.< ”
x
a
COLLAPSED PORTIONS R&S
VOLCANIC MATERIAL [RS
2000 reer,
SCALE 2
VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL.
é
f
‘
\
WwaTerR E—]
8
also
1 the
S
C
an:
(CRef.. No.3.)
: Fig. 8.
scales equal) drawn through the reconstructed cones, and showin
present volcanic remnants
The depths of the lakes are ta
, the underlying limestones, the collapses,
Section (vertical and horizontal
lakes.
the true shape of the
ken from the section published by Brown.
192
wholly from either or both of these
craters. In addition there is a re-
entrant curve in the contours to the
east of the point where the Bay Road
approaches Blue Lake. There is also —
a less well-marked re-entrant curve —
in the same contours to the west of
the Hospital.
Beyond the data of elevations:
and curve of contour lines, there is
no evidence as to the locus of the ©
third crater that must have existed
hereabouts. On plotting the inform-
ation available, one is reluctantly
compelled to relinquish the attrac- —
tive theory that the Valley Lake
was the site of a crater, and to
assume that a third and smaller
crater existed in the small and deep-
depression now known as the Leg of
Mutton Lake.
(d) Section through the Re-
constructed Cones, showing Collapses,
etc.—To test the truth or otherwise —
of the reconstruction, numerous true
sections were drawn, and checked —
against the known facts of slope, dip,
etc. The most informative of these +
sections is shown in: fig. 8. ;
8),
In this section (fig. the
known facts of structure detailed in
previous paragraphs are embodied. —
The section is drawn from the point —
A, fig. 7, through the Tower Point
to the centre of the ‘‘Mount Gam-
bier crater,’’ thence to the centre of
the ‘‘Leg of Mutton crater,’’ thence
to the centre of the ‘‘Blue Lake
crater,’’ and thence through the
highest. point on the rim of the Blue
Lake (the Look-out). .
It would appear from the sec-
tion that the ash deposits on the ©
flanks of the Leg of Mutton (central)
Lake might have been deposited from
the eastern and western craters, but
the section does not show the igh
a a ee a ee ee
193
ridges north and south of the Leg of Mutton Lake, and the
other evidences detailed above, which can only be accounted
for by the third (central) crater shown in the reconstruction.
Woods gives much detail regarding the order of eruption,
- but the writer could not discover any definite evidence on the
matter. There was a brief .explosive phase prior to the
basalt flow, and that probably came from the western crater,
as did the lava. Possibly the order of activity was:—1l, an
explosive outburst from the Mount Gambier crater; 2, a brief
_ effusive phase at the same focus; 3, renewed explosive activity
at that crater; 4, explosive eruption of Blue Lake crater; 5,
explosive activity at Leg of Mutton crater. Still, there is
no positive evidence against the idea that phases 3, 4, and 5
were contemporaneous.
9. THe SUBSIDENCES.
(a) EBatent, Cause, and Time of Collapse.—As pointed
out in the introduction to these notes, only remnants of the
original cones now exist to mark the centres of volcanic
activity at Mount Gambier. The actual extent of the sub-
sidences is clearly shown in fig. 1 (general view), fig. 7 (plan),
and fig. 8 (section). ©
It is difficult to imagine the reason for such extensive
collapses. Woods suggests the draining away to the south-
ward of a great mass of lava that had formed an underground
reservoir, at comparatively shallow depths. He quotes evi-
dence in favour of this (p. 250), which I have not had the
-opportunity of investigating.
‘To take the case of the Blue Lake subsidence, a huge
block of rock, 170 acres in extent, and comprising about
300-ft. thickness of level-bedded limestones, 20 to 50 ft. of
-dense basalt, and possibly an average thickness of 350 ft. of
tuffs, has disappeared abruptly and precipitately downwards
into the earth.
The surrounding limestone country contains many
caverns and sink holes, such as those known as Umpherston’s ,
“Caves,” but none of these are at all comparable in size to
those of the lakes. This suggests a genetic relationship
_ between the underground spaces into which the collapse took
place and the volcanic activity itself. Both, in turn, may
be related to the line of crustal weakness which is suggested
by the linear arrangement both of the craters and of the
‘subsidences.
In other areas similar great crater depressions have been
formed by a violent final explosion, blowing away the whole
“‘roof”’ of the voleano. If that had been the case at Mount
194
Gambier, one would expect to find evidence of same in an
arrangement of abundant scattered blocks of limestone, basalt,
and bedded tuffs around the depressions. Huge blocks of
basalt and limestone certainly occur, but these are occasional
only, and are situated in all cases in the proximity of one or
other of the three ancient craters. The idea of accounting
for the depression by explosion has not been previously put
forward, and is here mentioned only in order to be dismissed
for lack of evidence.
_ Woods believed that the subsidence was in part con-
temporaneous with the volcanic activity, but no evidence
could be found for this, and the writer, on general appear-
ances, prefers to agree with Professor Howchin that the sub-
sidence may have occurred ‘“‘even after the volcano ceased to.
eject material.’ It is, of course, possible that the collapses
were not in all cases abrupt and precipitate, but may have
occurred rather as a series of collapses, concentric to the
margins of the vents.
(6) The Blue Lake.—This is the most remarkable and
most fascinating of the subsided areas. Notwithstanding
the fact that much of the native vegetation that-clothed its
precipitous sides has now disappeared (possibly since the
advent of the rabbit), its beauty still deserves the enthusi-
astic admiration given by its discoverer and by early inves-
tigators. This is particularly so on a bright day, when the
beautiful blue colour of the water is most marked. |
The first person to venture on the lake was Governor Sir
R. G. McDonnell (#ef. No. 2, p. 247). When one ventures
in a boat on the lake for the first time, the unusual crystal
clearness and coldness of the water, the known great depth,
and a memory of its mode of origin, combined with the for-
bidding rampart of cliffs that everywhere surrounds the lake,
quite justify the epithets of ‘‘weird,’’ ‘‘uncanny,’’ and ‘“‘awe-
inspiring’’ to the imaginative mind.
The average depth of the water is 250 to 280 ft.; the
height of the cliffs averages 250 ft. above the water. The
shape is an irregular oval, and the area is about 170 acres.
The water supply of Mount Gambier town is derived from
a well sunk alongside the margin of this lake, and is limited
only by the capacity of the pumping plant. The high ridge
north-east of the Leg of Mutton Lake is utilized as a storage
reservoir, to provide the necessary “‘head.’’
If one followed the general terminology of physiographic
text-books, the Blue Lake would be termed a ‘‘caldera.”’
The typical caldera given by Professor W. M. Davis, in his
‘‘Physical Geography’’ (pp. 212, 216), is quite similar to the
195
Blue Lake depression. R. A. Daly ©) has subsequently dis-
cussed the term ‘‘caldera,’’ shown to what varied uses it has
been put by different writers, and prefers to apply the word
to explosion forms only. His term ‘“‘voleanic sink’’ hardly
fits the case of Blue Lake, and itis probably best to refer
to it in simple English as a ‘‘collapsed crater.’’
(c) The Leg of Mutton Lake.—This is a small, steep-
walled depression. The sides are covered with soil and clothed
with native and introduced trees, in striking contrast to the
bare rock walls of the Blue Lake. One of the nurseries of
the State Forestry Department nestles picturesquely at the
bottom, alongside the lake. Brown’s section suggests that the
depth of this lake is about 70 ft., but it looks much shallower
than that. Woods called this the Centre Lake; it has since
received the present name from its shape. The depression is
deep enough to show both the limestone and the basaltic
layers, but they are apparently quite covered over with
volcanic material that has slumped down or been washed down
from above (see fig. B, pl. x.).
(d) Valley Lake.—This name was applied by Woods to
both the present lake and the Crater Lake, which are con-
nected by a shallow channel when the water is high, and dis-
connected when the water is low. The Valley Lake, as may
be seen in fig. 6, is steep-walled, with good sections, on the
east and north. The extent and nature of the collapse is
comparable with that of the Blue Lake, and the water has
the appearance of- great depth. There is no definite record
of the systematic sounding of any of the lakes except Blue
Lake. The western wall is almost non-existent, and the
‘southern wall is low and gently sloping. Down this southern
wall a road has been constructed for tourist purposes.
On the peninsula, separating Crater Lake from Valley
‘Lake, there are two or three funnel-shaped depressions, pos-
sibly due to small local subsidences. Woods regarded them
as small craters.
The two irregular peninsula shapes that jut into this
depression, partly separating the Crater and Valley Lakes,
are probably due to the much greater amount of tuff that
was here concerned in the subsidence (see fig. 7).
(e) Crater Lake (also called Browne Lake).— Excepting
_ the Leg of Mutton Lake, this is the smallest, and apparently
the shallowest, of the group. Mr. E. F. Crouch, of the Old
_ Residents’ Association, Mount Gambier, informs me that
_ when his parents came to Mount Gambier, in 1841, this lake
(20) Igneous Rocks and their Origin, R. A. Daly. New York,
1914 (pp. 144-6).
196
was empty. If so, the lake must be very shallow, and the
year referred to must have followed a succession of droughts
in the main intake areas of the sub-artesian basin.
The subsidence here has been very great, but subsequent
land-slipping has partly obliterated the abruptness of the
slopes, except on the south, where the great buttress of Tower
Point rises, now the highest point of the Mount. On this
southern wall there is an excellent exposure of the stratified
|
tuffs overlying the limestone, and along the western wall, low —
in the depression, there is an exposure of ropy lava pre-
viously described. The lumpy, land-slipped slopes, on the
north and west, are now clothed with dense bracken fern.
North-west of Crater Lake, a single peak called the
Sugarloaf, stands high above the rest of the wall. It is
interesting from the regularity of its structure, in the shaping
of which erosion has played but a small part. To the west, it.
slopes steeply down to the Moorak depression, and to the
:
east its face is formed by the collapse of the crater area. On
the other two sides, crescent-shaped depressions of the crater
wall have occurred, leaving the Sugarloaf standing like a
four-sided pyramid (see fig. 1).
(f) The Moorak Depression.—The most western of the
subsided areas 1s small, but interesting. It is flat-bottomed
and not deep enough to contain water. It is noted in maps,
but has not been remarked by previous investigators. On
the north it is bounded by a long gently-sloping ridge, and
as one approaches the depression over this ridge, coming
from the town, the impression of its being the remnant of
a concentric outer wall of an older crater is quite distinct.
Other evidence does not support this idea, but this curious.
depression well merits closer investigation.
The ridge which bounds this depression on the north-
west is partly cut through, giving an excellent exposure of
the ash-beds; these beds closely follow the contour of the
ridge, and suggest that the subsidence existed prior to the
conclusion of the explosive activity. There is an old well
in the flat-bottomed depression, but this is now partly filled
in. Possibly this is the well referred to by the late Professor
Tate in his class lectures as having been sunk 40 ft. through
stratified ash.
The Moorak Station homestead stands on the bank of this
depression, which is therefore here referred to as the ‘‘Moorak
depression.’’ It has been utilized as a rifle range, for which
purpose it is eminently suited, being sufficiently extensive,
quite level-floored, safe, secluded, and picturesque.
(g) The Punch-bowl.—This symmetrical, funnel-shaped
depression is in the southern wall of the Mount, south of
Oa
Fi we ra oe
RARE EA, GI Get te be
197
_ Valley Lake (see fig. 6). Woods regarded it as an adventitious
crater, but from his description it is clear that the walls were
not then as exposed and bare as they are now. The dip of
the stratified beds clearly continued uninterruptedly across
the area now occupied by the depression.
The shape and size of this depression have been com-
pared to those of the greater explosion craters made on the
western front during the war. Possibly the Punch-bowl was
formed by an isolated explosion late in the period of activity,
without any subsequent ejection of material. It seems more
likely, however, that it is due purely to a small subsidence
occurring a little apart from the main line of collapse (see
ne. B, pl: x:).
(h) The Water of the Lakes.—As already mentioned,
the water of the lakes is portion of that stored in the great
sub-artesian tertiary basin of the ancient Murray Gulf, and
the surface of the lakes slowly rises and falls, apparently in
harmony with the rise and fall of the general water-table of
the whole area. In some cases the rapid rise of the water
has caused some anxiety locally. For instance, from the
middle of the year 1909 the water continued to rise steadily
for two years, and in December, 1910, stood 9 ft. higher than
in June, 1909. Such increases in level can scarcely be appre-
ciated in the general appearance of the deep and steep-walled
lakes, such as the Blue Lake and the eastern portion of Valley
Lake; but in the shallower portions of the Leg of Mutton
and Crater Lakes this variation in level causes considerable
alteration in their shape and appearance.
12
Fet 4 8
1896 1900 1905 1910 1915 1920
Fig. 9.
Graph showing the variations in level of the surface of
the Blue Lake for the years 1896-1921, as recorded in the
office of the State Hydraulic Engineer, and supplied by
the courtesy of that officer.
During the past 25 years the limits in the variation of
water level have been only about 14 ft. Further back in
time, this variation may have been much greater. It has
been mentioned that there is a local record that about 1841
and subsequent years the Crater Lake was dry. Writing in
1862, Woods says of the Leg of Mutton Lake that ‘‘the water
at the bottom has only made its appearance, as I am told,
198
within the last few years.’’ These two lakes are to all
appearances much shallower than the other lakes.
The graph shown in fig. 9 has been carefully compared
with the corresponding rainfall records of the south-eastern
counties of South Australia. This rainfall is approximately
the same as that of the chief intake beds of the basin. There
is no close correspondence to be noted at first sight between
the average annual rainfall and the variation of water level,
but general relations are revealed by careful examination.
The two wet years of 1909-1910 were, for instance, followed by
a corresponding considerable rise in water level. The con-
sistently low water level of the years 1902-1910 corresponds
with the three dry years of 1902, 1904, and 1907. The
great drought of 1914 was closely followed by a distinct and
rapid lowering of the lake levels. The attempt to correlate —
the rainfall and variation of lake levels is, however, far from
satisfying.
Apart from these major movements, as revealed in the
graph, the detailed weekly records of water level show
a minor annual movement, that is of much interest. This
consists in a general rise of level in the summer (December-
January) months of the year, and a general lowering of level
in the winter (June-July) months. This is obviously not due
either to extra local consumption of water nor to increased
evaporation,(@)) since the rise in level corresponds with the
increase of both these factors. The area is one of winter
rains, and the obvious conclusion is that the summer rise is
due to the arrival along underground courses of a previous
winter increment of rain received in the main intake beds.
Whether it is the previous winter’s rains (six months before),
or those of a season prior to that, cannot be discovered with-
out more detailed figures and further investigation. It seems
clear, however, that the rise or fall of the lake levels depends
on the amount of rainfall either six or eighteen months prior
to such rise, and argues either of those periods as the time
taken for the water to travel underground from the main
intake areas to Mount Gambier.
Further Note on the Correlation of the Rainfall with
the Variation in Level of the Lakes.—Since writing the fore-
going note, regarding the relationship between the rainfall
of the south-eastern counties of South Australia and the
variation in level of the Mount Gambier lakes, the rainfall
records of the County of Lowan (Vict.) have been obtained
(21) The average evaporation per annum at Mount Gambier.
is 35 inches (vide Special Report on Lakes Leake and Edward,
Ann. Rep. Govt. Geologist, S. Austr., for 1917, p. 14).
eS
199
_ by the courtesy of the Commonwealth Meteorologist (Mr. H.
A. Hunt), and further efforts have been made to discover
the exact relationship that exists between the rainfall and
the variation in the lake levels. The rainfall records of
County Lowan (Vict.) are specially considered, because that
_ area has been shown (by A. S. Kenyon, loc. cit.) to be the
_ main gathering ground for the underground supplies of this
portion of the Murray Gulf sub-artesian basin.
It has been pointed out by the Government Geologist
(Mr. L. Keith Ward), in his Annual Report for 1915, that the
underground water in south-eastern South Australia, although
generally accepted as forming portion of the ‘‘Murray Gulf
sub-artesian basin,” is really of a dual character :—
(a) Sub-artesian water which is under greater pressure
than that of the atmosphere, and which has
travelled for some distance through the porous
beds in which it is contained.
(6) Ground water derived from the downward percol-
ation of the rainfall, occupying the pores, joints,
etc., in the limestones, and being under atmos-
pheric pressure only.
Observations made by the writer confirm the belief that
the water underlying the Mount Gambier region mainly par-
takes of the nature of ground water, but is influenced by the
annual increment of water received under pressure from the
regions to the north and north-east.
For the purpose of discovering, if possible, the relation-
ship between the rainfall and the variation in lake levels,
consideration must be given to the following figures, which
_ cover the last 26 years: —
SE i ee —
A. The annual December levels of the Blue Lake,
measured from a datum line selected by the
Hydraulic Engineer’s Department.
B. The annual rainfall of the south-eastern counties of
South Australia, as published in the Statistical
Register of that State.
C. The rainfall of County Lowan, in Victoria, as sup-
plied by the Commonwealth Meteorologist.
A. B. cr
i's ee he In. In.
1895 fetes oad ~ LO 22°03 17°47
1896 Sweden. LE 18°74 15°27
1897 Sele. 54 17°55 13°85
1898 feeey | 22) 3174 21:29 18°03
Se axle BL. 14 19:82 16:27
A. B. C.
Ft. In: In. In.
1900 aie Ye 1T5 21°95 18°67
1901 a 19 24 19°19 16°15
1902 4 17 114 16°47 12°65
1903 J LT Te 22°98 91°21
1904 %e ry US 18°09 17°50
1905 ae 16 104 20°90 20°31
1906 stg Ly eles I 23°66 26°03
1907 tas 1S eZ 18°34 18°70
1908 see 485536 19°28 18°31
1909 ta 20 34 25°77 22°67
1910 aM yf ana 25°08 24°31
1911 a te: 29° 4048. 19°31 18°68
1912 bes Ob 48 18°50. 19°82
1913 +3, ATIER 3 17°00 17°48
1914 ad Sea Id 11°48 9°76
1915 St 20:4..8 19°42 19°53. -
1916 rhe 20.14 24°14 23°08
1917 a yA | 1 25°56 22d
1918 ee ya | 16°87 16°66
1919 on p-4 eee 15°87 14°71
1920 213 10 19795. 21°03
The figures given in the foregoing lists have been graphed as
shown in fig. 10.
1895 1900 1905 1910 I9I5 1920
Fig. 10.
Graph showing: A, the variations in level of the Blue
Lake (in feet); B, the annual rainfall of the south-
eastern counties of South Australia (in inches); C, the
annual rainfall of County Lowan, Victoria (in inches).
From 1895 to 1920, inclusive.
It will be seen that there is no regular relationship,
whatever, between the curve of the annual rainfall (which
supplies both the ground water and the sub-artesian water of
this area), and the curve of the annual variations in lake |
level. There is, however, a close relationship between the —
g
rainfall curve of County Lowan (Vict.) and that of the south-
eastern counties of South Australia, the latter being through-
out somewhat higher than the former (see fig. 10).
The apparent lack of correlation between the rainfall
and the lake levels, as shown in the foregoing graph, was
very disappointing, since the general evidence of the close
relationship of these two factors is most clear. Attempts
were therefore made to devise a satisfactory way of recording
the rainfall so that its relation to the curve of the variation
of the lake levels might be graphically demonstrated. It
was realized that the most important point to be considered
was the fact that the influence of the rainfall on the great
reservoir of underground water in the South-East is a
cumulative one. _
An examination of the figures shows thes when the rain-
fall affecting this area is from about 18 to 20 in. per annum,
the level of water in the lakes remains practically stationary.
From this it may be deduced that the amount of water that
is added to the underground supply, from an annual rainfall
of 18 to 20 in., is just about equal to the loss of water from
this great underground reservoir per annum. This loss is
due to some small extent to evaporation, to a very minor
extent to wells and pumps, and to a considerable extent to
the outlets along the southern coastline, where it constantly .
gushes forth in great quantities as, for instance, at the
Beachport Springs, Dingley Dell Creek, Ewen Ponds, the
Piccaninnie Blue Lake, etc.
If we regard the underground reservoir of the south-
eastern district as a closed system, with an annual outflow
of a quantity which we may calk ‘‘x,’’ and if we further
accept ‘‘x’’ as the average annual increment of water received
by this we from an annual rainfall of 18 to 20 in., then we
are in a position to construct a new graph, taking into account
the cumulative effect of either a series of years wetter than the
average (which is 18 to 20 in. per annum), or a series of
years drier than the average.
Graphs of this nature are shown in fig. 11, and were
constructed as follows:—Selecting an arbitrary point to
represent the position for the year 1895 (curve B, fig. 11),
the amount by which the 1896 Lowan rainfall is less than
19 in. is plotted below the level selected for 1895. Similarly
the amount by which the 1897 rainfall is less than 19 in. is
plotted as a further downward movement below the level
shown for 1896, and so on, so that for each year the difference
between the actual rainfall and 19 in. is plotted cumulatively.
In fig. 11, the bottom line A represents the actual curve of
the variation in the water level at Blue Lake. The line B
201
202
represents the curve drawn by the above method, showing the |
cumulative effects of variation from the rainfall of 19 in., con-
sidering the County of Lowan (Vict.) only. The line C,
which has been arbitrarily placed above that of A and B, repre-
sents a similar curve to that of b, and,is based on the rainfall
= eee south-eastern counties of South Australia, but with
4 in. as the basis of calculation instead of 19 in.
1895 1900 1905 1910 ‘1915 (A920
Fig. 11.
Graphs showing the relationship between the yariation
curve of the lake levels and the curve of the cumulative
effects of the annual rainfall above or below certain
selected bases. The vertical units represent 2 inches for
curves B, C, and D, and 1 foot for curve A.
It will be noted that the nature of the curves coincides in
a remarkable way and demonstrates the correctness of the —
assumptions upon which the curves are based. Various other
curves have been drawn taking other annual rainfalls as_
providing the equivalent to “‘x,’ and these curves are, in ali ©
cases, similar to those shown in fig. 11, but bearing a less
close coincidence with the curve A than the ones selected. i
Mention has been previously made of the fact that the —
lake levels, on the whole, show a distinct rise in December ©
as. compared with June. Since this is an area of winter rains
it seems clear that a proportion, at any rate, of the water —
of the Mount Gambier district comes from a distance, and —
takes about six months to make its influence felt. Further _
consideration of the curves in fig. 11 show that in some cases
the whole effect of a high or low rainfall is not shown even ~
within six months, but may continue to make itself felt for |
a year or so o afterwards. Ny
annual reat ay hatin in inches, ae Abe gi a portion — e
soaks into the ground, we have consequent variations in the —
level of the underground water amounting almost to an
as
203
equivalent number of feet. This is, of course, due to the fact
that the ground water is only filling crevices, pore spaces,
and occasional rifts and caverns in the limestone rocks. In
some cases, as in the dry year of 1902, or the wet year of
1906, the effect on the level of the lakes was not proportionate
o the rainfall. It is suggested that this is due to the varia-
ion in the amount of water that percolated into the ground,
dependent on the distribution of such rainfall throughout the
years mentioned. In 1902, for instance, the proportion of
water that soaked into the ground may have been relatively
ereater than that of the wetter year of 1906.
In drawing the various curves it was found that those
based on the rainfall of County Lowan bear the closest
resemblance to that of the variation in the Mount Gambier
lake levels. It seems fair to accept this as corroborative
evidence of the opinion that a considerable portion of the
underground water comes from the Lowan area. There must,
however, be a fair percentage of percolation into these lime-
stone beds from the general rainfall of the Mount Gambier
district, so that the variation in lake levels is dependent on
both factors. The curve D (fig. 11) is drawn to express this,
being based on the mean of the two sets of annual rainfall
figures given above.
From the evidence given in these graphs oue would be
airly safe in prophesying the movement of the water level
in the lakes, year by year. According as the year’s rainfall,
up to say October or November, varies from the average of
8 to 20 in., there would be an appreciable rise or fall in the
December level, from that of the previous December, by an
amount that could be calculated (approximately) from the
graphs given in fig. 11.
10. Scenic anpD Economic ASPEcTs.
Though the geological features of the Mount Gambier
volcanoes are on so small a scale, they have had a very great
influence from the economic point of view.
The fertile soils of the ash deposits, together with the
visible unlimited water supply of the lakes, led to early settle-
‘tment in the district, and to the rise there of a well-built and
prosperous town, that has become the chief centre of the
south-eastern districts of South Australia.
The history of the volcanic area having been so unusual
and varied, as herein imperfectly described, the resulting
Scenery is equally notable for its variety, beauty, and un-
expectedness. For this reason the town has become noted as
a tourist resort. Practically the whole area of the Mount
204
itself is reserved for public purposes—Botanic, Forest, or
Public Park—and much has been done to add to the beauty
by planting and improvement, without destruction of the
unique natural features.
The well-built nature of the town is largely due to the
abundant supplies of good building stones (limestones and
dolomites). The basalt is used for road making (22) and the
ash forms excellent footpaths. The water supply is drawn
from the Blue Lake. But for the existence of the volcano,
the area would doubtless consist to-day of a broad limestone
plain, sparsely settled, and economically unimportant.
11. Summary.
1. The chief features of the previous literature of the
‘Mount Gambier area have been noted, and the main items of
its history described.
2. The distribution of the volcanic ash has been mapped
and a contour plan of the Mount prepared.
3. General conclusions regarding the course of the later
geological happenings have been arrived at, after a full dis-
cussion of the available evidence, as follows :— S
4. Towards the end of the Newer Basalt period, at a
time little antedating the arrival of man, volcanic outbursts
occurred, subaerially, on the limestone plains of south-eastern
South Australia, associated with the very extensive outbursts
of Western and Central Victoria.
5. A minor explosive phase was followed by the extru-
sion of a small lava flow. The main crater continued its
explosive activity and two other craters opened through the
lava flow along a line of crustal weakness. These eruptions
continued for perhaps two or three months, and then ceased,
having built up three cones to.an average height of 650 ft.,
and covered 25 square miles with ash deposits.
6. Subsequently extensive collapse took place along the
line of volcanic activity, and practically the whole of the three
cinder cones caved in, forming great depressions, in the
deepest of which the waters of the sub-artesian basin formed
lakes.
7. The origin of the water of the lakes is discussed, andl
also the variation in the surface level, and suggestions are
put forward regarding the rate of movement of the waters
in this important sub-artesian basin. The close correlation —
between the annual rainfall and the variation in level of the |
underground water supply has been graphically demonstrated.
(22) This is brought from Mount Schank; the basalt .at Mount
Gambier is quite inaccessible.
s. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S
_— =
Austr. Vol. XLV.; Plate X.
Gillingham, Swanu & Co. Ltd., Printers, Adelaide.
205
8. The special features of the up-building and subsidence
of the Mount have been discussed in detail, and, finally, the
economic value of each important feature has been described.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE X.
Fig. A. Portion of the Blue Lake, looking eastward. The
cliff on the far side shows clearly the level-bedded marine lime-
stones (1), and the stratified voleanic material (2), while portion
of the basalt flow separating these two series has been emphasized
by a broken line to show it more clearly. A thicker development
of the basalt may be seen on the left, just beyond the pumping
station.
Fig. B. View of portion of Mount Gambier, showing the
Leg of Mutton Lake in the foreground, Tower Point beyond on
_ the right, with the Punch-bowl in the upper left-hand portion of
the picture. The tree-clothed ridge in the centre of the picture
separates the Leg of Mutton Lake from the Valley Lake, but the
_ latter is not visible; portion of Crater Lake may be seen at the
foot of the buttress that runs down from the Centenary Tower.
_ (Photographs kindly lent by the Director, S.A. Tourist Bureau.)
A Ter PN \
7
206
ON THE OCCURRENCE OF ABORIGINAL STONE IMPLEMENTS
OF UNUSUAL TYPES IN THE TABLELAND REGIONS OF
CENTRAL AUSTRALIA.
By Proressor WattTerR Howcuain, F.G.S.
[Read September 8, 1921.]
Pruiates XI. to XXII.
CONTENTS.
PAGE
I. INTRODUCTION ... 4 54 Sb ... 206m
II. AUTHENTICITY OF THE Binoat ‘aim eee rot ... 2a
III. DrEsoripTion OF THE TABLELAND IMPLEMENTS—
(a) General Features ... Ae ... 209
(b) Descriptions of Indiv saa mii hatsies £6 2
IV. Ortern or THE IMPLEMENTS— f
(a) Possible Theories ... ... 216m
(b) An Hypothésis concerning eee Taamoniies ..)
(c) Tasmanian Stone Implements ... ©: . 2
(d) The Tasmanian Stage of Culture uN . 2a
V. Points oF RESEMBLANCE BETWEEN THE TABLELAND Fane
MENTS AND THOSE MADE BY THE TASMANIANS ... -. 2a
VI. Summary AND CoNcLUSIONS 3 ee ve 2
VII. REFERENCES TO AUTHORS QUOTED ... a Ae ee
VIII. Description oF PLATES mn if ne a oe ee
. INTRODUCTION.
In May, 1904, a abe spent a fortnight on the Stuart
Creek Cattle Station, in the Lake Eyre district. Attention
was given to the occurrence of worked stones, which are
usually to be found in any part of South Australia on virgin
soils and in sand-drifts. In the sandhill country of Central —
Australia, which is mostly lowland, these Aboriginal remains
are of relatively small size and carry the appearance of
freshness, as though only recently made. On higher ground,
in the tableland country, and amongst the “gibbers,” a
different type of implements is met with. These latter are
commonly of larger size than those found in the sandy country.
are roughly chipped, and carry the same characteristic colour-
ing which is common to the loose stones of the uplands. A ~
fair number of this class of implements was obtained on the
Stuart Creek “run,’’ some of which were given to a scientific
friend who was on his way to England, and the remainder
was presented to the Adelaide Museum, where they are
on view.
207
In July, 1921, the writer, while on an expedition into
Sentral Australia, had a further opportunity of pursuing
these investigations. Limitations as to time and rapidity of
ravelling prevented extended observations of this kind, so that
the locality tested for the purpose was mainly that in the
vicinity of the Macumba Head Station, situated about 34
miles to the northward of Oodnadatta.
Here, as at Stuart Creek, the gibber slopes of the table-
land yielded examples of the large, roughly-chipped, and
ferruginously-coated implements. Some of the smaller worked
implements were found mixed with the larger, but whilst the
former are found generally distributed over the country,
irrespective of the nature of the ground, the heavier
implements appear to be restricted to the gibber or upland
regions.
_ The country south of the MacDonnell Ranges is strongly
differentiated by two well-marked physiographical features.
he lowlands and wide river valleys are covered by rolling
hills of sand, temporarily fixed by growing vegetation, or in
a condition of drift. Ata higher level, not usually exceeding
100 ft. above the normal level, are flat-topped hills that go
under the name of the “tableland.’’ These flat-topped hills
represent an ancient land surface, which, by differential
denudation has been dissected, and the remnants of the same
are left at a higher level than the intermediate ground. The
larger fragments of the tableland have the features of a
“mesa,’’ from which extend spurs and buttes with abrupt sides
and terminals, like gigantic tips front smelting works.
These peculiar and picturesque features can be explained
from the fact that the older land surface, represented by the
tableland, consists of a capping of hard rock, underlying
which is a softer layer of rock, whitish in colour, and of an
argillaceous kind. The hard capping of these flat-topped hills
is sometimes a true sandstone, but, more commonly, the
priginal fragmental material, whether of saud, fine gravel,
or clay, has become consolidated by the infiltration of colloid
silica. The silica has penetrated the interstices of the sand-
stone, converting the mass into a chalcedonized rock, which,
in the case of the more finely-textured varieties, possesses,
more or less, a conchoidal fracture and vitreous lustre. The
origin of this extensive silicification of the surface rocks in
the interior of Australia can be explained from the peculiar
climatic conditions of the country (see Howchin’s Geology of
South Australia, p. 450). Similar effects are also produced
in arid regions in other parts of the world.
The great heat of the summer months and the extremes
of temperature which may occur in Central Australia at any
208
time of the year, cause this highly siliceous rock to split
under the stress of rapid contraction. This effect is strongly
marked along the exposed edges of the table-topped hills,
developing a vertical face of fractured rock at the top of the
cliff, which may be from 6 ft. to 12 ft. in thickness. The
fragments split off from the parent rock, in this way, follow
the gravitational slope and slowly make their way to the
bottom of the scarp. The distance separating these residual
portions of the tableland may amount to a mile, or many
miles, but the broken fragments of the hard capping, that
once overspread the country, are left behind in the intervening ©
spaces. This is one of the most characteristic features of
Central Australia. The hard vertical faces of the escarpments —
have received the name of the Desert Sandstone, and the
1
;
>
a
:
y
‘A
scattered stones derived from its waste, and which cover —
thousands of square miles of territory, are the so-called —
‘“gibbers.”’
It is seldom that such large stones, possessing a fairly
good conchoidal fracture, are available for making stone
t
~
ier hh
=
implements as is the case in the Desert Sandstone country. —
Not only is the sandstone chalcedonized but the argillaceous —
beds have, in some cases, been changed to a porcellanite, —
which has been much used by the natives in making the
cutting-stone which is invariably attached to their womerah.
Implements made from this class of stone are always of small
size, while the chalcedonized sandstone lends itself to the
manufacture of larger implements.
Il. AUTHENTICITY OF THE STONE IMPLEMENTS.
The question may be raised as to whether the chipping,
in the case of the implements now under description, has been
caused by natural processes rather than by human workman-
ship. There are no circumstances in the case that would
suggest a natural origin. None, for example, such as might
have been derived from subsoil pressure and differential move-
ments or creep, as observed by Mr. 8S. H. Warren, in a section
of the Bullhead flint-bed [xxviir.,@ p. 238]. In the tableland
country there has been, practically, neither local strain or
transport. ,The Desert Sandstone capping is generally under-
lain by a soft argillaceous bed that easily yields to the weather.
(1) During a recent expedition into Central Australia under-
taken by Professor Sir Edgeworth David and myself, the diurnal
temperature, in July, on one occasion had an extreme range of
50° F. in the course of twenty-four hours; the day temperature, —
in the shade, reached 86° F., and the minimum, at night, 5 ft.
from the ground, was 36° F.
(2) Numerals in small caps. refer to the Bibliographical Refer- —
ences at the end of the’ paper.
anes
209
As the latter wastes the harder stones on top are gradually
let down to a lower level. Even in the case of the scarps,
flanking the ‘‘table-tops,’’ the slope is gradual and could give
“no gravitational impact that might cause a vibration equal to
a cause of fracture. Again, the Desert Sandstone is coarser
in the grain than the chalk-flints and does not so readily
fracture by compression. In a field of gibbers one stone does
not press against another, nor are they heaped together, but
evenly strewn over the surface where they were left by the
slow removal of the more friable bed on which they rested.
The shapes exhibited by these gibber stones have arisen
from various causes. The process of silicification has often
been partial in its operations, causing peculiarities of shape
and differential weathering. Solar influences and rapid
changes of temperature tend ito the breaking up of the siliceous
rocks. This may occur under two forms. On a larger scale
the rocks are split, 7m situ, in a way that simulates jointing ;
and, in a minor way, circular depressions sometimes occur on
a smooth face of rock, as though sun-flaked, and has probably
been so caused. In the case of the stone implements collected
from the gibber country, there are sufficient evidences of
design in their workmanship to prevent any mistake being
made between the sun-flaked and the man-flaked. In the
former case the features are those of circular or oval
depressions that occur on the face of the stone, either oddly
or without any definite order, while in the worked implements,
even where a naturally-shaped stone is used, there is evidence
of selection in the general shape of the stone and intention in
the chipping. Except in the case of oval-shaped implements,
there is a thick edge, or butt, at one end, which is unchipped,
suiting the tool to the hand, while ithe lateral edges are
trimmed in such a way as never occurs with sun-flaking. This
is seen in the number of chippings (amounting to scores in
some examples) that have a uniform size and lineal direction
along the edge, and, at times, are supplemented by a few
_chippings on the under-side of the edge where it was needed
to secure a straight cutting edge.
III. Description oF THE TABLELAND [MPLEMENTS.
(a) GENERAL FEATURES.
r 1. The implements that have been secured under the
circumstances already explained, can be separated into two
‘divisions :—(1) Those that have been struck off as a fragment
from a larger mass, or core, and show conchoidal fracture with
_a bulb of percussion. Examples belonging to this division are,
usually, smaller and better finished than those mentioned in
the following section. (2) Implements that have been
210
developed from a “gibber’’ stone in its natural condition.
These have evidently been selected on account of their size
and shape being adaptable, after modification by chipping,
for certain useful purposes. It is not always an easy matter
to assign some particular form to its proper place in this
classification, on account of the influence of solar heat in
effecting fractures in fine-grained siliceous rocks. Sun-flaked
rocks sometimes show a curved and smooth face on the plane
of fracture, which simulates conchoidal fracture, but is
destitute of a percussion bulb. When a face of this kind
occurs, it must be doubtful as to whether the flaking has been
done by the workman, or whether the latter has availed
himself of a fragment which had already been severed from
the parent rock by solar action. The element of doubt, as to
the origin of the fragment, has no bearing on the evidence of
human workmanship in the subsequent treatment of the stone,
which, in many cases, is beyond doubt. :
2. Whether a conchoidal bulb be shown or not, there
is, almost invariably, a flat face on the one side (which is the
ventral or under-side), and a, more or less, raised surface on
the other (which is the dorsal or upper-side). In certain
prehistoric stone implements of Neolithic Age, as well as in
the case of the stone implements of the existing tribes of
Aborigines in Australia, this flat under-side forms a part
of the manipulation and is conchoidal in character. In the
tableland implements, it seems probable that some owe their
flat under-sides to natural causes, either by jointing or some
other form of natural fracture.
3. The chipping is, for the most part, developed on the
convex or upper-side of the implement, and sometimes com-
pletely surrounds the specimen. If the curvature of the edge
requires that, for the making of a straight cutting edge, the
chipping should, in places, be developed on the flat, or under-
side, it is chipped on that side also. This is not peculiar to
the type now under description, but examples of this kind
occur in the stone implements of all ages—it is an evidence
iof design.
4. The tableland examples are frequently of a size that
is much in excess of the usual type of implements found
in other parts of Australia. .
5. Pointed implements are particularly common. The
point is sometimes developed as a prominence between two
concave scrapers and was no doubt intended for use, as well
as the scrapers with which it is associated in the same
implement. It is sometimes improved by a deep notch on
one side, as in fig. 1, pl. xv., and pl. xvi., and is sometimes
claw-shaped, as in fig. 1, pl. xii. The association of ‘‘beaks’’
211
and concave scrapers is the chief characteristic of the most
ancient types of implements, whether eolithic, palacolithic,
pygmian, or Tasmanian. The same occurs in the case of the
Australian artefacts, but these are usually of smaller make
han the tableland examples.
6. Hand choppers of large size also occur. Some of these
have a heavy butt end and, at the other, are worked to a
point, like the French form known as a cowp-de-poing, but
instead of being worked to be biconvex in transverse section,
as in ‘the case of the latter, they have a flat ventral face and
are roughly worked on the dorsal side (see example described,
No. 15, and figured, pi. xx.). In other examples the
implement takes a reversed form, so that the pointed portion
becomes the hand end, and the opposite, or broad end, is
chipped to a cutting edge (pl. xix.).
7. The examples answering to the tableland type are,
almost invariably, highly coloured of an ochreous or
ferruginous hue, varying as reddish, yellowish-brown, or
dark-brown, sometimes almost black, agreeing in all respects
with the colour that is characteristic of the gibbers among
which they are found. This colour is, indeed, characteristic
of stony deserts in all parts of the world, and arises from the
presence of iron in the soil and waters of a country existing
under arid conditions.
8. All the implements of ithe gibber type carry more or
less of a glazed surface. This glaze is frequently as fully
developed on the chipped surfaces as it is on the unchipped
portions. The same feature is commonly seen on genuine
prehistoric stone implements in all countries, and is taken as
an evidence of age and genuineness. It is as evident to the
touch, in an oily and greasy feel, as it is to the eye as a glaze.
his feature, often associated with a weathered surface in
flints, is known as patina from the resemblance that it bears
to the glaze of pottery, or its likeness 'to an oxidized coating
een on metals as the result of weathering.
9. While the chipping js very clearly defined in the
examples under description, some of them possess a blunted
edge which can be best explained from the wear they have
suffered by use.
(b) DESCRIPTION OF INDIVIDUAL EXAMPLES.
1. A claw-shaped Instrument. Size, 54 in.x 44 in. The
under-side is roughly shaped to a flattish face by a number
of secondary chippings that do not show conchoidal fracture.
It is ridged on both faces and has a roughly-triangular outline.
The trimming has been cleverly executed (on a not very
workable stone) so as to produce two sharp edges and a curved
212
‘beak’? at the apex. The base is thick and unworked. It is
deeply stained to a dark-brown colour. The included sand-
grains are glistening with a feebly developed glaze. Loc.,
Stuart Creek (pl. xu., fig. 1). [For claw-shaped examples
from the Red Crag, see 1x., figs. 35, 36. |
2. An Implement with the shapé of an irregular isosceles
triangle. Size, 43 in.x3 in. Material, a fine-grained sand-
stone. Under-side exhibits conchoidal fracture in one large
curve. Upper-side has been formed by striking off two
conchoidal flakes, leaving a dorsal ridge which is non-
symmetrical. Secondary chippings on two edges, directed to
a point, the termination of which is broken off. Basal portion
thick and unworked. Colour, dark brown; patina, strong.
Loc., Stuart Creek (pl. xviii.).
3. A pointed (beaked) Implement with nearly parallel
sides. Size, 3%in.x24in. A very fine-grained siliceous sand-
stone, brecciated. Under-side formed by a convex conchoidal
fracture. Upper-side, chipped to an irregular cutting edge —
all around, terminating at apex in a distinct ‘‘beak.’”’ The
ridge on the upper-side is sunken and cavernous through
defective silicification. Colour, lightish-brown on under-side, —
darker on upper, and especially dark on the chipped edge.
Patina well developed. Loc., Stuart Creek (pl. xiv., fig. 1).
4. Lozenge-shaped Implement. Size, 5 in.x4 in. In
composition, a typical example of Desert Sandstone, possess-
ing a good conchoidal fracture. Under-side is formed in one
smooth surface with large percussion bulb. Upper-side is
ridged inequilaterally, and a less defined ridge is seen towards
the right-hand edge. On the left a portion of the original
surface of the stone is preserved. The base is short and thick.
Except at the base, very fine secondary chippings occur around
the edge. At the apex—opposed to the base—a very pro-
minent point, or beak, is formed, by the creation of a notch
on one side. Colour, faintly reddish, darkest on the natural
surface. Glaze, slight. Loc., Macumba (pl. xvi.).
5. Roughly-triangular and pointed Implement of a
distinctly rostro-carinate type. Size, 34 in.x2 in. Stone,
fine-grained (porcellanite). Thick. Under-side smooth, show- —
ing conchoidal fracture. Near the centre of the under-side
is an oval depression, left by,a flake that has been removed ©
by solation. Upper-side is shaped by primary (coarse) and
secondary (fine) chippings. Apex, pointed at termination of
dorsal ridge. Basal end, thick. Reddish-brown in colour,
lighter at the chipped edges. Glaze, moderate. Loc., Stuart —
Creek (pl. xii., figs. 3 and 3a). [Compare this implement with —
the following: 1x., figs. 1-7; x1., pls. 23-27.]
:
|
|
|
) 213
6. A roughly-made Implement, quadrate in outline, with
a strong “beak” at one angle. Size, 4 in.x3 in. Under-side
flat with vesicular-like depressions on what appears a natural
plane of fracture. Upper-face flattish and irregularly flaked.
Secondary chipping on two-thirds of the circumference, ending
on one side ina strong protuberance or ‘‘beak.’’ Colour, a
very dark brown—darkest on the worked edge. Patina well
developed, more particularly so on the chipped edge. Loc.,
Stuart Creek (not figured). [Compare 1x., figs. 27-30. ]
7. Naturally fractured Stone utilized for making Hollow
Scrapers. Size, 34 in.x3 in. Roughly quadrilateral in out-
line. Flat underneath; irregular on upper-surface. Hollow
scraper ending in stumpy beak on left edge and a shallow
double scraper on the right. Basal, edge thick and unworked.
Reddish stain; edges, where worked, are of a lighter colour.
Glaze, slight. Loc., Macumba (not figured).
' 8. Cutting Tool and Hollow Scraper. Size, 3 in. x 24 in.
A fine-grained siliceous rock (near porcellanite). Under-side ~
curved and smooth but gives no evidence of “bulb.”” The
fragment has probably been flaked off a larger mass by sun-
heat. Upper-surface irregularly chipped, showing ridges
bifurcating from the basal edge. Secondary chippings follow
the edge in an almost complete circle, and a strongly developed
hollow scraper is formed on the right edge. Colour, reddish-
brown, rather lighter on the edges. Patina well developed.
Loc., Stuart Creek. This implement gives evidence of much
wear, in which the divisional lines between the respective chips
are almost wiped out. It has the appearance of age, and may
have been worn by drifting sand (pl. xii., fig. 2). Resembles
@ common eolithic type.
9. Knife and Hollow Scraper. Size, 34 in. x 24 in.
Constructed from a fine-grained, siliceous sandstone. Under-
side smooth by conchoidal fracture but without a clearly-
defined bulb. Upper, or convex, side chipped to a fairly
uniform outline. The right-hand edge is very finely chipped
to a straight cutting edge, and the left-hand edge is similarly
chipped, forming a concavo-convex, crescentic cutting edge.
To the right of the point, or beak, a hollow scraper has been
formed by a deep notch. Colour, slightly reddish. Glaze, dull.
Loc., Stuart Creek (pl. xv., fig. 1).
_ 10. Implement nearly circular in outline with prominent
point, or beak. Diameter, 24 in. On the under-side there is
a very distinct bulb of percussion with conchoidal curviture.
The upper-side has been formed by seven well-defined and
symmetrical flakings, each of which has been struck off by a
single stroke. One of these occupies the crown, and this apical
fracture forms the centre around which the six other flakes
:
214
were removed, and which were of about equal size. The entire
circumference is very finely worked, but the chief feature is
the very cleverly manipulated point which may have been used
as a borer. It is of a uniform reddish colour, with a feeble
glaze. Loc., Macumba (pl. xiii., fig. 1). [Compare 1x., fig. 43.}
11. Ovately formed Scraper. Size, 33 in. x 24in. Under-
side approximately flat with doubtful percussion bulb. Upper-
side shows the natural surface of stone, in a marginal band —
half around the specimen, and the crown has been reduced by
flaking. Secondary chipping has been done all along the
edge, which is somewhat serrated, forming an oval tool that
was probably used as a scraper. Colour, reddish-brown, some-
what lighter on the chipped edge. Glaze, somewhat feeble.
Loc., Stuart Creek (pl. xiv., fig. 2).
12. Adze, with cutting edge two inches in width, forming —
the widest part of the implement, which is three inches in
length. The material is very fine in the grain and is of the
porcellanite type. The under-side is fractured along two
planes that are opposed to each other at an angle of about 10°.
The implement is thickest at the basal extremity, gradually
q
i
thinning towards the cutting edge. The upper-surface has -
been worked to produce this latter effect. The cutting edge is
rather roughly chipped and gives evidence of wear by use.
Colour, dark red. Patina well developed. JLoc., Stuart
Creek (not figured).
13. Hand Chopper. A large flat subtriangular stone,
measuring 6 in.x5}in. Appears to have been a thinnish and
flattish gibber that had been fractured from the parent rock
by natural causes. It is fine-grained and very siliceous. Upper
and under-faces show no attempt having been made at
trimming. It has been worked on one edge only, showing a ~
cutting face 44 in. in length, and gives evidence of much wear. —
Dark red on under-side, rather lighter on the upper; chipped
edge almost free of colour, but is.more glazed than the rest.
of the tool. It is a most uncouth and rude implement that
was probably used as a hand-chopper, as the thick part of the
implement is on the side opposed to the cutting edge and has:
been rounded off to suit the hand, while the opposite end has.
been worked to an obtuse point. ZLoc., Macumba (pl. xvii.).
14. A fine example of a Hand Chopper. Size, 64 in. x
43 in. The stone is a typical example of Desert Sandstone
and has been a “gibber,’’ which was evidently selected on
account of its suitable shape. The implement is roughly
triangular, and both upper- and lower-surfaces are in their
mative form and are almost parallel to each other. The
cutting edge has been developed in a curved outline on the
NE
215
Bpace of the triangle, while, at the opposite extremity, there
is a strong knob-like finish which was improved upon by the
_ workman chipping it to a shape most convenient for gripping
by the hand. The main secondary chipping, to bring up a
cutting edge, has been doue on the upper-surface, but there has
also been complementary chipping done on the lower-surface,
_and as the chips struck off, in this way, were unusually large,
the cutting edge has a wavy outline with a span of about an
inch in each curve. The natural face of the above is a bright
red, the chipped edge is rather lighter in colour, especially so
on the under-side. It was evidently intended to do heavy
work in cutting or splitting. The glaze on the natural surfaces
is greater than that seen on the worked portions. Loc.,
-Macumba (pl. xix.). Dr. Horne has figured an example almost
identical with this implement [see v., fig. 31].
15. Thick-backed, roughly-triangulur, single-edged, and
pointed Implement. Size, 5% in.x32 in. The stone is a
typical example of Desert Sandstone. Under-side is flat,
having been formed by striking off a single flake but without
conchoidal curves. Upper-surface shaped by coarse flaking,
with an inequilateral ridge and worked to a cutting edge on
one side. The point is also trimmed. Butt end, thick, and
formed by the natural surface of the stone. Colour, bright
red on the under-side, but the flaked upper-surface and
worked edge are almost free from ferruginous colouration.
Glaze, very slight. Loc., Macumba (pl. xx.).
16. Chopper or “Tomahawk.’’ Size, 4 in. x23 in.
Constructed from a very fine-grained form of Desert Sandstone,
and is very siliceous. The stone, for the most part of its
surface, shows numerous weathered cavities (resembling
vesicular structure), which is, no doubt, the result of imperfect
diffusion of the cementing agent under the process of silicifi-
cation. The implement is biconvex in transverse section, and
-withovt distinction as to sides. The butt end is at right-
angles to the longitudina! section and is flat. The opposite
end is worked to a smooth, biconvex, crescentic edge, which
is continued on one side of the implement to the butt; and,
on the other, is roughly worked, so as to give a uniform out-
line to the implement, but was not intended for cutting. The
colour is a dark-reddish-brown, with strongly developed
patina. Loc., Stuart Creek (pl. xxi.). This is, perhaps, the
“Most interesting specimen in the collection, and, from
appearances, may be the oldest. It bears a_ striking
“resemblance, in general form, to the “‘tomahawks’’ used by
the Aborigines of Australia at the time of European settle-
ment, but whilst the latter were almost invariably made from
4
|
216
igneous dyke rocks, the present specimen is made from a
siliceous sandstone. The Aboriginal “tomahawk” was ground
and polished at the edge, and, sometimes, up to the middle
of the implement. The Stuart Creek specimen, now under
description, was carefully chipped to a cutting edge, but the
edge has been rendered so smooth that it seems probable that
some amount of grinding of the edge has been done to improve
its cutting qualities. It must be either that, or age and
weathering have reduced the prominences which marked the
outlines of the individual chips struck off in its manufacture.
It is certainly a unique specimen of its kind.
TV. OriGiIn OF THE IMPLEMENTS.
(a) POSSIBLE THEORIES.
As the stone implements which occur in the tablelaad —
country of Central Australia differ, in many respects, from —
those commonly found elsewhere in Australia, the question —
naturally arises as to their age and origin. That they have
a very considerable antiquity is manifest from their condition
by weathering, the presence of a natural glaze seen on most
of the specimens as a consequence of age, and also from the
ochreous “‘skin’’ by which they are commonly coated. There
are several possible explanations as to their origin.
1. They may be only local variations of the artefacts
produced by the existing native tribes of the country, but
possessing a considerable prehistoric antiquity.
2. They may be the earlier and cruder attempts at the
making of stone implements which the existing Aboriginal
people passed through before attaining the greater skill shown
in later stages of their history.
raw
3. They may be the remains of an earlier race of people, —
as the Tasmanians, for example, which may have occupied the
ground in the far past as the true Aboriginal race, but were
displaced, or exterminated, on the mainland, by the present —
natives of Australia, who exhibit greater virility and a more
aggressive spirit than the Tasmanians possessed.
Something can be said in favour of the first of these
suggested possible origins of the tableland implements. Habit
in the Aborigine is, to a large extent, regulated by surround-
ing conditions, as happens also with the more civilized races.
(3) In the Adelaide Museum there are a number of implements
labelled ‘‘wedges’? that are hatchet-shaped, resembling, but of
thicker make than the common ‘‘tomahawks.’? They are made
from a greyish-coloured quartzite, are symmetrically shaped,
ground to a smooth surface throughout, and the majority have a
transverse groove for hafting. All these implements were received
from the River Darling country, mostly from Albemarle. The speci-
men, now described (No. 16), is quite distinct from these.
217 |
We may judge that the size of his tool would largely depend
on the size of the raw material available for its manufacture ;
om also, on the facility with which it could be manipulated.
Moreover, where a suitable stone for trimming occurs in
- unlimited quantities and distributed over wide areas, the
_ Aboriginal craftsman may have been prodigal of his workman-
ship, and his decision as to whether he should keep the freshly
made implement for future use, or leave it behind when done
_with, would depend on the circumstances of the moment.
There are difficulties, however, in assuming that these
large and uncouth implements were made by the natives now
.in possession of the country. These particular implements
are not found outside the gibber, or tableland, country, and
they belong to particular types, which, so far as I am aware,
have not been manufactured by the Aborigines of Australia
-within modern times.
(b) AN HYPOTHESIS CONCERNING THE TASMANIANS.
The possibilities of these implements having been made
_ by an earlier race than the existing Australian natives opens
up an interesting enquiry If such an earlier autochthonous
_ people existed in Australia, it is natural to suppose that the
_ Tasmanians were that people.
| It would be beyond the bounds of our subject to review
the many and conflicting theories that have been advanced
as to the racial relationships of the Tasmanians and how they
came to be in possession of Tasmania. That they reached
Tasmania by sea seems improbable from physiographical ahd
other reasons. With the exception of its northern coasts,
Tasmania is faced by ocean deeps so profound that it is
unlikely, during the human period, that there has been much
more land above sea level, within a thousand miles of the
island, than exists to-day. Moreover, the Tasmanian natives
had not the skill to construct anything in the shape of a boat
more than a very crude and temporary raft. Most writers
believe that the Tasmanians reached their island home by way
_of the mainland of Australia. [See 1., p. 49; 111., p. 955;
mav., p. 200; VI., p. 730; vil., p. 72; XII. > (a) pr 30; ‘xIv. , pp.
» 232, 233; xxIv., pp. 85, 86. Baldwin Spencer, Federal Hand-
book, British Assoc. , Melb., 1914, p. 34. Sir William Turner,
‘Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, xvi. , part 2, pp. 393, 394.]
(4) This limitation in the a NT of the specimens may
be explained, in part, from the fact that the lower ground is
occupied by the river plains that have been built up by flood
waters dating from a remote period. These sediments (which
often take the form of drifting sand) have covered and obscured
much of the ancient floor of the country.
H
218
Where successive waves of migration occur the inferior
races are driven by the invaders, either up into mountain
recesses or to the extremities of thedand. The latter fate may
have happened to the first occupiers of the Australian soil,
while the geological incident of the submergence of the land,
at the strait, and the conversion of the Tasmanian peninsula
into an island, gave the remnants of this people the chance
of survival. The absence of any evidences that the dingo
found its way to Tasmania, leads to the inference that the
separation of Tasmania from the mainland occurred at a date
prior to the arrival of this animal on the southern coasts of
Victoria. - =
It is generally admitted that the Tasmanian natives
represented one of the most primitive and generalized types
of mankind. Their low development, as evidenced in the
manufacture of their weapons and tools, indicates an isolation —
that must date back to a high antiquity. If they had a
Negrito-Papuan-Melanesian origin, as appears likely from
their racial characteristics, they must have migrated from
their ancestral home before the introduction of the bow and
arrow among these peoples, as it seems very improbable that
a people who once possessed this useful weapon could ever
lose all knowledge of such a simple and effective contrivance.
In the event of the Tasmanian natives having reached
their island home by way of Australia they must have left
some evidences of their occupation of the mainland, if not in
other ways, at least by their stone implements, which are
practically imperishable. The question that arises is: Can
there be a possible connection between these unique imple-
ments of the central tableland of Australia and the Tasmanian |
people? In pursuing this enquiry, the only basis for com-
parison that we possess is in relation to their respective
artefacts in stone, the methods adopted in their manufacture,
the range of differentiation in their types, and the consequent
stage of culture indicated by the same.
(c) TASMANIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.
The class of stone mainly utilized by the late Tasmanians,
in the manufacture of their implemeuts, was obtained,
principally, from the shales of the Permo-carboniferous coal
measures, that. had been indurated and more or less meta-
morphosed into a cherty rock by the intrusive igneous dykes
(5)Mr. Churchward holds the view that the Pygmies of —
Central Africa are the nearest living representatives of Primitive
Man. He says, ‘‘It was in Africa that the little Pigmy was first
evolved from the Pithecanthropus erectus, or an anthropoid ape” |
[1., p. 12]. He also regards the ‘‘extinct Tasmanians as highly-
developed Pygmies” [loc. cit., p. 19}. |
219
that are common in the country. Less frequently, quartzite,
and a jasper-like rock, formed by the decomposition of diabase,
were utilized for implement-making. Although possessing an
_ unlimited supply of such basic igneous rocks which, on the
mainland, supplied the Australian natives with the raw
_ material for the making of their polished tomahawks, the
Tasmanians never got so far as to use this common stone of
: their own country for such a purpose. They had only a
limited range, as to types, in the making of their implements,
_ the shape appears to have been indifferent, the object aimed
at was a cutting or scraping edge.
Dr. F. Noetling, in an important paper [x1r., (a) p. 1,
(b) p. 14] on the Tasmanians, divides their implements into
two classes, as follow:—‘‘There is a large group of imple-
ments which leaves no doubt that it was the intention, the
will of their makers, to produce a certain, well-defined form.
These implements bearing evidence of the intention or will
_ to produce a certain shape may be conveniently termed:
Morpholithes. The other large group represents all those
numerous, shapeless implements, which bear no evidence of
the maker’s will or intention to produce a definite shape. This
group of implements may fitly be termed: Amorpholithes”’
[x11., (a) p. 1]. It is to this latter class that Dr. Noetling
refers most of the Tasmanian implements. He says, “‘If
we examine any larger collection of implements made by the
Tasmanian Aborigines, the most striking feature we notice is
a bewildering mass of forms, none of which are exactly alike,
_ and the total absence of any definite intentional or conventional
shape. We may examine them over and over again; there is
_ a sort of general likeness, a family likeness, so to speak, but
_ each specimen constitutes an individuality of its own, different
_ from all the others. This absolute want of any intentional
_ shape at once fixes their position in the scale of evolution, and
they must be considered as belonging to the first and lowest
group of stone implements, z., the Amorpholithes.”
¥
_ [x11., (a) p. 7.]
:
4
¥
wer > a 1F 7)
The testimony as to whether the Tasmanians, in any
case, ground the edges of their cutting tools, is conflicting.
Brough Smyth says, definitely, “I can state with certainty
_ that not one has been ground, and that no attempt has been
e made, in any case, to give av edge by grinding.” [XxtIlI.,
_ p. 403.]
Prof. E. B. Tylor quotes Dr. J. Barnard Davis with
reference to Tasmanian works of art in his possession as
follows :-—‘‘Among a few exceedingly rude stone-chippings or
implements made from a dark-coloured chert... . I have
a more finished stone implement of an oblong form with one
#82
220
extremity slightly sharpened by grinding, which was employed —
by the women, without any handle, in notching the bark of |
trees up which they ¢limbed in an ingenious manner in search —
of the opossum.’’ [xxvi., p. 148.]
At a later date [xxvi1., pp. 339, 340] Dr. Tylor was able ©
to trace the particular specimens on which Dr. Davis founded —
his statements, and has proved, definitely, that the supposed —
Tasmanian implement, “sharpened by grinding,’’ was not
Tasmanian in origin, but a typical “tomahawk’’ of Australian
Aboriginal workmanship.
On the disputed question as to whether the Aborigines
of Tasmania hafted their choppers, or ground the edges- of
their toals, the Royal Society of Tasmania instituted inquiries
from all, reliable sources. At a meeting of this Society held
on June 10, 1873, the members, after a general discussion -
on the subject, recorded their conclusions in the terms, “The
general belief of the Fellows present was that the stone axe
with the handle-attached was never used by our natives until
taught by those from the neighbouring continent.’’ [xxI1.,
pp. 22-25; see also xxvt., p. 146.| ;
At the following meeting of the Society an important
letter, written by Mr. Jas. Scott, was read, and was followed
by the oflicial statement, “All enquiries on the subject of the
stone implements of the Tasmanian Aborigines tend to prove ~
that no true tomahawks were known to, or fabricated by them. —
They merely used sharp-edged stones as knives. These were
made sharp, not by grinding or polishing, but by striking off _
flakes by another stone till the required edge was obtained.
As a general, if not invariable rule, one surface only was_
chipped in the process of sharpening.” [xx11., p. 25.]
The confusion seems to have arisen from the fact that,
about the year 1822, a number of Australian blacks were sent —
ifrom New South Wales to Tasmania. The latter probably —
took some of their stone implements with them and, in inter-
course with the Tasmanian natives, imparted to them the ~
knowledge of improving the cutting edges of their stone
implements by grinding, and also showed them the advantages _
of mounting their choppers in handles. - Dr. Noetling has_
described and figured |xv1., xv.| some ground pebble-stones
which he refers to Aboriginal workmanship, not designed for
tools of any kind, but as “‘sacred’’ or “‘magic’’ stones. On —
the further point, as to the general idea that the Tasmanians —
trimmed their catting tools on one side only, Dr. Noetling has _
shown that there were exceptions to this rule, and gives figures
of several examples in which the trimming has been done on
both sides of the edge; ‘‘but,’’ he says, ‘‘this class of imple-
ment is very rare.’’? [XxI!I. |
221
| (d) THE TASMANIAN STAGE OF CULTURE.
__ Few, if any, people that have survived in a savage con-
ition to historical times, have possessed so limited a range of
ppliances as the natives of ‘Tasmania. The only wooden
mplements that they possessed were:—/«a) a long stick,
sointed and hardened by fire at one end, and used as a spear;
nd (4) a so-called ‘‘waddy,’’ which seems to have been used
hiefly in hunting game.” When fighting, in addition to their
vooden spears, they are said to have picked up and thrown
at the enemy any loose stones that might be at hand. They
lad, therefore, little use for stone implements. A rough
pebble, picked up on the beach, sufliced for breaking open
shell-fish or crushing marrow bones. Their requirements, so
far as stone implements were concerned, seém to have been,
to make nicks in the bark of trees to assist in climbing ; cutting
Jown the long, slender stems of the JWe/a/euca ior their spears ;
sicatrization ; dividing up carcases ; crescentic (‘“‘hollow’’) stone
crapers were used to scrape off the bark and give smoothness
0 their spears, and a stone scraper, with bevelled edge, was
ised in the preparation of animal skins. As prepared tools,
they may be reduced to two primary types: Cutting Tools
which might be utilized in many incidental ways), and
Scraping Tools, for shaping wood implements or removing
at, etc., in the curing of skins.
After eliminating the foreign elements from the Tas-
Manian artefacts, referred to above, what remains to the
Pasmanian Aborigine is a stone-cult of the simplest and most
mmited character. Dr. EK. B. Tylor says [xxvir., p. 340], “So
as stone-implement-making furnishes a test of culture, the
lasmanians were, undoubtedly, at a low palaeolithic stage,
nferior to that of the Drift and Cave men of Europe.’’
For many years the oldest types of stone implements were
mown as “‘palaeoliths.’’ They exluibited very definite types
vithin a limited range of variation, as to form, and as they
ere usually found (other than in caves) in the older river
rifts, implements of this particular type were generally
ssociated with such deposits and are often spoken of as
drift’’ implements. In later years, worked stunes that were
ifferent from the “drift”? type, but still very ancient and
ssociated with the remains of extinct mammalia, were found
n England and, more particularly, on the Continent, which
scessitated the subdivision of the Palaeolithic Age into several
iecessive stages, linking the earliest palaeolithic groups with
i@ dawn of the Neolithic Age. The chronological data,
narking off these successive stages, have been worked out,
rincipally, in relation to the prehistoric remains in France
nd Belgium.
222
At the same time, many investigators in prehistoric
archaeology have claimed to have discovered still earlier
examples of human workmanship which have come to bay
designated, ‘‘prepalaeoliths’” or ‘‘eolithic’’ implements. |
“In 1889, Professor Joseph Prestwich described some
remarkabie prehistoric finds that had been made on the chalk
plateaus of Kent [xvi1.]. This paper was followed by others,
by the same author, in succeeding years [xviII., x1x.], and
introduced what has become a considerable literature on the
subject. Whilst the previously recognized palaeoliths were
found in the gravels of the river valleys, this new find was
obtained from certain ancient gravels that were laid down
before the valleys containing the palaeolithic implements had
been excavated. Of these plateau implements, Prestwich
says, “They form a distinct group, characterized by their
generally brown and ochreous colour, extremely rude shape,
and worn appearance’’ [xvII., p. 286]. It is also stated that
the great majority of the implements have been formed from
natural fragments of flint. When design is indicated it is
usually in the form of scrapers, or used for hammering, and
are in all cases hand implements.
Professor B. C. A. Windle, of Birmingham University,
describes this eolithic type of implements as ‘“‘Roughly-hewn
pebbles and nodules and naturally broken stones showing
work, with thick ochreous patina, found on the plateaus of
the chalk, and other districts, in beds unconnected with the ;
present valley drainage” [xx1x., p. 14]. The same author,
when referring to the nature of the work done on these j
stones, says, “The trimming . . . . has generally been made
on the edges of rude natural flints, taken from an old flint
drift”’ [/oc. cit., p. 41]. Again, on page 42, Professor Windle —
says, “The stones are almost invariably stained a deep, warm, —
brown colour, in this respect resembling the flints of the drifts |
in which they are found. This colour spreads over the worked,
as well as the unworked parts, though it may be lighter in~
shade on the former than on the latter.’ :
Many experienced students in prehistoric archaeology are, .
however, sceptical in this matter and refer the chipped flints
of the chalk plateau, and other places, as well as occurrences.
of similarly flaked flints at the base of the Pliocene “Crag,’’
as having been caused by natural rather than by human
agencies. The advocates for and against the validity of these
supposed human artefacts are about evenly balanced. The
Geological Society of London, on November 19, 1913, devoted
an entire evening meeting to the subject. ‘No papers were —
read, but in response to the invitation issued on November 5,
18 or more exhibits were made of implements and reputed.
4 223
‘implements of Palaeolithic and earlier age, and of flints
showing various types of fracture.” »
7. Hand Choppers, large, and roughly chipped.
8. Generalized types, the same tool having been used for
various purposes, such as, indifferently, either for cutting,
seraping, or chopping. :
9. Absence of grinding or hafting of tools. All imple-
ments were intended and shaped for hand-use simply. Mr.
Johnstone says, “It seems to be the prevailing opinion among
those who had the best opportunity for observing, that the
226
Tasmanian natives were not in the habit of attaching handles
to their flint hatchets, or other implements, as was the case
among the Australian natives’’ [viiI., p. 335].
VI. SumMMary AND CONCLUSIONS.
The tableland country of Central Australia forms a
very distinct geographical province and represents a residual
land surface of very ancient topographical features. So far
as evidences are available the country has not been below |
the sea since Cretaceous times. The ‘‘tableland” probably |
had its origin in a previous geographical cycle. The rivers, —
at the present time, spread their sediments over a relatively
flat country, at lower levels than the old “table-top’’ hills
that are residual of an earlier alluviation. |
With the waste of the softer beds that underlie the
siliceous capping of the “tabletops,” the latter is broken up _
and the loose stones are gently let down, by waste, to lower ~
levels, forming the great stony deserts of the interior. On
this ancient land-surface are found worked stone implements
of particular types.
These implements, in their characteristic forms, do not
bear any close resemblance to such as are in use by the present
native tribes of Australia. Many of the stone implements
used by the Australian Aborigines are crude in the extreme,
and some such have even been hafted; but, in contrast to
these, many have been very finely finished. Their polished
axes, symmetrically chipped spear points, hafted knives, and
womerah chisels, may distinguish their artefacts as Neolithic
in type, although representing a stage below that of the
Neolithic art seen in the prehistoric remains of the latest
Stone Age in Europe.
- The implements that occur among the gibber stones of
the tableland are, commonly, of large size and possess certain
characteristics that are described in this paper.
It is possible, that the peculiar features of the stony
deserts of Central Australia, and the nature of the raw
material available there, may have given rise to the use of
certain stone implements, in a local way, by the present
native tribes of Australia that was not represented elsewhere
in the continent.
Whilst these implements do not shew a close resemblance
to those now, or lately, in use among the Australian —
Aborigines, they afford numerous, analogues with the stone
implements that were in use by the late Aborigines of
Tasmania.
This similarity of workmanship may be taken, so far as
it goes, as presumptive evidence of a relationship as to origin.
227
It seems most probable that the Tasmanians found their way
to the extreme south of Australia by way of the mainland,
efore the separation of Tasmania from the larger land mass.
If the Tasmanians were the true autochthonous inhabi-
tants of Australia, it is reasonable to suppose that they would
leave behind them some memorials of their occupation. The
only class of remains that would be likely to survive so long
a period, since their departure, is that of their stone artefacts,
and it must be conceded that the conditions that have prevailed
over the tableland area for an immense period of time must
have been favourable for the preservation of such remains.
The considerable age of these human relics is evidenced
by their highly-coloured cortex, or skin, which the most of
ee implements exhibit; and, also, by the natural glaze
that has been developed over the surface of the worked stones,
which, in many cases, has softened the outlines of the scars
left by the respective flaking and chipping.
\
>
VIl. REFERENCES TO AUTHORS QUOTED.
1. Cuurcuwarp, A.—‘‘The Origin and Evolution of Primitive
Man.”’ London, 1912.
1. Dawktns, Prof. Boyd—‘‘On the Relation of the Palaeo-
lithic and Neolithic Periods.’’ Jour. Anthopolog. Inst.,
xxilil., 1894, pp. 242-251.
. ENoYcLoPEDIA Britannica, art. ‘‘Australia,’”’ ii., p. 955.
. ErHeripGe, R., jun.—‘‘Has Man a Geological History in
Australia.”> Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v. (sec. ser.),
1890, p. 259.
v. Horne, Dr. G.—‘‘Aboriginal Stone Implements of South-
eastern Victoria.’ Paper read before the Aust. Assoc.
for Advan. of Science, Jan., 1921. Printed separately.
Melbourne, 1921.
vi. Howitt, A. W.—‘‘Origin of the Aborigines of -Tasmania
and Australia.’’ Aust. Assoc. for Advan. of Science,
vil., 1898, pp. 723-758.
vit. Hutcurnson, Gregory, and LypeKKER—‘‘Living Races of
Mankind.’”’ London [n.p.].
viii. ce R. M.—‘‘Geology of Tasmania.’’ Hobart,
SS ee ee ee ee oe eee
eS mM
<5
Ix. Lankester, Ray—‘‘On the Discovery of a Novel Type of
Flint Implement below the Base of the Red Crag of
= Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., Ser. B, ccii., p. 283,
x. Liversiper, Prof. A.—‘‘Notes on some Australian and
other Stone Implements.’? Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,
Xxvill., 1894.
x1. Morr, J. Reid—‘‘Prepalaeolithic Man.” Ipswich and
_ London, 1919.
xu. NoeTiine, F.—(a) ‘‘Notes on the Tasmanian Amorpho-
lithes.”” Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas.. 1906-7,
pub. 1908, p. 30; also (b) The Tasmanian Naturalist,
1., No. 2, 1907, p. 14.
“A Peculiar Group of Tronattas.”” Papers and
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1909, p. 1.
228
xiv. Noetitine, F.—‘‘The Antiquity of Man in Tasmania.’”
Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., read 1910, p. 231.
xv: “Did the Aborigines of Tasmania know the Arts
of Grinding.’”’ Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1911,
p. 105.
XVI. ‘‘Magic Stones of the Tasmanian Aborigines.’
The Tasmanian Naturalist, 1., No. 3, 1907, p. 1.
xvit. Prestwiok, Prof. Jos.—‘‘On the Occurrence of Palaeolithie
Flint Implements in the Neighbourhood of Ightham,
Kent.” Quart. Jour. Geo. Soc., xlv., 1899, pp. 270-297,
pls. 9-11.
XVIII. “On the Age, Formation, and Successive Drift
Stages of the Valley of the Darent, with Remarks on
the Palaeolithic Implements of the District.”
Jour. Geo. Soc., xlvii., 1891, pp. 126-163, pls. 6
XIX. “On the Primitive Characters of the Flint Imple
ments of the Chalk Plateau of Kent, with Reference te
the Question of Age and Make.”’ (a) Jour. Anthopolog,
Inst.,' 1892, p. 246; (b) Revised with Additions
Collected Papers. London, 1895, pp. 49-80, pls. 1-12.
xx. QUATREFAGES, A. pe—‘‘Hommes Fossiles et Homines
Sauvages.”’ Paris, 1884.
xxI. Roru, H. Ling—‘‘Aborigines of Tasmania.’’ Halifax
(Eng.), 1899. .
xxi1. Roya Socrety Tasmanrta—Papers and Proceedings,
(Hobart, 1874).
xxl. SmMytTu, Brough—‘ ‘Aborigines of Australia,’ ii. Mel-
bourne, 1878.
xxiv. Sorzas, Prof. W. J.—‘‘Ancient Hunters.” London, 1911.
xxv. THomas, N. W.—‘‘Natives of Australia,’’ London, 1906.
xxvi. Tyuor, Prof. E. B.—‘‘On the Tasmanians as Representa-
tives of Palaeolithic Man.’ Jour. Anthopolog. Inst.,
xx1li., 1894, p. 141.
“On the Occurrence of Ground Stone Implements
of Australian Type in Tasmania.”’ Jour. Anthopolog.
Inst., xxiv., 1895, pp. 335-340. -
XXVIII. Ww ARREN, S. H.— SS Ee =——
Figs. 23 to 27, views of side of females (optical section) to
show thickness of cuticle, height of ridges, striae, etc.; all figs.
drawn to scale indicated in fig. 28. 28, O. fasciata (diameter of
body at place figured, ‘41 mm.). 24, O. gibsoni (50 mm.). 26, —
0. gutturosa (230 mm.). 26, O. gutturosa (120 mm.). 27, O.
lienalis (20 mm.); 7; ridges.
237
The outer layer of the cuticle on the greater part of the
female worm measures about 10 ,» in thickness between the
ridges. The underlying region is about 20 yp thick and is
subdivided between each pair of ridges, usually into three
(occasionally four) ring-like segments and there is one below
each ridge (figs. 25, 26). From the apex of one ridge to
that of the next one there are, then, three complete and two
half rings of the under-cuticle, just as figured by Neumann.
Thus there appear four striae between the ridges. Joan (p.
447) figures eight such secondary annulations and nine striae
as occurring between the main ones, the latter being 127 p
apart and the former 15°5 w. In our specimens the secondary
rings measured from 7 to 10 pw (the main rings, 7.e., those
below the ridges, being rather wider than those intervening),
when the ridges were 45 p apart; and about 20 » in width
when the summits of the ridges were 95 p» distant from each
other.
The mouth is immediately followed by the long tubular
oesophagus, about 1552 mm. long and measuring from 12 to
18 » in diameter in front of the nerve-ring and 22 to 25 yu
behind it. Surrounding the anterior end of the oesophagus ,
there is a mass of cells which appear to be glandular. The
intestine does not call for comment.
As already stated, the position of the nerve-ring corre-
sponds with the anterior dilatation of the body and lies at
about 220 to 240 » from the mouth. The excretory pore
appears to be situated in this region. The thick-walled
vagina opens at the level of the second dilatation, about
‘50 to 57 mm. from the anterior extremity of the worm
(fig. 9). Uterine eggs, containing fully-developed larvae, have
very thin shells and measure 32 to 37 p in their major diameter
and 23 to 30 w in their minor axis. Larvae found free in
the uteri have a length of about ‘20 mm. and a breadth of
5 », the anterior end being bluntly rounded and the posterior
pointed.
Description of the Male.
Figs. 4, 10, 13, 20.
The male worm maintains a comparatively even diameter
throughout, being ‘05 to ‘(06 mm. in front of the nerve-ring
which lies at ‘18 to ‘20 mm. from the anterior end, gradually
widening to ‘08 to ‘(09 mm., and maintaining the latter
breadth until near the posterior extremity. At the level of
the anus the diameter is ‘(04 mm., the worm gradually taper-
ing to the tip. The anterior dilatation in the vicinity of
the nerve-ring is very slight, the diameter of the parasite
there being about ‘065 mm. The second dilatation of the
238
female is not represented. A few tiny papillae appear to be
present at a little distance behind the mouth. Cuticular
ornamentation is hardly recognizable even under the oil
immersion. The cuticle is very delicate, measuring about
2°5 to 3 p in thickness.
The anterior end (figs. 4, 13) resembles that of the female,
as also does the oesophagus, which has a similar diameter
(10 to 12 ), but the length is 82 to 11 mm. The anus
lies at ‘075 to (085 mm. from the tip of the spirally coiled tail.
The male papillary arrangement is usually as follows
(fig. 10): four pair of perianal, of which the third pair are
often rather smaller than the others; a post anal group of
two, consisting of a smaller anterior papilla, lying just in
front of, or beside, a larger one; and a caudal group composed
of a prominent double one formed by the fusion of the pair
(i.e., one from each side), and there may, at times, be recog-
nized a very small papilla on each side in front of it. The
alae are rather narrow.
‘The longer spicule has an obliquely pointed end and
measures from °180 to °255 pw in length, the breadth being
5 to 7 », while the shorter spicule is a thicker organ termin-
ating in an enlarged rounded extremity. The shorter
measures ‘060 to ‘080 mm. (generally about ‘070) in length
and 7 to 10 » in maximum breadth (excluding the anterior
expanded rim-like portion), its form tapering posteriorly so
that the width is about 3 y just in front of the widened
extremity, which is about 5 » across and 10 p» long (fig. 20).
If the information relating to this Australian species
and O. guttwrosa from Northern Africa, contained in the
accompanying tables be compared, it will be noticed in regard
to the males, that practically all the measurements agree
except the lengths of the greater spicule, Neumann’s maxi-
mum being longer than our maximum. In the case of the
females the agreement is practically complete, the only
marked differences being in regard to the diameters of the
oesophagus and the cervical dilatation, these being of, minor
importance. It seems best to regard the Australian para-
sites as O. guttwrosa, including under its synonymy O. bovis,
Johnston and Bancroft, 1920 (nec Piettre, 1912). A speci-
men collected from an ox in Sydney Abattoirs and placed
at our disposal through the kindness of Dr. E. W. Ferguson,
Health Department, Sydney, was found to be specifically
identical with the Queensland material.
The information available to the writer regarding 0.
bovis, Piettre, from French cattle is not sufficient to allow
him to compare it with O. guttwrosa. The site of infection
239
varies, the latter being especially common in the neck liga-
ments, whereas the former is reported by Piettre as not
invading that region. Neumann makes no reference to the
presence of his species in any other location, but there is .
no evidence that it was looked for elsewhere. Piettre recorded
O. bovis as occurring in the femora-tibial (stifle) joint of
French cattle. The male of O. bovis is much longer and the
female probably much shorter than those of O. gutturosa.
The lengths of the male spicules, in the former, correspond
with those of Australian specimens, but are less than those
given by Neumann for O. gutturosa. In our earlier account
‘it was mentioned that the female parasites were very like
those of the Algerian species, but that the dimensions of the
male spicules agreed with those of Piettre’s species, hence
our earlier determination. It must be left for some other
investigator to determine whether Piettre’s and Neumann’s
species are distinct.
The brief account (Joan, 1917) available regarding the
South American parasite allows one to note certain differ-
ences from the Australian species. The males in the former
are much longer and the papillae are said to be differently
arranged, but in view of the difficulty sometimes experienced
in detecting them, especially when the tail is closely rolled
up, and in view of the variations in position (especially
asymmetrical development) known to occur in the genus
Onchocerca, further examination might reveal additional
papillae. The South American female worms are recorded
as being much longer than the French O. bovis, but agree
more nearly with Neumann’s account. The maximum
diameter of the body and also the distance between the spirals
are given as being about twice as great as in Algerian and
Australian specimens. Besides, there are figured from six
to nine striae between the ridges, whereas in the other cases
there are from three to five. The egg is distinctly larger in
both diameters, though not as large as given by Piettre for
those of the French species.
It seems likely that the South American parasite is
not O. bovis, but the available description does not allow one
to synonymise it with O. gutturosa. The lesions and site of
infection are similar to those of the Australian worm, as also are
those briefly described by Ransom (1920, 1921), who reported
that an Onchocerca occurred commonly in cattle slaughtered
in Chicago. Whether the latter is O. gutturosa or the South
American species has not been settled, though Piettre recorded
as O. bovis parasites collected from frozen beef from
Madagascar, Canada, and the United States.
240
ONCHOCERCA LIENALIS, Stiles, 1892.
Figs. 2, 6, 8, 11, 14, 17, 27. 3
In the former account (Johnston and Bancroft, 1920)
.mention was made that ‘‘O. bovis’’ was to be met with in
Queensland cattle in the gastro-splenic ligament, and it was
suggested that the species was probably identical with
Piettre’s. Recent examination shows them to be quite
distinct.
O. lenalis is extremely common in cattle in this State,
especially in dairying districts in the south-eastern portion of
it. It has been stated to me that nearly 100 per cent. of
cows and bulls and perhaps 50 per cent. of oxen slaughtered.
are found to harbour this parasite whose presence in Aus-
tralia had not previously been noted. In the Rockhampton
district the worm is very common, but apparently less so
than in the south-eastern part of the State. Mr. N. V. Brown
has informed me that it is commonly met with in cattle in
New South Wales.
The female nematode is readily overlooked owing to its
location in the connective tissue, between the stomach and
the spleen, especially adjacent to the latter, where the tunnel
enclosing the parasite, if noticed, would easily be mistaken
for an empty blood-vessel. ‘The organism lives in a very
delicate worm-like fibrous tunnel in the connective tissue,
this tunnel showing no tendency to become thickened except
occasionally at the tail end of the worm. There is then ©
comparatively little fibrosis and no typical nodule formation
as the parasite does not roll itself up in the tissues, except ©
sometimes at the extreme posterior end, where coiling may
occur and a slight local thickening of the tissue become
noticeable. A female specimen, measured im situ, reached
316 mm., while another (also im sitw/), whose extreme anterior
end was missing, was 425 mm. long, its estimated length
being 460 mm. Usually only two or three worms seem to
occur in each host. Though every female examined (from
about 25 different hosts) contained uterine larvae, in only
one case was a male obtained.
As the worm has never been described, it seems advisable
to place on record some ‘data regarding it. Stiles named it
Filaria lienalis, in 1892, from cattle in United States of
America, but the description was lost during transit. In
1894 he referred to the parasite as Sprroptera reticulata.
Both Leiper and Gedoelst, in 1911, placed it under Oncho-
cerca,
Description of the Female.
The anterior end of the female is extremely delicate
(figs. 6, 17) and it is a matter of chance whether one succeeds
241
in obtaining the head. As only one such specimen was col-
lected, the measurements are necessarily based on it and
do not indicate any range of variation. The head end is
bluntly rounded, and almost at once assumes a diameter of
‘03 mm., reaching ‘04 at the level of the nerve-ring (‘16 mm.
from the mouth). The increase in diameter is so gradual
that at 40 mm. from the mouth it is only (05 mm. Ultim-
ately the width reaches a maximum of ‘18 to °20 mm.
Towards the posterior end it tapers to about ‘16 mm. (at
‘6 mm. from the tip), then rather more quickly towards the
tail (fig. 8). At the level of the anus (which hes at ‘13 mm.
from the tip) the diameter is (065 mm. The extremity is
bluntly rounded and possesses a pair of, very minute papillae.
In situ the tail end is sometimes found spirally rolled and
lying in a little gland-like mass of fatty and fibrous tissue,
but often occurs lying in line with the preceding part of the
body.
The ridges in this species are irregularly wavy and
extremely low, their greatest height being under two micra
(fig. 27). In the mid-region of the worm they are fairly
regularly situated at ‘030 to ‘040 mm. apart. In the tail
region they are very low and close. At ‘6 mm. from its
tip they measured ‘015 to ‘017 mm. apart (body width
‘16 mm.). Between two adjacent ridges there are two striae
and, sometimes, these latter are sufficiently pronounced to
make it difficult to distinguish them from the low ridges,
and then that portion of the worm seems to be minutely
corrugated. The ratio of the distance between adjacent
ridges on the mid-body, to the mid-body diameter, is only
‘2 as against °33 to ‘4 in the case of O. gutturosa, and about
‘08 to (10 in O. gibsont, where they are especially close.
‘ The oesophagus is ‘75 mm. long, its diameter increasing
from ‘015 to 02 mm. as it proceeds posteriorly. The vagina
lies at “48 mm. from the anterior extremity.
Description of the Male.
The male is a very delicate organism, apparently in-
habiting serous spaces in the connective tissues, not sur-
rounded by a tunnel—in this respect resembling the male of
O. gutturosa. The only specimen obtained—a broken one—
measures 23°8 mm. in length and possesses an even diameter
(05 mm.) for nearly the whole of its length; narrowing
gradually to the spirally-wound tail, the width at the cloaca
being ‘03 mm. It is worthy of note that the head end has,
practically, the same dimension as that of the female.
The head (figs. 6, 14) is rounded and bears at least two,
probably four, tiny papillae. Lips are not recognizable.
242
The annulations, though very minute and close:y arranged,
are readily visible under the high power. The cloaca lies
at ‘(06 mm. from the tip of the tail. The nerve-ring is situ-
ated at ‘13 from the mouth. The oesophagus has a width of
(018 mm., increasing to ‘(025 mm.
The ata are very narrow. ‘There are four pair of peri-
anal papillae, the first, second, and fourth pairs being large,
the third quite small and situated rather inwardly from the
remainder. The postanal pair are very prominent and there
seems to be a tiny pair inwardly from, and just behind, them.
There is a pair of large caudal papillae, very close together.
The spicules are of the usual Onchocerca form, measuring
‘240 and ‘057 mm. in length, and ‘006 and ‘009 mm. in width,
respectively (fig. 11).
Ransom (1920, 1921) sated that O. lienalis is common and
widely distributed in the United States. It appears to be
a parasite of no economic importance.
ONCHOCERCA GIBSONI, Cleland and Johnston, 1910.
Figs. 1, 5, 12, 15, 24.
The common worm-nodule producer O. gibsoni, occurring
in cattle in Queensland, New South Wales, and the Northern
Territory, has been described so often that there is little need
to do more than call attention to a few points in structure
in order that they may be compared with similar parts in
the other two cattle-frequenting species under review. Most
of these particulars are referred to in the accompanying
tables.
O. gibsont (female) is a much stouter parasite than the
other two and its spiral ridges are much more pronouneed,
being considerably higher and with better developed promin-
ences along the course of the spirals. The male of 0.
gibsoni is also a rather larger parasite, its minimum equalling
the maximum of QO. guttwrosa, and its cuticle is distinctly
ornamented, ridges being indicated even on the tail.
The ridges in the female were found to be usually situ-
ated at from ‘05 to ‘(08 mm. apart in the mid-body where the
diameter was about "45 mm. The maximum height was from
12 to 15 micra. Between adjacent ridges there could be
seen, in favourable preparations, two fairly well-marked
striae, 25 to 30 micra apart (fig. 24).
The nerve-ring in the female figured lies at ‘12 to
‘15 mm., and the vagina at ‘7 mm. from the anterior end.
Both of these organs vary somewhat in regard to their posi-
tions in relation to the anterior end.
— Se.
243
As already pointed out by Dr. Sweet, the male may
possess a large papilla situated well in front of the cloaca.
In a favourable preparation, generously placed at my disposal
by Dr. Ferguson, such a preanal pair is followed by three
perianal pairs, a well-marked postanal, and a caudal group
of three pairs—one being a large precaudal pair, followed
by two smaller pairs, close to the tip of the tail—making a
total of eight pairs.
The amount of fibrosis of the surrounding connective
tissues of the host seems to be related to the development of
ridges on the parasite, there being extremely little fibrosis
surrounding 0. lienalis, whose ridges are very low; a greater
amount surrounds O. gutturosa, and, at times, there may
be a slight indication of nodule formation, while the strongly
corrugated forms, like O. gibsoni, O. indica, O. fasciata, and
O. volvulus, give rise to a well-marked nodule formation.
OncHocerca FasciaTa, Railliet and Henry, 1910.
Fig. 23.
Attention was drawn by Dr. Cleland and the author,
in 1910, to the presence of a worm nodule-producing Oncho-
cerca (identified as being perhaps O. gibsoni) in camels im-
ported from India into Western Australia. In the same
year Railliet and Henry (C.R. Soc. Biol., 68, 1910, p. 250)
gave the species the above name, describing it as follows :—
Female alone known from fragments without extremities ;
thickness, 400 to 475 micra; cuticle with slightly undulating
-ridges, repeated at every two or three striae; from a sub-
cutaneous nodule from the head of a dromedary, Punjab.
[The host was incorrectly listed by Dr. Sweet (1915, p. 31)
as Camelus bactrianus. |
In our original account (1910, pp. 177, 178, 189) we
mentioned that the anterior end and body fragments of the
female specimens, examined by us, showed similar characters
and measurements to those of O. gibsoni, and that the vulva
was similarly placed.
A re-examination of some fragments, collected by Prof.
Cleland from Western Australia, and now in the writer’s
collection, shows that the maximum body diameter is from
‘40 to 45 mm., and that the irregularly sinuous and knobbed
ridges are from ‘07 to ‘(09 mm. apart (fig. 23). Between the
ridges are two to four, usually three, striae. The ridges are
from 7 to 9 micra in height on the mid-body. The larval
measurements resemble those of O. gibson, viz., length °18
to °20 mm., and breadth ‘003 mm.
244
TABLE SHOWING COMPARATIVE DATA RELAT
The figures in parentheses are based on measurements obta
taken from Dr.
(relating to O. gibsoni) are
FEMALES.
O. gutturosa,
Australia.
Length of female
Diameter -15 mm. from anterior end
Diameter just in front of vulva
Diameter of mid-body ...
Diameter at level of anus
Diameter of cervical dilatation
Nerve-ring from anterior end
Oesophagus, length
Ocsophagus, diameter
Vulva from anterior end
Anus from posterior end
Cuticle thickness ES
Distance between spiral ridges. on mid- body
Ratio of distance between adjacent ridges on
mid-body to maximum diameter of mid-body
Number of striae between ridges i
Height of ridges on mid-body ...
Egg (with larva), length
Ege (with larva), breadth
Free larva, length
Free larva, breadth
MALES.
owed
cones
of 12-018
: 55-"60
: ‘seer, ;
‘07-085
*250--280
‘O8--10
‘07-075
Mae
1°52
030
095-120
"33-43
4
‘004--006
032-037
*023--030
*20
“005
Sweet’s
O. hovis,
France
| (Piettre).
260+
*26-°29
| O. gutturosa,
- Australia.
Length of male .. : 24-33
Diameter -15 mm. from ‘guttierior end *05--06
Diameter -5 mm. from anterior end . ‘05-06
Diameter of mid-body ... “O8--09
Diameter of level of cloaca 03-04
Diameter cervical dilatation ... “065
Nerve-ring from anterior end 18--22
Ocsophagus, length oe : 123
Ocsophagus, diameter °010--020
Cloaca from posterior end ‘075-085
Long spicule, length *180--255
Short spicule, length ‘060--080
Long spicule, diameter
Short spicule, diameter
Transverse ridges apart
Papillae (adanal, postanal, caudal) .
(1) In our original short account (iAgaio: Gaz...
‘005-007
‘007-010
‘O015
4,2, 1 or2
N.S. Wales, 19
is a typograph
| O. bovis,
| France §@
| (Piettre). |
*750-"800
*180--210
065-075
‘005-:006
4,1, 2
UNCHOCERCA, SPP.
245
S1zES EN MILLIMETRES.
n the authors’ dr awings (Joan, Piettre), while those in brackets
5, pp. 44, 46), compiled from the work of various authors.
KE MALES.
Vic. qutturosa, | O. lienalis,
N. Africa. Queensland. O. gibsoni. O. fasciata.
550+ 316-(460 ?) [526-1403 | r
(-072)--081 “04 [-049]--13
(-09) “04 [-106--207 |
“30 -18-°20 [:37-"5)] 40-°475
(07 “065 -[°175-"245 |
-09--10 Absent Absent
(28) 16 [-102--188]
1°15 -75-1-1 [-52-1-42]
(-036) 015--02 {-017--052]
“55 -43--48 [33-133 |
“20 “13 [-175--402 |
035-:047 020 | -007--01] ‘012--015
090--110 040 "05--08 -07-:09
(-33--37) 2 “11-18 “10
3-5 2 2 2-4 (3)
(-006) “002 -012--015 (-006--009)
°035--045 038--040 [-04--045]
*028--035 028--030 | -03-"039 ]
-170--195 240 [-22--35] 18--23
“004 “O04 [-003--004 | 003
; MALES.
0. bovis, | |
Argentine O. gutturosa, | O. lienalis, O. gibsoni. O. fasciata.
(Joan). N. Africa. | Queensland. alee
| ‘S od
grounds of scientific interest and of public health. It urges
on the various State Governments the advisability of making
reservations, biological areas in which the protection of the
remarkable Australian animals may be adequate.”
In this connection it was pointed out that this Society,
after a campaign of thirteen years, had succeeded in getting
283
passed through Parliament the ‘‘Flinders Chase Act,’’ estab-
lishing such a reserve in the western portion of Kangaroo
Island under the control of a Board on which this Society
and the University of Adelaide are represented.
THE PRESIDENT reported that the Council had made to
Mr. F. R. Marston a grant in aid of research into the possi-
bility of obtaining from azine precipitates samples of the pure
proteolytic enzymes.
Exuipits.—Dr. PULLEINE, pro Mr. C. E. May, exhibited
from near Pine Creek, Northern Territory, native copper in
the form of large shot; gypsum crystals with inclusion
resembling moss and also included bubbles; and from Darwin
a rare shell (Volwta bednalli). Dr. J. B. CLeLanp exhibited
a specimen of Loranthus exocarpi, Behr., parasitic on
Loranthus pendulus, Sieber, the latter growing on Lucalyptus
odorata, F. v. M., in Beaumont Common. The latter Loranth
has been growing for twenty years or more, but has only
recently been infected by the first-named. The first-named
has, however, been growing on an oleander near by for very
many years, and from this source, probably, has been dis-
tributed to a number of cultivated olive trees. A second
instance of Loranthus linophyllus growing on L. pendulus has
been seen near Clarendon. Also a bird’s nest, decorated with
wild flowers which had*been worked into the lining and
especially the entrance. The flowers, consisting of three spider
orchids (Caladenia dilatata, R. Br.), a number of white ever-
lastings (Helichrysum Baxteri, F. v. M.), and several heads
of a brownish rush-like plant (Luzula campestris, Dec.) were
quite fresh when the nest was found, having obviously been
gathered that morning or the evening before. The birds had
evidently exercised selection in their choice of material, hav-
ing chosen the spider-like yellow-brown and purple orchids and
the brownish rush-like heads, though these plants were not
nearly so abundant as some others, for example a striking
blue orchid. The nest was found at Clarendon on October 13,
being empty of contents. Its original builder was Pomator-
hinus superciliosus, Vig. and Horsf., but the old nest had been
taken possession of, Dr. Morgan suggests, by the’ finch
Stagonopleura guttata (Shaw). Prof. Cleland was indebted
to Mr. J. M. Black and Dr. Rogers for the identification of
the species referred to. Capt. S. A. WurrTeE exhibited a native
skeleton recently ploughed up at the Reedbeds, showing
mended fractures of leg and arm bones; also the pear-shaped
fruit of a Western Australian Hakea, and the curious black
‘“‘kangaroo paw’ flower. Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited a col-
lection of insects made by Mr. F. Parsons in the north-east
corner of the State, and another by Mr. H. M. Hale in the
284
Flinders Ranges. Both collections contained several species
new to science. He also exhibited roots of an apricot tree
dying from the attacks of weevils, and apricot leaves and
fruits destroyed by another species of weevil (Desiantha
nocwa). Mr. A. R. Rippie discussed an apparently un-
recorded phenomenon occurring in the electron type of X-ray
tube, by means of which a brilliant blue light was produced.
ORDINARY MeEeEtTING, ApRIL 14, 1921.
THe Presipent (Sir Joseph C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.)
in the chair.
Nomination.—R. J. Burton was nominated as Fellow. —
Paprers.—‘‘Additions to the Flora of South Austvralia,
No. 19,’ by J. M. Brack; ‘‘Crinoids from the Cretaceous
beds of Australia, with Description of a New Species,’’ by
Professor WALTER Howcuin, F.G.S.; ‘‘A Tholeiitic Basalt.
from Eastern Kangaroo Island,” by C. E. Tittey (communi-
cated by Professor Howchin).
THE PRESIDENT reported that the Council had made a
grant to Professor Wood Jones in aid of research into the
Fauna and Flora of Nuyt Archipelago. |
Exuisits. — Dr. PULLEINE exhibited palaeolithic stone
implements from South Bruni Island, Tasmania, at the Easter
encampment of the Tasmanian Field Naturalists, and made
some remarks upon Tasmanian implements generally. Capt. S.
A. Wuite exhibited the following birds:—Tyto mnovae-
hollandiae (Chestnut-faced Owl), from the blowhole on
Nullarbor Plain, with Tyto delicatwla for comparison ; Cora-
cina robusta mentalis (Southern Cuckoo Shrike), from South
Australia, with Coracina melanops (Black-faced Cuckoo
Shrike) from New South Wales and South Australia, and
Pteropodocys maxima (Eastern Ground Cuckoo Shrike) from
New South Wales for comparison; also specimen prints of
Cayley’s ‘‘Birds of Australia.”” Professor J. B. CLELAND ex-
hibited specimens of Loranthus, showing their resemblance to
their respective hosts [vide Miscellanea]; also portion of a
branch of a sugar-gum (Fucalyptus cladocalyx) over 2 in.
in diameter which broke off spontaneously at its juncture with
the stem at 12.30 p.m. on February 19, 1921, the day being
warm and muggy and the maximum shade temperature 91° F.
During this month, in the neighbourhood of Adelaide,
numerous large fallen branches were seen lying under these
trees. Mr. J. H. Maiden, to whom the matter was referred,
stated that owing to the liability of the branches of this
species to fall in this way, its cultivation had largely gone
out. The wood of the branch examined was very sappy. Also
a number of portions of the roots of a mallee (Hucalyptus
OO ————— ee
285
oleosa, F. v. M.) removed from a well, sunk beside the tree,
at a depth of 50 ft. The roots are up to } in. or more in
diameter and very porous, the opening of the tubes being
just visible to the naked eye. The tree was growing about 70
miles north of Renmark in a slight depression. Being of
rather luxuriant growth, a bore was put down beside it in
search of water. At 115 ft., a portion of the mallee-root
came up; at 124 ft. water was tapped. The well was now.
being sunk to reach this water, and when visited had reached
50 ft. Professor Woop Jonrs showed a melanistic variety of
the common opossum (7'richosurus vulpecula) which was taken
when young from the pouch of a normally-coloured female;
also a series of otoliths from South Australian fish. Mr. E.
R. Warts, on behalf of the South Australian Museum, showed
a series of all the sea-horses known in South Australia,
seventeen in number, including five new species. Mr. A. M.
Lea exhibited some red mites, found in immense numbers on -
apricot trees, at Angaston; also pumpkins, in various stages,
attacked by the squash-tip disease, a fungus that has
destroyed more than half the past season’s crop of pumpkins,
melons, and marrows in South Australia.
ORDINARY MEETING, May 12, 1921.
THE Vice-Presipent (R. H. Pulleine, M.B.) in the
chair.
Exvection.—R. J. Burton was elected a Fellow.
Nomrnation.—Gilbert Henry Dutton, B.Sc., F.G.S., was
nominated as Fellow.
Notice of Motion by A. G. Epquistr ve planting of
Morialta Reserve.
Paprers.—‘‘Notes on some Western Australian Chitons
(Polyplacophora) with Additions to the Fauna, and the
Deseription of a New Species of Rhyssoplax,” by Epwin
Asupy, F.L.S., M.B.O.U.; ‘‘Geological Memoranda (second
contribution). Subjects: I., Miniature Serpuline ‘Atolls’ ;
II., Pseudo-Cryptozoén Structure; JII., A Pre-historic
Alluvial Fan at the Mouth of the Glen Osmond Gorge: IV.,
The Occurrence of Scoriaceous Boulders in the ancient gravels
of the River Torrens,’ by Professor WALTER Howcnin,
F.G.S.; ‘‘Notes on Old Native Camps at Commodore Point,
Encounter Bay,’’ by R. H. Purietne, M.B.
OrpiINARY MEETING, JUNE 9, 1921.
THe Vice-Presipent (R. H. Pulleine, M.B.) in the
chair.
Evection.—Gilbert Henry Dutton, B.Sc., F.G.S., was
elected a Fellow.
286
RESOLVED, on the motion of A. G. Epguist, seconded
by Professor Osporn—‘‘That this Society interest itself in
the future planting of Morialta Reserve, and recommend that
the Flora of the Reserve be kept typically Australian by the
exclusion of exotic trees and shrubs.”’
Reso.tvep—‘‘That a copy of this resolution be presented
to the Minister controlling the Reserve, by a deputation
consisting of the President, Dr. Pulleine (V.P.), the Hon.
Secretary, Professor Osborn, Professor Cleland, and Dr.
Rogers.’’
Papers.—‘‘The External Characters of Pouch Embryos
of Marsupials, No. 2, .Votoryctes typhlops,’’ by Professor
Woop Jones, D.Sc., F.Z.S.; ‘‘Australian Coleoptera of the
Family Malacodermidae,’’ by A. M. Lea, F.ES.
ExuiBits.—Professor Howcuin drew attention to the
variation in the present outline of the Morialta Fall from that
shown in the coloured illustration of the same (then known as
Glen Stuart) in George French Angas’ book published in
1845, proving that there had been a slight recession in the
falls since that date. Mr. Epwin Asupy exhibited some
specimens of great historic interest, shells collected by the
famous naturalists, Péron and Lesueur, of the ship ‘“‘Le
Géographe,’’ under the command of Capt. Nicholas Baudin,
who, in 1802, sailing round from eastern Australia, met Capt.
Flinders in the ‘‘Investigator.”’ The naturalists made some
very valuable collections at the various places visited, especi-
ally at King Island, in Bass Strait. The specimens shown by
Mr. Ashby are some of those collected while Baudin lay off
King Island, and which, on the arrival of the explorers in
Paris, were named by the famous French savant, De Blain-
ville, in 1825. The name he gave to them was that of Chiton
lineolatus. It is a rather interesting coincidence that the
final recognition of De Blainville’s shell Chiton, now /schno-
chiton lineolatus, was only established by one of Mr. Ashby’s
papers published in the Royal Society’s Transactions of last
year. This result was made possible through information
supplied by a Belgian specialist in this group of mollusca
named Commandant Paul Dupius. In August last year, after
a long silence due to grave illness, Mr. Ashby received a letter
from him in which he says, “‘I shall have no time again to
study further my Polyplacophora. The Museum offered to
me £100 to get my collection (less than it has cost me), but
I do not like to put my collection where nobody will do any
work about it. I prefer to give the whole lot to somebody
interested with the matter, so I decided to send you my
collection parcel by parcel.’’ He then mentions some of the
very valuable types and cotypes the collection contains, and
287
concludes with the words, ‘‘No need to thank me at all;
the whole pleasure I feel in sending my collection to the best
man able to possess it is quite enough.’’ Three parcels have
already been received containing much valuable material, and
these are to be followed by others from time to time. One
of the shells shown still has the words ‘‘Ile King”’ written on
the inside of the shell, no doubt in the handwriting of one or
other of the famous naturalists Péron and Lesueur, adding
thereby special interest to that particular specimen. Mr.
Ashby also showed Choriplax grayi, H. Adams and Angas,
1864. The specimen shown had been found by a Mr. George
Pattison near Cape Banks Lighthouse, who sent it to Dr. W.
G. Torr, by whom it was placed in Mr. Ashby’s hands for
description. Professor OsBorn showed a rust fungus ( Vromy-
cladium tepperianum) on various Acacias, with U. simplex
for comparison; also downy mildew on vines (Plasmopora
viticola), a pest recently appearing in South Australia, which
could only be controlled by spraying. Professor CLELAND
showed a large mass of “‘spinifex’’ (7riodia, sp.) gum from
the Roebourne district, north-western Australia. This is
- used by the natives for fixing barbs on their spears. Also fresh
specimens and a water-colour sketch by Miss Fiveash of the
stone-making fungus, Polyporus basilapiloides, McAlp. and
Tepper, for which they proposed the generic name Lacco-
cephalum. The fungus belongs to the section ovenus of. Poly-
porus. It proves to be developed from a deep-buried heavy
true sclerotium, on top of which a false sclerotium appears
which has hitherto been the part found by collectors. The
cap is coloured brown. It is not always reticulated. Also
specimens of some rare or unusual puff-balls from Monarto
South, viz., Secotium melanospermum, Berk., the first finding
since Drummond discovered the species in Western Australia
over seventy years ago; Phellorina strobilina, only found twice
before; a large Tylostoma; and Battarea phalloides, var.
Stevennu. These fungi would be further discussed in a later
paper. Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited two drawers of insects from
the very fine and extensive collection recently given to the
South Australian Museum by Mr. William White, of Fulham ;
many of the showy moths and grasshoppers, although taken
_ fifty years ago, preserved their natural colours, but some-
times trimmed and stiffened by pasting strip of paper on
underside of wings, and sometimes painted natural colour.
OrpinARY MEETING, JULY 14, 1921.
. Tue Presipent (Sir Joseph C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.)
in the chair.
288
THE PRESIDEN’ reported that the resolution, re Morialta
Reserve, passed at the last meeting, had been presented to
the Hon. Minister of Education, and that the deputation had
received a favourable reply. He also reported the death of
our Fellow, the Rev. D. T. Whalley.
National Parks, erc.—A letter was received from the
Naturalists’ Section and the Fauna and Flora Protection
Committee, 7¢ proposed public meeting to urge the reservation
of large areas for our native Fauna and Flora, and asking for
the appointment of two delegates to a committee to make
arrangements for same. Messrs. Edwin Ashby (Vice-President)
and Walter Rutt (Hon. Secretary) were appointed.
Paper.—-‘‘The Rediscovery of Choriplax gray, etc.,”’ by
Epwin Asusy, F.L.S., M.B.O.U.
Exuisirs.—Mr. Epwin Asupy exhibited fossil Loricella
sculpta, Ashby, from Table Cape, Tasmania. Five species
of Western Australian parrots, viz., Barnardius semitor-
quatus, Quoy. aud Gaim., from Elleusbrook, in the south-west
of the State, and from 20 miles west of Moora; B. zonarius
connectens, Mat., from Moora, and from Watheroo; Platy-
cercus icterotis, Kuhl., from Ellensbrook; Purpureicephalus
pileatus, Vig., from Ellensbrook ; l’sephotus multicolor, Kuhl.,
from Watheroo. Professor J. B. CiELanp exhibited water-
colour drawings of two curious fungi—the beef-steak fungus
recently introduced from Europe, and a fruiting portion of
native bread. Dr. C. Fenner (for Dr. Johnson) exhibited
sections of recent borings in Adelaide streets; fossil-bearing
limestones from various localities; igneous rocks from
Houghton; and belemnites from Central Austraha. Mr. A.
M. Lea exhibited three Cypress Lambertiana trees that had
been killed by jewel beetles (Diadoxus scalaris). The beetles
lay their eggs on the trees near the ground and the larvae
practically Tingbark the tree and many of the roots, usually
killing the trees and causing unsightly gaps in hedges. Mr.
A. G. Epqvisr exhibited specimens of a mistletoe, Loranthus
erocarpus, found growing on the oleander,- olive, and
Pseudacacia, but not showing any tendency to simulate the
foliage of the hosts. Mr. Kerra Asasy showed curious apple-
like growths found when pruning apple trees, and believed to
be produced without flowers.
OrpInARY Meretine, Aucust 11, 1921.
THE PRESIDENT (Sir Joseph C...Verco, M:D., B.G.8e
in the chair.
THE PRESIDENT reported that the Council had agreed to
support three lectures by Dr. Richard Berry, Professor of
239
Anatomy in the University ot Melbourne, to be given in Ade-
laide on September 2, 5, and 6, on ‘‘Child Welfare from the
standpoint of Science, and its bearing upon National
Efficiency.”’
THE PRESIDENT reported that, on the saitanbinn of the
Field Naturalists’ Section, a public meeting would be held
under the auspices of fifteen Societies iibetestiod, on August 18,
to demonstrate the strong public opinion that exists in favour
of more active and sympathetic steps being taken to set aside
further areas of national reserves, and to support those already
proclaimed for the preservation of the native Fauna and Flora.
In connection with this subject, Mr. A. H. Eston
pei to an article in ‘ The Scientific Australian,’’ for July,
n ‘‘Australian Fauna.’
A letter was received from the Anishealesited Association
for the Advancement of Science, enclosing resolutions re a
‘Co-ordinated Investigation into Land and Freshwater Flora
and Fauna of Australia and Tasmania.
Paprers.—‘“‘Australian Coleoptera, Part 2,’’ by ALBERT
H. Eston, F.E.S.; ‘‘The Craters and Lakes of Mount Gam-
bier,’ by Caarites Fenner, D.Sc., F.G.S.
Exuisits.—Professor Howcuin exhibited scoriaceous lava
from the sea coast at Streaky Bay. Mr. A. M. Lea showed a
collection of insects recently made by Dr. A. M. Morgan in
north-western Australia, imcluding several new to science.
Sir DovucLas Mawson showed a relief model of the Adelaide
Ranges, indicating a suggested route for a railway from Ade-
laide to near Tailem Bend. Capt. S. A. Waite exhibited
two species of Xylometum (Wonder, or Native Pear), viz.,
X. oecidentalis, from Western Australia, growing to a height
of 25 ft.; and X. pyriformis, from Queensland, growing to a
height of 20 or 30 it. Also seeds of Macrozamia Douglassi,
from Queensland, and of J/. Fraseri, from Western Australia. ;
Casuarina torulosa, destroyed by Black Cockatoos, from
Fraser Island, Queensland: J/elaleuca Maideni, Borona
pennata, and B. ledifolia. Also the following birds: —
Faleunculus frontatus (Yellow-bellied Shrike-Tit) and
Myzomela sanguineolenta (Sanguineous Honey-eater), and
coloured plates of birds and their eggs in connection with
Cayley’s “Birds of Australia” shortly to be published.
OrpINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 8, 1921.
THE PresiIpENT (Sir Joseph C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.)
in the chair.
Tue Presipent referred to the death, since last meeting,
of two Ex-Fellows—Mr. A. H. C. Zietz, who was an active
Fellow for 25 years, a notice of whose work appears upon
290
another page; and Mr. G. G. Mayo, a Fellow for 46 years,
of whose connection with the Society a notice appeared on
page 379 of Volume XLIV. of our Transactions. He also
congratulated Dr. Edward Angas Johnson on his election as a
Fellow of the Royal Sanitary Institute of London.
Papers.—‘‘On the Occurrence of Aboriginal Stone Imple-
ments of Unusual Types in the Tableland Regions of Central
Australia’; and ‘‘Notes on the Methods adopted by the
Aborigines of Australia in the Making of Stone Implements,
based: on Actual Observation,’ both by Professor WaLtTEeR
Howcain, F.G:S.
Exuisirs.—Mr. L. Keita Warp showed flint chippings.
from Wilson Bluff, in the south-west corner of South Aus-
tralia, near Eucla, and from Sponge Cove, at the head of the
Bight, in both cases found on the top of the cliff. Capt. 8S.
A. WuritE showed specimens of the Red Cedar Twig Borer
(Hypsepsyla robusta) and twigs of Cedrela, var. Aus-
tralis, from the Queensland forests, showing the destruc-
tive work of the insect; also two species of freshwater shells
from Lake Frome; small flies, which cluster in dense masses ;
and specimens of the wood, polished and unpolished, of the
Oak (Tarretia argyrodendron and T. actinophylla). Mr. A.
M. Lea exhibited a new flea-beetle (Mordellistena) parasitic
on white ants at Townsville, and some small objects, resembling
insects’ eggs, but which proved to be a deposit of lime particles, .
found adhering to a fowl’s egg. Dr. Ancas Jounson showed
gastroliths from a yabbie; ambergris from Port MacDonnell ;
and She Pine, native damsons (Podocarpus elata), from
Queensland, showing the expanded front stem.
AnnuaL MEETING, OcToperR 13, 1921.
THE PRESIDENT (Sir Joseph C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.)
in the chair.
THE PRESIDENT welcomed as a visitor Sir Edgeworth
David, Professor of Geology in the University of Sydney.
He also referred to the death of Mr. W. L. Ware, a Fellow
of the Society since 1878 and Hon. Auditor since 1910.
Tue British Science Guitp (S.A. Branch) forwarded a
letter referring to the series of Natural History Handbooks
to be issued under its auspices, and soliciting subscriptions
towards the cost of illustrating the same. The authors’ ser-
vices were being given gratuitously, and the Government had
agreed to print and issue the books.
Nominations.—The following were nominated as Fellows:
—Owen M. Moulden, M.B., B.Sc., Dr. Melville Birks,
Professor T. Harvey Johnston, M.A., D.Sc., and Oscar W.
Tiegs, M.Sc.
291
The Annual Report and Financial Statement were read
and adopted. .
ELECTION OF PRESIDENT.—Sir Joseph C. Verco having
declined re-nomination, R. S. Rogers, .M.A., M.D, was
elected, and took the chair.
The following resolution was carried upon the motion of
Professor Howcuin, seconded by Mr. Watrer Rurt : —‘‘This
meeting places on record its high appreciation of the services
of Sir Joseph C. Verco as President of this Society during
the past 18 years. He has seldom been absent from his duties
in the chair, which he has filled with marked ability. His
devotion to the interests of the Society has been unremitting,
and by his personal monetary contributions, as well as by
donations secured through his agency, the financial position of
the Society has been greatly advanced. We trust that the
Society may long enjoy the privilege of Sir Joseph’s
fellowship.”’
ELecTion oF Orricers.—The following were elected for
1921-22 :—Vice-Presidents, Sir Joseph C. Verco and Dr.
Pulleine; Hon. Treasurer, B. S. Roach; Members of Council,
Professors Howchin, Wood Jones, and Cleland and Capt.
White; Hon. Auditors, W. C. Hackett and H. Whitbread ;
Representative on the Board of Governors of the S.A. Library,
etc., Professor Howchin.
Papers.—‘‘Notes on the Geology of the Moorlands (South
Australia) Brown Coal Deposits,’ by A. C. Broucuton; ‘‘The
Status of the Dingo,’’ by Professor F. Woop Jones; ‘‘The
Wing-venation of the Leptoperlidae (Order Perlaria) with
description of a New Species of the genus Dinotoperla from
Australia,’ by R. J. Trrtyarp, D.Sc. (communicated through
A. M. Lea, F.E.S.); ‘‘Onchocerciasis of Queensland Cattle,’’
by Professor T. Harvey Jonnston, M.A., D.Sc. (communi-
cated through Professor Cleland, M.D.); ‘‘Notes on the
Gynostemium of Diurts and the Pollinary Mechanism of
Phajus,’’ by R. S. Rocrers, M.D.
ANNUAL REPORT, 1920-21.
The Hon. Treasurer (Mr. W. B. Poole), in November,
resigned his office through failing health, and Mr. B. S.
Roach was appointed in his stead.
The Transactions this year include papers on a variety
of subjects, Professor Walter Howchin, Dr. Charles Fenner,
292
Mr. A. C. Broughton, and Mr. C. E. Tilley dealing with
geological; Professor Wood Jones, Professor Harvey Johnston,
Mr. A. M. Lea, Mr. A. H. Elston, Mr. Ashby, and Dr.
Tillyard with zoological; Dr. Rogers and Mr. J. M. Black.
with botanical; and Professor Howchin and Dr. Pulleine with
ethnological subjects.
The exhibits at evening meetings have been numerous and
interesting.
Reference was made in the last Annual Report to the
need for additional shelving, the request for which was laid
before the Government by the Board of Governors of the
Public Library, etc. ; but, so far, no result has followed.
The index to our publications for 1901-1920 is now com-
plete and in the hands of the printers. The cost of printing
and issuing the same will be a serious item in next year’s
expenditure.
Two grants in aid of research have been made during the
-year—one, to Mr. F. R. Marston, for research into the possi-
bility of obtaining from azine precipitate samples of the pure
proteolytic enzymes; and one to Professor Wood Jones, for
research into the Fauna and Flora of Nuyt Archipelago.
Mr. Marston’s work was delayed by the miscarriage of some
apparatus, ordered from London, by the University, but he
hopes to be able to report fully before the close of the summer
vacation. Professor Wood Jones’ reseaches have been in pro-
gress, and he hopes to obtain considerable new material dur-
ing the forthcoming vacation. :
The Public Library having established an Archives
Department for the preservation and cataloguing of documents
relating to the history of the State, the Council has deposited
therein documents dealing with the early history of this
Society, and of its connection with the Public Library,
Museum, and Art Gallery of South Australia.
The International Catalogue of Scientific Literature was,
for some years, financed by the Royal Society of London ;
but as the burden became too heavy an appeal was made to
other scientific bodies, including our Society, to assist in
defraying the cost. This appeal having met with a poor
response, the publication of the catalogue will prebably not be
resumed, which would be a serious loss to the scientific world.
The Society has given its support to various propaganda
of a scientific nature. A deputation from the Society waited
upon the Government to urge that the planting of the
Morialta Pleasure Resort be kept typically Australian by the
exclusion of exotic trees and shrubs. It was also represented
at a public meeting, held in the Town Hall, under the chair-
manship of His Excellency the Governor, to advocate the
293
establishment of larger reserves for native Fauna and Flora.
It was also one of the Societies which arranged for the
delivery, by Professor R. J. A. Berry, of Melbourne, of three
lectures upon “‘Child Welfare from the standpoint of Science,
and its bearing upon National Efficiency.’’ At the conclu-
sion of these lectures a resolution was carried that, ‘‘In the
opinion of this meeting it is essential that effective measures
be taken in the immediate future for the investigation, study,
and solution of the problem associated with the mental status
and development of the children of South Australia.’’ The
provisional committee appointed to carry this resolution into
effect, including five Fellows of this Society, appointed a sub-
committee to consider an effective plan of action, and to
report to the full committee. It is hoped that the result of
such action will be the growth of a sounder public opinion
upon these subjects.
The present membership of the Society comprises 9 Hon-
orary Fellows, 4 Corresponding Members, 81 Fellows, .and
1 Associate.
Jos. C. Verco, President.
Water Rutt, Hon. Secretary.
September 30, 1921.
OT SI 969
9 € 90I
8 &§1 S8%
t~O%
- oD
oo)
nN
GIS
ore
$.4071pn YP “U0 H
‘dVaudLIH AY CUVMOF
‘LLAMOVAH NOTAWVHO “A
— 001109 oq 0} Puno} pue pezyIpny
0 o “Le 15
puey ur yseg
visepeagsny jo yurg
‘VS Jo yuRg ssurarg
—IZ6L ‘OG Jtequieqydeg sourjeg *
UdB1NG
BUISTZAIAPYW 2
, Sl eouvinsuy ah ttle 0 21 O0t puny juew
ATOUOIZRYG ‘esvysog ‘SurzuLrg -MOpuny WOdf pottofsuety 4setequy ‘
SuIgYysIT puev sururesy oa ogee a qsaleyzuy yUuVg ssuiarg
Sel pans 019 0 pemoye UNodsIG
- 69 & SUOTPBOTIGN JO s[Vg
Sutxepuy ei ee as SatZoTIOG 1ey40
Bummss~ pue “SuLaivo £q wooy jo asn Joy sydreooy
-ay «| ‘Surnsoreyeg = ‘uelreaqry P €1 Ge ——
—Areiquy “ 0 0 OST SUOIZVBIYSEAUT OYTZUEIOG
pue syiodey Sunulig 104
dALOSeY BIOL pue syieg ’ €L az : SUOTIAIIOSqGNgG UO
SUOTFVSTYSIAUT OYIPUBTOG —USWIUIEAOY) UOT} SqUv.1y
UOTJDIG $ SISTPVINIVN PP © LL ZI
—spuepy * € 91 28 WOTZPOSG S}STPRANGVN PLE
0. SL 6 ae “s Agoeroog [eAoYy
. oursidnd —suordriosqng
UI4ZB1YSNIT] aa ;
eencee 8 0 209 OBL ‘T 1040999 eouRleEg
‘(C&LV dOdHOOND
alu aleee 44
oe Ge ip 7
1Z-OG6I dour aU OLIGNGAX GNVY dZONGADY
VIIVULSOV HLOAOS FO ALAIOOS
OL
‘IZ6T ‘T 10q0990 “eprefepy
; : ‘aqvaudLIn \ TUVMOP{
eee ee ‘LIGMOVET NOIAWVHD “AV
‘LIINS DIAL T ‘U0 ‘“HOVOY 'S —]001109 punoj pues peyI pny
OL 81 F00'rF OL 8L 00'S
0 ZL O9L ZULODOY INUAIY 0} potsofsuBsy ysoteqyuy ‘
019 WeE——
aed” Meta dis PUNODOY, yueg sdutarg ‘‘
OG 0 00e.- -. red: qe ‘%9 ‘y0019 peqt.tos
“UJ quoWUTeADH “W'S ONRF ‘
0 0 Ogg ‘ Ied qe ‘%%G ‘yo0Ig peqt.tos
“UT queTIUIeAOH “Y'S) QGORF “ 0 ZL ol —-- .
3 eam eae “s %G 3909S Poqtaos | Toa a | eee qseroquy yueg SSULARS
“ut quemUIeA0H “W'S OOTF “ @°-8° OOT. 3+ oe a aes =
6 8 G6Z “° 4800 48 YOoIG KE poxeptjos qUeWIUIOAOX) UO PaAIOI 489.10] U]
=BO(), -VUSUTIALO” “¥-"s ooss ‘‘ | OL 9 FHPe‘E—-—— ir
0 OL 266°T"’ Hee Ye 7 6 OF “ pewoeeper YooIg uo 4unoosiq
yooyg quewuUAIeAOH “V's 000'SF AAI oT 2067'S use aourleg Of,
‘Og tTequiezdeag—TZ6I "LT 10949990—0Z6I
ees ae ila ee eee ee af
['POL ‘SO PPREF “IvaIIavO)
‘GNONaA LNAWNMOGNG
296
DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1921.
TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, ETC.,
presented by the respective governments, societies, and
editors.
AUSTRALIA.
AUSTRALASIAN INSTITUTE OF MINING ENGINEERS. Proc.,
no. 38-40. Melb. 1920-21.
Australia. Bureau of Census and Statistres. Official year-
book, no 13. Melb 1920.
——- Bureau of Meteorology. Rain-map, 1919-20.
——— Institute of Science and Industry. Bull. 17, 19-21.
Science and Industry, v. 2, no. 9-12. Melb.
AUSTRALIAN INSTITUTE OF TROPICAL MEDICINE. Report, 1917-
19. Townsville. 1918-20.
NorTHERN TERRITORY. Report of Administrator, 1920.
SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Pusiic Liprary, Museum, AND ART GALLERY OF’S.A. Records
of S.A. Museum, v. 1, no. 4; 2, nu. 1.
Report, 1919-20. Adel. 1920.
RoyaL GEoGRAPHICAL SociETY OF AUSTRALASIA (S.A.
Branew). Proc., v. 20. Adel. 1921.
Souta AustTratia. Dept. of Mines. Review of mining opera-
tions in 8:A., no. 32-33. Adel.. 1920-21.
‘ Sourn AUSTRALIAN Naturatist, v. 2. Adel. 1920-21.
Woods and Forests Dept. Report, 1919-20.
SoutoH AUSTRALIAN NATURALIST, v. 2, Adel. 1920-21.
SoutH AUSTRALIAN ORNITHOLOGIST, v. 5, pt. 4; 6, pt. 1-3.
NEW SOUTH WALES.
AUSTRALIAN Museum. Records, v. 12, no. 13; 13, no. 3-4.
LInNEAN Society oF N.S.W. Proc., v. 45, pt. 3-4; 46, pt.
1-2; and abstracts. Syd. 1920-21.
Maipen, J. H. Critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus,
pt. 43-48. Syd. 1920-21.
Forest flora of N.S.W., v. 7, pt. 6-7.
New Soutu Wates. Board of Fisheries. Report, 1919.
Botanic Gardens. Report, 1919. Syd.
Dept. of Agriculture. Agricultural gazette of N.S.W.,
v. 31, pt. 10-12; 32, pt. 1-9. Syd. 1920-21.
Science bull., no. 18, 20. Syd. 1921.
297
New Sourn Wares. Dept. of Public Health. Report, 1919.
Syd. 1920.
Geological Survey. Records, v. 9, pt. 2-4.
Roya Society or N.S.W. Journ., v. 53. Syd. 1919.
SypnEyY UNIvERSITy. Calendar, 1920-21.
Science papers, 1916-20, A, Bl, B2.
QUEENSLAND.
QUEENSLAND. Vept. of Agriculture. Agricultural journal, v.
14, pt. 4, tov. 16, pt. 3. Brisb. 1920-21.
Geological Survey. Publication, no. 269. 1921.
QUEENSLAND Museum. Mem., v. 7, pt. 2. Brisb. 1921.
QUEENSLAND UNIVERSITY. Collected papers, v. 1.
Royat SociETY OF QUEENSLAND, Proc., v. 32, 1920. Brisb.
TASMANIA.
Royau Society or Tasmanra. Proc., 1920. Hobart.
TasMANntIA. Dept. of Mines. Underground water-supply
paper, no. 1. Hobart. 1921.
—— Geological Survey. Bull. 31-52. Hobart. 1921.
VICTORIA.
Roya GEOGRAPHICAL Society OF AUSTRALIA (VICTORIAN
Pry peourn., v. 5-4; 5, pt. 1; 7, pt. 1; 33, pt. 2; 34.
Melb. 1885-1918.
Roya Society oF Victoria. Proc., v. 33. Melb. 1921.
ScrENTIFIC AUSTRALIAN, v. 27, no. 1-6. Melb. 1921.
Victoria. Geological Survey. Bull., no. 43. 1920.
Records, v. 4, pt. 2. Melb.
VicToRIAN NATURALIST, v. 37, no. 6, to v. 38, no. 5. Melb.
- WESTERN AUSTRALIA.
Roya Society or W.A. Journ., v. 6, pt. 2. Perth. 1921.
WESTERN AvsTRALIA. Geological Survey. Bull. 78-83.
ENGLAND.
British Museum (Naturat History). Catalogue of the
Lepidoptera, Phalenz, suppl. v. 2, and plates.
Economic ser., no. lA, 11. Lond. 1920.
Summary guide to galleries. 1920.
CAMBRIDGE PHILOSOPHICAL SociEry. Proc. v. 20, pt. 1-3.
frans., v. 22, no. 22. Camb. 1920.
CAMBRIDGE University. Solar Physics Observatory. Annals,
v. 4, pt. 1. Camb. 1920.
ConcHoLocicaL Society. Journ., v. 1-6; 16, no. 5-6. 1874-
1921.
EntTomotocicaL Society. Trans., 1920, pt. 3-5. Lond.
_ 298
GEoLocicaL Society. Geological literature, 1913. Lond.
Quarterly journ., v. 76; 77, pt. 1. 1920-21.
ImpERIAL BurEat or Enromotocy. Review of applied
entomology, ser. A and B, v. 8, pt. 8-12; 9, pt. 1-7.
ImpertaL InsTituTE. Bull., v. 18. Lond. 1920-21.
Linnean Society. Journ., botany, no. 302. 1920.
Journ., zoology, no. 228-9. 1920-21.
——— List and proc., 1919-20. Lond.
-_—-— Trans., zoology, v. 17, pt. 4. Lond. 1921.
LIVERPOOL BroLtocicaL Soctgety. Trans., v. 34. 1920.
MANCHESTER LITERARY AND PHILOSOPHICAL Society. Mem. -
and proc., v. 63; 64, pt. 1. 1920-21.
NatTionaL PuysicaL LaBoraTtory. Collected researches, v.
14-15.
Reports, 1918-20. Lond. 1920-21.
NortH oF ENGLAND INSTITUTE OF . MINING ENGINEERS.
Trans., v. 64; 70, pt. 3-6; 71, pt. 1-3. Newce.
Royat Botanic GARDENS, Kew. Bull., 1920; and Index, 1887-
1918: .. Lond: ~ 1920:
RoyaL Cotoniau Institute. United Empire, v. 11, no. 9-12;
12, no. 1-8.. Lond. 1920-21.
RoyaL GEOGRAPHICAL Society. Journ., v. 56, no. 4-6; 57;
58, no. 1-2; Suppl. no. 8. Lond. 1920-21.
Royat Microscopicau Society. Journ., 1920; 1921, pt. 1-2.
Roya Society. Proc., A599, 688-700; B641-6.
Year-book, 1921. Lond.
SCOTLAND.
GroLocicaL Society or Giascow. Trans., v. 16, pt. 3.
Royat Puysicat Society. Proc., v. 20, pt. 5. Edin. 1921.
Roya Society or EpinsurGH. Proc., v. 41, pt. 1. 1921.
IRELAND.
Royat Dusuin Society. Economic proc., v. 2, no. 15.
——— Scientific proc., v. 15, no. 49; 16, no. 1-13. 1920.
AUSTRIA.
AKADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN. Anz., 1895-1902, 1912-19.
Berichte der Kommission fiir Ozeanographische Foreolg
ungen, 6-12. Wien. 1898-1918.
Sitzungsb., Bd. 129, H. 1-6. Wien. 1920.
GEOLOGISCHE SraAATSANSTALT. Verh., 1920. Wien.
NATURHISTORISCHEN HormusrEums. Ann., Bd. 33. Wien.
BELGIUM.
AcCADEMIE RoyALE DE BEncique. Ann., 1910-21. °
Fondations académiques. Brux. /
299
ACADEMIE RoyaLE DE BELGIQUE. Notices biographiques et
bibliographiques.
Classe des Sciences. Bull., 1911-19; 1920, no. 1-12;
1921, no. 1-3. Index, 1899-1914.
een. in 4°, 9. °2, t. 1,3; 4, 4..1-5.- 9904-2).
Weems in 8°, 5. 2, t. 1-536, £. 1-3. 1904-21.
MusEE Royat D’ HIstorRE NATURELLE. Mem., t. 8, f. 3.
OBSERVATOIRE Royal. DE BELGIQUE. Annuaire, 1921.
Annales astronomiques, t. 14, f. 3. Brux.
SociETE Royale DE Botanique. Bull.,t. 53, no. 2. Brux.
SocrETEeE RoyALeE ZOOLOGIQUE ET MALACOLOGIQUE. Ann. t. 50.
BRAZIL.
Instituto OswaLpo Cruz. Mem., t. 12, fasc. 1. 1920.
Museu Pautista. Revista, t. 11. S. Paulo. 1919.
OBSERVATORIO NACIONAL DO RIo DE JANEIRO. Anno 37.
CANADA.
Canada. Geological Survey. Mem. 118-123. Ottawa.
Museum bull. 31; and various publications.
—— Mines. Bull. 32; and various publications.
Munition Resources Commission. Final report.
CaNADIAN INsTiITUTE. Trans., v. 13, pt. 1. Ottawa. 1921.
Roya Society oF Canapa. Proc., v. 14, 1920. Ottawa.
CEYLON.
CoLtomspo Museum. Mem., ser. A, no. 1. 1914.
Spolia Zeylanica, v. 2-7; 11, pt. 43-44.
CHINA.
Royat Asiatic Society, NortH-CHINA BrancH. Journ., v.
51: Shanghai. 1920.
DENMARK.
Dansk NATURHISTORISK FORENING. Vid.-med., Bd. 71.
KoBENHAVN UNIVERSITETES .ZOOLOGISKE MusrEum. Bull.
13-18.
FRANCE.
SociETE DES ScIENCES NATURELLES DE L’ OUEST DE FRANCE.
Bull., t. 5. Nantes. 1915-19.
SociETé ENTOMOLOGIQUE DE France. Aunn., v. 89, pt. 2.
fal. 1920, no. 13-18, 21; 1921) no. 3-12...’ Par:
Société GEOLOGIQUE ET MINERALOGIQUE DE BRETAGNE. Bull.,
t. 1, fase. 1-2. Rennes. 1920.
Soct£TE LiNNEENNE DE BorpeEaux. Actes, v. 60-70. 1905-18.
SociETE LINNEENNE DE NORMANDIE. Bull., ser. 6, v. 10;
ser. 7, v. 1-2. Caen. 1919-20.
300
GERMANY.
Brer Liner GESELLSCHAFT FUR ANTHROPOLOGIE. Zeits., 1920-
21, FH. 1-3." Berl,' 193F.
Freppr, F. Repertorium, Bd. 16, no. 25-30; 17, no. 1-12.
GESELLSCHAFT DER WISSENSCHAFTEN ZU GOTTINGEN. Nach.:
Gesch. Mitteil., 1912, H. 1; 1920; Math.-Phys. Klasse,
1919, Hi) '2;:1990 5 4071" ta 4
GESELLSCHAFT FUR ERDKUNDE. Verh., Bd. 17; 20, no. 8-9;
28, no. 7-9. Berl. 1890-1901.
Zeits., 1893, no. 4; 1901, no. 3-4; 1908, no. 1; 1910,
no. 1;.1914, no. 10; 1915-20; 1921, no. 1.
NASSAUISCHEN VEREIN FUR NaTURKUNDE. Jahrg. 72. Wiesb. -
NATURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT ZU FREIBURG. Berichte,
Bd. 22; Ea; 2a, 2. eel one:
NATURHISTORISCHE Museum, Hamsurc. Mitteil., Jahrg. 31-
37. 1914-20.
OBERHESSISCHE GESELLSCHAFT FUR £NatTuR.-U.-HEILK.
Berichte, Bd. 6-7. Med. Abt., Bd. 9-12. Giessen. .
Puys.-Mep. GESELLSCHAFT zU Wtrzpure. Sitz., 1914-19.
HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.
Bernice Pauanui BisHop Museum. Mem., v. 6, no. 3.
Occasional papers, v. 5, no. 5; 6, no. 5. Honolulu.
HOLLAND.
Muster Tyiter. Archives, ser. 3, v. 4. Haarlem. 1919.
HUNGARY.
Museum Nationatis. Ann., v. 15-16. Budapest. 1917-18.
INDIA.
Bett, C. A. English-Tibetan colloquial dictionary.
Grammar of colloquial Tibetan. Cale. 1919.
Inpia. Board of Scientific Advice. Report, 1919-20. Cale.
Dept. of Agriculture. Bacteriological mem., v. 1, no.
—— Botanical mem., v. 10, no. 6; 11, no. 1-3.
Chemical mem., v. 5, no 7-10; 6, no. 3. Cale.
——— Hntom, mem,,\v. 6, no; 1-9; 7, no. 3. 1920-21.
——— Report of 3rd Entomological Meeting, 1919.
Review of agricultural operations, 1919-20.
Geological Survey. Mem., v. 40, pt. 3; 44, pt. 1; 46,
pt. 1. Cale.~ "1920-20,
Prof. paper, no. 18-19. Dehra Dun. 1921.
Records, v. 51, pt. 2, to 53, pt. 1. Cale.
Pusa Agricultural Institute. Report, 1919-20.
TT
301
Inpia. Zoological Survey. Report, 1917-20. Cale.
InpIAN Musrtum. Mem., v. 5, no. 7-8. Cale. 1920-21.
Records, v. 18, pt. 4-5; 19, pt. 3-5; 22, pt. 1.
Mapras. Fisheries Dept. Report, no. 2-4. 1920-21.
Royat Asiatic Society, Bompay Br. Jour., v. 25, no. 2.
ITALY.
LABORATORIO DI ZooLoGia GENERALE E AGraria. Bolletino,.
Woaeee. Portici. 1916-20.
Monografia delle Cocciniglie Italiane.
MALPIGHIA, anno 28, f. 9-12. Catania. 1919-20.
SocreTA Entomotocica [rauiana. Bull. 51. Firenze.
SocietaA ITALIANA DI Scienze Naturati. Atti, v. 59, f. 2-4;
foes Malan. 1920-21.
Beemer od, £2. 1920.
SocrETA Toscana Di SciENzE Naturati. Mem., v. 33. 1921.
Processi verbali, v. 28, no. 45; 29. Pisa. 1919-20.
JAPAN.
Formosa. Bureau of Productive Industries. Icones of the
plants of Formosa, v. 10. Taihoku. 1921.
JAPAN. Imperial FKarthquake Investigation Committee.
Ball v.9,no.3. Tokyo. 1921.
Kyoto ImpertaL University. College of Science. Mem.,
v. 3, no. 11; 4, no. 1-6. Kyoto. 1919-20.
ToHoku IMPERIAL UNIveERSITY. Science reports, Ist s., v. 9,.
no. 4-6, 10, no. 1-2; 2nd s., v. 5, no. 3-4; 3rd s., v. 1
no. 1. Sendai. 1920-21.
Technology reports, v. 1, no. 3-4; 2, no. 1.
ToHoKU MATHEMATICAL JOURNAL, v. 18; 19, no. 1-2.
Toxyo Impertat University. Calendar 1920-21.
d-
JAVA.
NATUURKUNDIGE VEREENIGING IN NEDERL.-INDIE. Het Idjen-
Hoogland, Afi. 1-2.
Tijdschrift, Deel 80. Weltevreden. 1920.
NeEDERL. Oost-InDié Mynwezen. Jaarb., 1918, pt. 1.
MADAGASCAR.
AcapemMig Matcacnue. Bull., ns., t. 2. Tananarive. 1915.
MEXICO.
Instituto GrEoLocico pE Mexico. Anales, no. 9. 1920.
Socrepap Crentirica ““Anronto AuzaTE.’’ Mem., t. 35, no.
3-4; 37, no. 3-12; 38, no. 9-12. Mexico. 1920-21.
302
NEW ZEALAND.
AUCKLAND INSTITUTE AND MusEum. Report, 1920-21.
New Zeavanp. Board of Science and Art. N.Z. journal of
science and technology, v. 3, no. 3-6; 4, no. 1-4.
1920-21.
- Dept. of Mmes. Palaeontological bull., no. 8.
Dominion Laboratory. Report 53. Well. 1920.
- Geological Survey. Annual report, no. 14.
Bull.; no 21. Well. 1920.
New ZEALAND InstTITuTE. Trans., v. 52. Well. 1920.
NORWAY.
BERGENS Museums. Aarsberetning, 1918-19.
Aarbog, 1917-18, H. 2; 1918-19, H. 1-3.
K. Norske VIDENSKABERS SELSKABS. Vegetation of the
Siberian-Mongolian Frontiers. Trondhjem.
NORWEGISCHE METEOROLOGISCHE INsTITUTS. Jahrb., 1915-18.
PERU.
‘CUERPO DE INGENJEROS DE Minas. Bull. 96-100. Lima.
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, v. 16, no. 5, to 18, no. 5.
SPAIN.
JUNTA DE CIENCES NATURALS DE BARCELONA. Any. 3.
—-—— Treballs del Museu, v. 2, no. 2; 3; no: 2-3; 4, no.ee
5, no. 25%, no.4 +3) ne. Lo 19i ae:
REAL ACADEMIA DE CIENCIAS y ARTES. Bull. 4, no. 1-4.
Mem., v. 15, no. 19; 16, no. 1-5. Barcelona. 1920.
STRAITS SETTLEMENTS
Royvat Asiatic Society, Straits Branew. Journ., no. 51
(Index 1-50); 81; 83. Singapore. 1909-20.
SWEDEN.
ENTOMOLOGISKA FORENINGEN I StockHotm. Tidsk., arg. 41.
‘GEOLOGTISKA FORENINGEN 1t StTocKkHoLm. Forhandl., v. 42,
pt. 5-7; 43, pt. 1-4; Index to v. 32-41. 1920-21.
K. VirrErRHETS HISTORIE ocH ANTIKVITETES AKADEMIEN.
Fornvannen, 1915, 1917. Stockholm.
— Tidsk., v. 21, pt. 4. 1920.
Recia Soctetas ScrENTIARUM UpsaLiENsis. Nova acta, ser.
4, v. 4, f. 1-2. Upsala. 1914-17.
StTockHotms Hocsxoias. 5 pamphlets.
303
SWITZERLAND.
Groc.-ETHNoG. GESELLSCHAFT IN Ziinicu. Jahr., 1919-20.
Institut Nationat GENEvois. Bull., t. 41-43. 1914-19.
NATURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT IN Ziinicu. Viert., 1920.
SocifetE DE PuHySsIQuE ET D’ HistotreE NatrurELLE. Comte
rendu, v. 37, no. 3; 38, no. 1. 1920-21. )
Mém., v. 39, fasc. 5. Geneva. 1920.
SocrgETE NEUCHATELOISE DES SCIENCES NATURELLES. Bull. 44.
SociETE VAUDOISE DES ScIENCES NATURELLES. Bull. 197-
199, and Centenary no. Lausanne. 1920-21.
UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA.
Dursan Museum. Annals, v. 3, pt. 1. 1921.
GrEoLocicaL Society or §.A. Trans., 1920. Johannesb.
Royvat Society oF 8.A. Trans., v. 8-9. Cape Town.
S.A. ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE. Journ.
of science, v. 16, no. 5; 17. Cape Town.
S.A. Museum. ‘Annals, Mic, po. 7; 17; pt. 63 1d, pt. F2.
-——— Report, 1920. Cape Town. 1921.
UNITED STATES.
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Proc., v.
Pee -o> 12, pb. 1:2. 1919-20.
AMERICAN ACADEMY Or ARTS AND ScreNcES. Mem., v. 11;.
13; 14, pt. 1-2. Camb., Mass. 1882-1918.
Proc., v. 55. Boston. 1919-20.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL Society. Journ., v. 42, no. 9-12; 43,.
no. 1-5. Easton, Pa. 1920-21.
AMERICAN GEOGRAPHICAL SociETy. Geographical review, v.
Sao. 4-6; 10; 11, no. 1-3. N.Y. 1920-21.
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF MINING ENGINEERS. Trans., v. 62-
ie mm. ¥..) 1920-21.
AmeERIcAN Microscoricat Society. Trans., v. 39, no. 3-4;
40, no. 1. Menasha, Wis. 1920-21.
AMERICAN Museum oF NaTurRAL History. American Museum
novitates, no. 7-12. N.Y. 1921.
Anthropological papers, v. 16, pt. 4-5; 18, pt. 5; 19,.
pt. 4; 21, pt. 2; 23, pt. 3; 24, pt. 3-4.
——— Bull., v. 39-41. N.Y. 1919.
— Guide leaflets, no. 49-51. 1919-20.
— Handbook ser., no. 8. N.Y. 1919.
— “Natural History,’’ v. 20, no. 3-5; 21, no. 1-2.
Report, 1920. N.Y. 1921.
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL Society. Proc., v. 58-59.
Trans., v. 22, pt. 4. Philad. 1920.
ARNOLD ARBORETUM. Journ., v. 1, no. 2-4; 2, no. 1-3.
Plantae wilsonianae, v. 1-3. Camb., Mass.
304
Brooktyn INstiroTeE OF ARTS AND ScIENCES. Museum
quarterly, v. 7. ‘Brooklyn. 1920.
Museum science bull., v. 3, no. 2. 1920.
BuFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. Bull. 11, pt. 3; 12;
13, pt. 1. Buffalo, N.Y. 1916-19.
‘CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Proc., v. 2, pt. 2, no.
17; v.,..9, no, 9-15.10) sie. 3°93.) Saat eras
CALIFORNIA STATE Minine Bureav. Bull. 87-88. 1920.
California oil-fields, summary of operations, v. 5, no.
12; 6, no. 1-10. Sacramento. 1920-21.
Preliminary report, no. 7. Sacramento. 1920.
‘CALIFORNIA UNIVERSITY. Publications in Agricultural
sciences, v. 2, no. 4; 4, no. 3. Berkeley. :
Archaeology and ethnology, v. 13, no. 2-5; 14, no.
1-53 '15; no. 1-4; To, ne. 1-811, mee 8-2:
—— Botany, v. 5, no. 12-16; 6, no. 14-19; 7, no. 5-10; 8,
no. 1-2. Berkeley. 1918-20.
Geology, v. 10, no. 23-28; 11, no. 1-5; 12, no. 2, 6-7.
Zoology, v. 14, no. 2; 17, no. 12-18; 18, no. 7-8,
10-16; 19, no. 1-13; 20, no. 1-6; 21, no. 1-5; 22, noe
Agricultural Experiment Station. Bull. 304, 308,
317-18. Berkleley. 1919-20.
——-— Seripps Institution for Biological Research. Bull.
9-10.
CoNNECTICUT ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Mem. 7.
Trans., v. 18, pp. 347-447 ; 23, 243-416 ; 24, 1-243 ; 25,
1-92. New Haven. 1915-21.
CoRNELL UNtIversity. Agricultural Experiment Station.
Bull. 391, 400-402. 1919-20.
Mem., no. 11, 28-33. Ithaca, N.Y. 1919-20.
Fretp Museum or NaturaL History. Anthropological ser.,
vi 45; non si ):Chicago 1999.
———— Botanical ser., v. 4, no. 1-2. 1918-19.
-——— Report ser., v. 5, no. 3-4, 6. 1918-21.
Aoological, ser.,-¥.. 12; no../2)3,43;, pt... 1) mo. 4-2:
FRANKLIN InstTITUTE. Journ., v. 190-1; 192, no. 1. Phil. =
Harvarp CoLLtece. J/useum of Comparative Zoology. Annual
report, 1919-20. Camb., Mass.
Bull., v: 64.) ) 1920.
Inutnois. State Laboratory of Natural History. Bull., v.
13, art. 12;-.0¢banas +1920.
Intinois UNIvErsity. Biological monographs, v. 1-5.
Inp1ana AcapEMy oF ScrEeNcE. Proc., 1918. Indianap.
Jouns Hopkins University. Circular 1918-19. Balt.
Studies in historical and political science, v. 37.
Kansas University. Science bull., v. 11; 12, no. 1-2.
MARYLAND GeEoLocicaL Survey. Report 7. Balt. 1919.
305
Minnesota University. Geological survey bull., 17.
Studies in language and literature, no. 8.
Agricultural Experiment Station. Bull. 181-189.
School of Mines Experiment Station. Bull. 6-7.
MissrssipPt. Geological Survey. Bull. 16. Jackson.
NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Proc., v. 6, no. 7-11.
National Research Council. Bull., v. 1, pt. 3.
Report, 4th. Wash. 1920.
New Yorx Acapemy or Scrences. Annals, v. 25, pp. 309-
416; 28, 167-200; 29, 1-139. 1917-20.
New York Pustic Lisrary. Bull. 24, no. 9-12; 25, no. 1-
New York State Museum. Bull. 219-20. Albany.
NortH Carouina. Geological Survey. Bull. 28.
Biennial report, 1919-20. - Raleigh.
Economic papers, no. 50. Raleigh. 1920.
OBERLIN COLLEGE. Wilson bull., v. 32, no. 3-4. 1920,
Onto University. Bull., v. 25, no. 6. Columbus. 1920.
Journ. of science, v. 20, no. 7-8; 21. 1920-21.
OxtaHoMa. Geological Survey. Bull. 28-30.
Circular, no 6. Norman. 1917.
SmiTHsoNIAN InstitctTion. Bureau of American Ethnology.
Annual report, no. 33, 1911-12. Wash. 1919.
Bull., no. 67-71. Wash. 1919-20.
Unitep Stares. Dept. of Agriculture. Dept. circular no.
170, 21 bull. of dept., and 12 farmers’ bull.
— Experiment station record, v. 43; 44, no. 1-6.
Journ. of agricultural research, v. 18, no. 12;
19, no. 8-11; 20, no. 1-11; 21, no. 1-7.
Yearbook, 1919. Wash. 1920.
Geological Survey. Ann. reports, 37-41; also
numerous bulletins, mineral resources, professional, and
water-supply papers. Wash. 1916-21.
——— Topographic atlas, 166 sheets.
—— Library of Congress. Report, 1919. Wash.
— National Museum. Ann. report, 1920. Wash.
~]
— Bull. 100, v. 1, pt. 7; 104; 106; 109-111.
Contributions from the National Herbarium,
v. 22; pt. 3; 23, pt. 1. Wash. 1920.
Proc., v. 55-56. Wash. 1920.
WasHINGTON University, Str. Louis. Studies, v. 7, no. 2;
8,no. 1. St. Louis, Mo. 1920.
306
LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, ET@
AS EXISTING ON
SEPTEMBER 30, 1921.
Those marked with an asterisk have contributed papers pub-
lished in the Society’s Transactions.
Any change in address should be notified to the Secretary.
Norsz.—The publications of the Society will not be sent to
those whose subscriptions are in arrears.
Dat f
Election. Honorary FELLOWS.
1910.. *Brace, Srr W. H., K.B.E., M.A., D.Se., F.RS., Pro
Sa of Physics, University College, London (Fellow
1886).
1893. *Cossmann, M., 110, Faubourg Poissonniére, Paris.
1897. *Davip, Srr T. W. EpncerwortH, K.B.E., C.M.G., D.S.O.,
B.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S., Professor of Geology,
University of Sydney.
1905. Git1t, THomas, C.M.G., 1.8.0., Glen Osmond.
1905. *Hepiey, Cuas., Assistant Curator, Australian Museum,
Sydney.
1892. *Marpen, J. H., 1.8.0., F.R.S., F.L.S., Director Botanic
Gardens, Sydney, New South Wales.
1898. *Mryrick, KE. T., B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Tohrnhanger, Marl-
borough, Wilts, England.
1894. *Witson, J. T., M.D., Ch.M., Professor of Anatomy,
Cambridge University, England.
1912. *Trerrer, J. G. O., F.L.S., Elizabeth Street, Norwood
(Corresponding Member 1878, Fellow 1886).
CorRESPONDING MEMBERS.
1913. “Carrer, H. J., B.A., Wahroonga, New South Wales.
1909. *Jonncock, C. F., Clare.
1905. THomson, G. M., F.L.S., Dunedin, New Zealand.
1908. *WooLtnoveH, WattEer Georce, D.Sc., F.G.S. (Fellow 1902).
FELLOWS.
1895. *Asusy, Epwin, F.L.S., M.B.0.U., Blackwood.
1917. Batitny, J. F., Director Botanic Garden, Adelaide.
1902. *Baxer, W. H., F.L.S,, King’s Park.
1902. *Brack, J. McConneti, 82, Brougham Place, North
Adelaide.
1912. *Brovueuton, A. C., Young Street, Parkside.
1911. Brown, Enoar J., M.B., D.Ph., 3, North Terrace.
1883. *Brown, H. Y. L., 286, Ward Street, North Adelaide.
1893. Bromm™itr, Rosert, M.R.C.S. Northcote Ter., Medindie.
1916. *Bu1x, Lionet B., D.V.Sc., Laboratory, Adelaide Hospital.
1921. Burton, R. J., Fuller Street, Walkerville.
;
d
,
307
*“CuapMan, R. W., M.A., B.C.E., F.R.A.S., Professor of
Engineering ‘and Mechanics, ‘Univ ersity of Adelaide.
Curisti£E, W., 49, Rundle Street, Adelaide.
*CLELAND, Joun B., M. DB. Professor of Pathology, Univer-
sity of Adelaide.
*Cooxe, W. T., D.Se., Lecturer, University of Adelaide.
Corsrn, H. A B.Sc. , Univ ersity of Adelaide.
CornisH, K. , Coast View, Adelaide Road, Glenelg.
Daruine, H. G. Franklin Street, Adelaide.
*DIxon, SaMvEL, Bath Street, New Glenelg.
Dopp, ALAN P., Gordon Vale, via Cairns, Queensland.
Durron, G. H., B.Sc., F.GS8., Unitersity of Adelaide.
Dutton, H. H., B.A. (Oxon.), Anlaby,
*Epauist, A. G., 2nd Avenue, Sefton Park.
*Exston, A. H., F.E.S., 69, Lefevre Terrace, -North
Adelaide.
*Fenner, Cuas. A. E., D.Sc., F.G.S., Education -Depart-
ment, Adelaide.
Frerevson, E. W., M.B., Ch.M., Gordon Road, Roseville,
Sydney.
Guastonsury, O. A., Adelaide Cement Co., Brookman
Buildings.
Gorpon, Davin, c/o D. & W. Murray, Gawler Place,
Adelaide.
*Gorprer, Grorar, A.M., F.C.S., Gawler Place, Adelaide.
*Grant, Kerr, M.Sc., Professor of Physics, University of
Adelaide.
GrirFritH, H., Brighton.
Hackett, W. C., 35, Dequetteville Terrace, Kent Town.
Hancock, H. Lipson, A.M.I.C.E., M.I.M.M., M.Am.I.M.E.,
Kennedya, Wallaroo Mines.
Hawker, E. W., F.C.S., East Bungaree, Clare.
*“Howcuin, Proressor Watter, F.G.S., ‘‘Stonycroft,’’
Goodwood East.
Istnc, Ernest H., Loco. Department, Islington.
Jack, R. L., B.E., Assistant Government Geologist,
Adelaide.
James, THomas, M.R.C.S., Tranmere, Magill.
JENNISON, Rev. J. R., Crocodile Islands, Northern
Territory.
*Jounson, E. A., M.D., M.R.C.S., 295, Pirie Street,
Adelaide. '
[cone woop. M.B.. B.S., M#.C.S., L.R.C.P.,;
D.Sc., Professor of Anatomy, University of Adelaide.
Kimper, W. J., Gaza.
*Lavriz, D. F., Agricultural Department, Victoria Square.
*Lea, A. M. FE. S., South Australian Museum, Adelaide.
Lenpon, A. tO M. D. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., Lecturer in
Obstetrics, University of Adelaide, and Hon.
Physician, Children’s Hospital, North Adelaide.
*Lower, Oswatp B., F.Z.S., F.E.S., Broken Hill, N.S.W.
Maruews, G. M., F.R.S. E., F.L. S., F.Z.S., Foulis Court,
Fair Oak, Hants, England.
*Mawson, Sir Dover AS, D.Sc., B.E., Professor of Geology,
University of Adelaide.
aie Herbert, LL.B., Brookman Buildings, Grenfell
treet.
1919.
1920.
1907.
1897.
1913.
1886.
POUT;
1908.
1907.
1916.
1885.
193.
1911.
1919.
1905.
1919.
1869.
1891.
1920.
1906.
1910.
1878.
1920.
1904.
1912.
1920.
1912.
1904.
308
Mayo, Heten M., M.B., B.Sc., 47, Melbourne Street,
North Adelaide.
McoGitp, Joun Nett, Napier Terrace, King’s Park.
MELROSE, Ropert Tuomson, Mount Pleasant.
*MorGan, A. M., M.B., Ch. B. 46, North Terrace, Adelaide,
*Osporn, T. G. B., D.Sc., Professor of Botany, University
of Adelaide.
Poote, W. B.. 6, Rose Street, Prospect.
Pooirk, His Honor Justice T. S:, K.C., B.A.; LL
Supreme Court, Adelaide.
Porr, WILLIAM, Eagle Chambers, Pirie Street.
*PULLE INE, R. H., M.B., 3, North Terrace, Adelaide.
Ray, Win11aM, M.B., B.Sc., Victoria Square, Adelaide.
“RENNIE, Epwarp H. M.A., D.Sc. (Lond.), ¥.C.S., Pro
fessor of Chemistry, University of Adelaide.
*Rippie, A. R. i
Roacn, B. S., Education Department, Flinders Street,
Adelaide.
*ROBERTSON, PROFESSOR T. B., University of Adelaide.
“ROGERS, R. S., M.A., M.D., Hutt Street, Adelaide.
“Rowe, ALAN, ‘ion! Custodian of Archaeological Collection,
South Australian Museum.
*Rurr, Waiter, C.E., College Park, Adelaide.
Setway, W. H., Treasury, Adelaide.
Stmpson, A. A., C.M.G., Burnside.
Snow, Francis H., National Mutual Buildings, King
William Street.
eae E. R., Government Geologist, Port Moresby,
apua.
Mewar H. A., M.D., Park Terrace, Parkside.
*Torr, W. "Ea LD. M.A., BOA: . Brighton, South Aus-
tralia.
*TurnerR, A. JEFFERIS, M.D., F.E.S., Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane, Queensland.
*Verco, Sir JosepH C., M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C.S., North
Terrace, Adelaide.
*Waitz, Epear R., F.L.S., Director South Australian
Museum.
Warp, Lreonarn Keirn, B.A., B.E., Government Geologist,
Adelaide.
Wares, W. L., King William Street.
WErpDENBACH, W. W., A.S.A.S.M., Glencoola, Glen
Osmond.
Waurrtsreap, Howarp, c/o A. M. Bickford & Sons, Currie
Street, Adelaide.
*“Wrirr, Capram 8. A. , C.M.B.0.U., ‘‘Wetunga,’’ Fulham,
South Australia.
*Witton, Proressor J. R., D.Sc., University of Adelaide.
*Zimtz, F. R., South Australian Museum. :
ASSOCIATE.
Ropinson, Mrs. H. R., ‘‘Las Conchas,’’ Largs Bay, South
Australia.
309
APPENDIX.
FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION
OF THE
Bopal Society of South Australia (Incorporated).
THIRTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT OF
THE COMMITTEE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1921.
The Committee has pleasure in presenting the Thirty-
eighth Annual Report of the Section. The membership is
now 132, as compared with 112, which was last year’s total.
The excursions have been well attended, and the leaders
have been well repaid by the keen interest shown in the study
of the various branches of Natural History.
Twenty excursions have been held—one on Forestry, six
on Botany, four on Geology and Minerals, two on General
Subjects, one each on Zoology and Pond Life, two on Shore
Life, one Dredging Trip, and a visit to the Museum and to
the Botanic Gardens.
Ten Public Lectures were given, and the attendances
were very good. Seven of these were full evening addresses,
the other three were given as Lecturettes by eight members
of the Section.
“The South Australian Naturalist’’ has been published
regularly, and during the year its pages have been increased
and illustrations introduced.
A badge has been adopted and is being sold to members
at cost price. The design—Sturt peas—has been much
admired and a block made to use on the cover of the Journal.
During the year a sub-committee was formed to consider
‘Vernacular Plant Names.’’ The lists issued by the Victorian
Field Naturalists’ Club have been obtained, and the sub-
committee is now prepared to push on with the work.
The Section’s first comprehensive Wild Flower Show was
held in October, 1920, and proved very successful. The gross
310
takings were £60 2s. 9d., and the expenses were £33 11s. 7d.,.
leaving a credit balance of £26 11s. 2d.
We have to record with deep regret the loss, by death, of
several members. The late Mr. E. H. Lock was a long-
standing, active member who did valuable work as Secretary
for a number of years and for a term as Chairman. The
late Mr. A. M. Drummond was a member of long standing,
and the late Mr. G. A. DeCaux was a recent member.
We have to thank the Editors of The Register and Journal
for their interest in the Section and for the publication of
a series of Nature Notes in their papers. We feel that their
publication has aroused great public interest not only in this
Section, but in the general study of natural history.
Lisrargy.—The Librarian (Miss I. Roberts) reports that
there has been a keen demand for books during the year. This.
is due to the addition of many interesting and valuable
volumes, purchased by part of the proceeds of the first Wild
Flower Exhibition. Thirty books have been added, covering
most of the natural history subjects. Thanks are due to
Mr. W. C. Hackett for his gift of copies of ‘‘The Garden and
Field.’’
At present the Library is cramped for room, and com-
modious shelves for the proper arranging of the books are
urgently needed.
CHARLES FENNER, Chairman.
Ernest H. Isine, Hon. Secretary.
September 20, 1921.
THIRTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NATIVE.
FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION COMMITTEE.
Four meetings have been held during the year.
Following upon much correspondence and deputations to.
the Minister of Industry in reference to the protection of trees
along roadsides, it is satisfactory to report that it is the’
intention of the Government to introduce a Bill before Parlia-
ment during the present. session.
Matters in connection with Flinders Chase are not at all
satisfactory. The Government has so far failed to give
financial support to the Board empowered to carry on the
Reserve. Without monetary assistance it is impossible to
carry out the programme of improvements, tree planting,
311
and stocking with animals, that has been drawn up in readi-
ness to proceed when funds are available.
Our Chairman (Capt. S. A. White) has attended meetings
of the Flinders Chase Board, interviewed Ministers, and
visited Kangaroo Island, in his ‘endeavour to get the Govern-
ment to finance the Board, and has been Acting Chairman of
the Board since the Hon. John Lewis’ resignation.
A report having been received re destruction of Seals on
Pearson Island (a Reserve), a deputation, consisting of the
informant and delegates from this committee, waited upon the
Minister of Industry on March 8, and asked that adequate
protection be given to Seals on reserved areas. The Minister
promised to enquire into it, and would, so far as possible,
prevent a recurrence of the slaughter. The Minister has since
asked that the committee state exactly what waters and islands
they desired as a reserve for Seals.
The Chairman was instrumental in securing a conviction
against half-castes for destroying native birds at Meningie,
but unfortunately the fine was only nominal.
On August 16 a large meeting of Nature lovers was held
in the Adelaide Town Hall, in which members of the com-
mittee took a prominent part, and the gathering was addressed
by Capt. White, Messrs. E. Ashby and Edgar R. Waite.
The meeting was called as a result of a conference between
the Field Naturalists’ Section and this committee with the
idea of awakening the public to the need of protection for
our Fauna and Flora. =
Through evidence brought before them by this committee
the Government decided to alter the close season for Kangaroos
.and Wallabies, from the six months ending December 31,. to
the six months ending March 31. By adopting the later
period it is hoped that it would prevent the heavy slaughter
of these marsupials when they came in to water during the hot
summer months.
Our Chairman during the year has addressed numerous
gatherings, in country and metropolitan centres, on the sub-
ject of native birds and their need for protection, and in this
manner was largely responsible for the better understanding
of the need for further necessary legislation. He had also
visited the Coorong and the nesting islands of Pelicans and
Swans, and found that the birds were generally unmolested.
It is gratifying to learn that upon an island, not previously
used as a breeding ground, at least 800 young pelicans had
been successfully reared during the season.
It is with deep regret that we have to record the death
of Mr. E. H. Lock, a valued and hard-working committee-man.
312
Owing to Mr. Andrew having removed from Adelaide,
Mr. J. N. McGilp was elected Hon. Secretary in his stead.
The committee has found that gradually the public are
awakening to the necessity of preserving our Fauna and Flora;
in this connection mention might be made of the receipt of
a letter from Mr. Sinclair asking that a large area on Eyre
Peninsula, 7.¢., Hundred of Flinders, be set apart as a Reserve
for Kangaroos and Emus. As Mr. Sinclair is the largest lease-
holder in this Hundred, the committee had no hesitation
in supporting, and has asked the Minister of Industry to do
everything possible to carry out Mr. Sinclair’s wish.
The committee calls the attention of all Nature lovers to
the fact that Thistle Island, near Port Lincoln, is for sale.
This, it is thought, could be purchased at a reasonable price,
and as it is an admirable spot for protecting our animals, a
good opportunity is presented for anyone interested to start
a private reservation, as is now common in the United States
of America.
J. New McGiip, Hon. Secretary.
September 20, 1921.
‘UIINSDILT “UuOH “MONG ‘g SlAvag ‘I@6I ‘8 doqmeaoN ‘oprepPpy
‘saopipny | ‘NOSTUOW "f OW1Y
: lSv aod ‘aay ‘C waLIvA
‘4oo1100 punoy puv pezipny
‘pe ‘S[ ‘yueg Ul sourjeg Ag
6 &L SLF i pbeiae oS: 6 BUG 253 aoe
o- 58 yueg ul vouRyeg **
OL 8 aI JUNO. Y [Bleuey 09 UBKOTT
> €6o eo = SpUSTUYsatjoy *
re es SLOTIVG 07 sdty, * o-. . OS * SLB UWOLSINIXY
00 ¢& espeiq jo elt ‘* | OL OE Z: JUNOVIY [Bieue*+y) WOIy Punjoy *
0. OT ss " SLOOP JO OAT sa GG" -T plVaMIOy JYoSNOIgG our] eg Aq
1 ee FS See i pe ee ec Dose Gr ej api 4s
‘9UN099P worsunoagy
Ss “pe * ‘SLL ‘yueg ul . gourpeg Sg LETS LEST i a i Rope Ee = —*
G 8 Isls Gc 8. Jobe
an © ae) Aqolo0g [BA0Y 07 anp suoTyditosqng Sioquayy **
© OL ze Aqetoog [esoy 04 pred Su019 dT108q Ng Aroq OTN es OL & ST -gunoo0y UPISUNOXHT WOOLY UOT] ef
9 LE-GI : Sooprg “ L 6L 90 ‘Soulzesey] "NW J9 28188 ©
mean i Ea 04 qunooddy Aaeaquy ‘ r 6 O wes qs0.109U] yee =
€ SL-6 ; LOUOTZBYS ‘ O. oG sospeg jo vpeg *
9 PLY UleyuRTT pur TRAY fo ear * 0k JUIZBOV AL ‘NW Ul quedlestzieApy *
Oo) Boat is re Noh sosvqsog ‘‘ i ye. OF AyoLo0g [esoy ULOdy, JURID *
& 8 “GP oe SulguLtg G IL 94 Od TOMOPA PLEA ULOLF FYOIG
OL Ook ZUNODIOY UOISINOXHF OF punfox OF, G- “f= 26 suo Igdtosqng STaq UWL YL Ag
‘p's ¢ ‘AAMOLIGNGd Xa 1D: it F ‘SLdIa0au
“qunonoy | weep
‘T66L ‘vaquaydag papua svaX sof oingipuedag pun sydravay fo Juawap,vig
‘ALGIOOG TVAOY ABL AO NOMOWG
LSITIVUALYN § Tay
314
G E-N.E.R AL: TNE
{Generic and specific names printed in italics indicate that the
forms described are new t science. ]
Aboriginal Stone Implements, 206.
Aborigines of Australia, Making Stone
Implements, 280.
Acacia brachystachya, 13; Burkittii,
13; ligulata, 13; Sowdeni, 13; tarcu-
lensis, 13.
Acanthochiton kimberi, 45; subviridis,
45.
Adriana Hookeri, 14.
Allelidea similis, 167.
Alluvial Fan of Exceptional Character
at mouth of Glen Osmond Gorge, 29.
Amphipogon strictus, 5.
Angianthus brachypappus, 21.
Annual Meeting, 290; Report, 291;
Balance-sheets, 294.
Arthrocnemum —halocnemoides
granulatum, 10.
Ashby, E., Notes on some Western
Australian Chitons, with Additions
to the Fauna, 40; Rediscovery of
Choriplax grayi, 136; Exhibits:
Chitons, 286; Fossil, 288; Birds, 288.
shby, Cae Exhibit: Apple-like
Growths, 288.
Asparagus officinalis, 5.
Aster subulatus, 23.
per-
‘‘Atolls,”’ Miniature Serpuline, 25.
Atriplex crassipes, 8; limbatum, 8;
Muelleri, 8.
Atyphella ‘dammans, 68.
Balance-sheets, 294.
Balanophorus, 94; B. brevipennis, 95;
concinnus, 96 ; janthinipennis, 96;
pictus, 95; rhagonychinus, 96; triim-
pressus, 96.
Basalt from Kangaroo Island, 276.
ia sclerolaenoides, 7; Tatei, T.
R., Child Welfare, Lectures on,
Black, J. M., Additions to the Flora
of South Australia, 5,
Blennodia curvipes, 12.
Broughton, A. C., Notes on Geology of
Moorland (South Australia) Brown
Coal Deposits, 248.
Brown Coal Deposits, 248. |
Bupleurum semicompositum, 18.
Calandrinia disperma, 11; pleiopetala,
12; polyandra, 11; pusilla, 12s
Callistochiton meridionalis, 42.
Callochiton platessa, 41.
Calochromus amabilis, 64; denticu-
latus, 64; guerini, 64; insidiator, 64.
Cailotis aneyr ocarpa, 18;
erinacea, 19;
multicaulis, 19.
i
Carphurus, 94; C. alterniventris, 98;
armipennis, 97; balteatus, 99;
compsus, 103; ertbratus, 101; cris-
tatifrons, 98; elongatus, 98; excisus,
99; frenchi, 97; gallinaceus, 98;
interocularis, 102; invenustus, 98;
latus, 105; longicollis, 97; macrops,
104; micropterus, 100; pallidifrons,
97; punctatus, 97; semirufus, 103;
tricolor, 102.
Casuarina lepidophloia, 6.
Central Australian Aboriginal Stone
Implements, 206.
Cephalipterum Drummondii, 20.
Child Welfare, Lectures on, 288.
Chitons, Western Australian, 40.
Choriplax grayi, 136; g. pattisoni, 137.
Cleland, Loranthus and its
Hosts; Exhibits: Loranthus, 283,
284; Bird’s Nest, 283; Eucalyptus,
Cleptor goudiei, 168.
Coleoptera, Australian, 50, 143.
Crassula colorata, 12.
Union and Lakes of Mount Gambian
Ai trea conocephala, 20.
Cretaceous Beds, Crinoids from, 1.
Crinoids from the Cretaceous Beds of
Australia, 1.
Cryptoplax hartmeyeri, 46 ; striatus, 45.
Cryptoz6on (Pseudo-), Structure, 27,
Ctenisophus curvipes, 143.
284: Spinifex Gum, 287 ; Fungi, 287,
288.
|
Dasytes abdominalis, 183; corticari-
oides, 131; cribarius, 132; ellipticus,
| 134; erythroderes, 132; hexatrichus,
153; pictipes, 134.
Dingo, Status of, 254.
Dinotoperla carpenter, 273.
Diurus, 264.
Dodonaea attenuata, 15.
| Donations to Library, 296.
Duboisia Hopwoodii, 18.
Dumbrellia melancholica,
cornis, 63.
Edquist, A. G., Exhibit : Loranthus, 288.
63; pilosi-
Eleale, 149; E. amoena, 157; angu-
aris, 161; aulicodes, 158; carinatt-
collis, 152: cribrata, 167; globicollis,
162; hirticollis, 165; illaetabilis, 153;
latipennis, 163; margaritacea, 154;
pallidipennis, 151; parallela, 159;
perplexa, 164; pulchra, 151; reticu-
lata, 158; robusta, 155 ;
160 ; viridis, 165,
Elston, A.H., Australian Coleoptera, 148.
spinicornis,
EE
315
Encounter Bay. Native Camps at, 278.
Eragrostis Dielsii, 5; laniflora, 5.
Eremocarpus setigerus, 14.
Eremophila Latrobei Tietkensii, 18;
maculata, 18.
Eucalyptus dumosa, 17; intertexta, 16;
microtheca, 17; oleosa, 17.
Eunatalis, 148.
Euphorbia australis, 14.
Fenner, C., Craters and Lakes of
Mount Gambier, 169; Exhibits:
Geological Specimens, 288.
Field Naturalists’ Section, 309.
Flora of South Australia, Additions
to, 5.
Frankenia fruticulosa, 15; pulveru-
lenta, 15.
Fusanus acuminatus, 6; persicarius,
6; spicatus, 6.
Glen Osmond Gorge, Prehistoric Allu-
vial Fan at Mouth of, 29.
Gnephosis skirrophora, 21.
Gyrostemon ramulosus, 10.
Halocnemum australasicum, 10.
Haploplax, 41.
Helcogaster, 107; H. apicicornis, 125;
aterrimus, 120; atriceps, 123; bast-
collis, 116; brevicornis, 115; capsu-
lifer, 118; centralis, 126; coelo-
phalus, 121; cribriceps, 114; excavi-
frons, 119; fasciatus, 127; flavi-
pennis, 115; gagatinus, 109; hoplo-
cephalus, 120; humeralis, 130;
imperator, 110; inflatus, 116; insu-
laris, 109; laterofuscus, 127; laticeps,
128; Jlitoralis, 112; macrocephalus,
122: medioapicalis, 111; medto-
flavus, 113; melas, 117; niger, 109; |
opaciceps, 113; oxyteloides, 123;
pallidus, 129; wpignerator, 124;
pulchripes, 109; pwuneticeps, 118;
seminigripennis, 131; thoracicus,
130; triangulifer, 121; tropicus, 109;
t-tuberculatus, 110; tuberculifrons,
109; ventralis, 125.
Helichrysum Lawrencella Davenportii,
21; Mellorianum, 21.
Helipterum Humboldtianum, ie
roseum patens, 21; Tietkensii, 22.
Heteromastix, 72; H. amabilis, 74;
angustus, 83; bispinicornis, 7;
bryanti, 74; collaris, 83; compar,
82: denticollis, 80; dolicocephalus,
74: flavoterminalis, 75; fragilis, 81;
longicornis, 76; macleayi, 74; major,
78; mediofuscus, 77; mirabilis, 74;
nigriceps, 80: nigriventris, 82;
nonarius, 75; obscuripes, 78; pulchri-
pennis, 81; pusillus, 73; serraticornis,
84: tasmaniensis, 79; tenuis, 74;
victoriensis, 73.
Heterozona, 41.
Hibiscus Farragei, 15.
Howchin, W., Crinoids from the
Cretaceous Beds of Australia, with
Description of a New Species, 1;
Geological Memoranda, 25; On the
Occurrence of Aboriginal Stone
Implements of Unusual Types in the
Tableland Regions of Central Aus-
tralia, 206; On Methods Adopted by
Aborigines of Australia in making
Stone Implements, 280; Exhibits:
Book, 286; Scoriaceous Lava, 289.
Hypattalus alphabeticus, 91; flavo-
apicalis, 92; inconspicuus, 93;
insularis, 92; minutus, 94; punctu-
latus, 91; sordidus, 91; tricolor, 93.
Ischnochiton cariosus, 41; resplendens,
41; torri, 41; virgatus, 41.
Isocrinus australis, 1; parvus, 3.
Johnson, A., Exhibits: Gastroliths,
Ambergris and Plants, 290.
Johnston, T. Harvey, Onchocerciasis of
Queensland Cattle, 231.
Jones, F. Wood, External Characters
of Pouch Embryos of Marsupials,
36; Status of the Dingo, 254; Ex-
hibit: Opossum, 285.
Juncus maritimus australiensis, 5.
Karigaroo Island, Basalt from, 276.
Kochia pyramidata, 7; triptera, 6;
var. erioclada, 7; villosa tenuifolia, 7.
Kopionella matthewsi, 43.
89; armicollis,
86 ;
Laius albomaculatus,
86; cinctus, 86; effeminatus,
flavifrons, 85; «inconstans, 90; in-
tricatus, 88; janthinipennis, 87;
pallidus, 85; sinus, 85; trifoveicornis,
89; verticalis, 85.
Lea, A. M., On Australian Coleoptera
of the Family Malacodermidae, 50;
Exhibits: Insects, 283, 285, 287, 288,
289, 290; Diseased Pumpkins, 285.
Lepidium lepiopetalum, 12.
Leptorrhynchus tetrachaetus
latus, 19.
Leschenaultia divaricata, 12.
Library, Donations to, 296.
Liolophura georgiana, 45.
List of Members, 306,
Loranthus and its Hosts, 277.
Loranthus linophyllus, 6;
losus, 6.
Lucilina delecta, 47.
Luciola complicata, 67; costata, 66;
cowleyi, 65; dejeani, 66; flavicollis,
penicil-
miracu-
Malacodermidae, 50.
Marsupials, External
Pouch Embryos, 36.
Mayo, W. L., Obituary, 275, 290.
Characters of
316
Melaleuca glomerata, 15; hakeoides,
Members, List of, 306.
Metriorrhynchus atricornis,
cellatus, 53; centralis,
positus, 59; erassipes, 60; diminu-
tivus, 53; eremitus, 52; eucerus, 60;
foliatus, 50; fuligineus, 55; fumosus,
.51; can-
51; com-
51; funestus, 58; gracilis,. 51;
heterodoxus, 52; insignicornis, 56;
marginicollis, 55; melaspis, 52;
mimicus, 54; minutus, 54; modicus,
59; occidentalis, 52; pallidominor,
57; parvoniger, 53; ramosus, 53;
rhipidius, 50; rufomarginatus, 58;
serraticornis, 50; trichocerus, 61.
Miniature Serpuline ‘‘Atolls,’’ 25.
Miscellanea, 275.
Moorlands Brown Coal Deposits, 248.
Morialta Falls, Recession of, 286.
Morialta Reserve, 286, 288.
National Parks, 288, 289.
Native Camps at Encounter Bay, 278.
Native Fauna and Flora, 289.
Neocarphurus costipennis, 106; semt-
flavus, 106.
Notoplax, 45.
Notoryctes typhlops, 36.
Obituary: Mayo, G. G., 290; Ware,
W. L., 290; Zietz, A. H. C., 289.
Occurrence of Scoriaceous Boulders in |
Ancient Gravels of River Torrens,
32. -
Onchocerca fasciata, 243; gibsoni,
242; gutturosa, 231; lienalis, 240.
Onchocerciasis of Queensland Cattle,
231.
Onithochiton scholvieni, 45.
Osborn, T. G. B., Exhibit: Fungi, 287.
Phaeocyclotomus chloropus, 149.
Phajus Bernaysii, 268; grandifolius,
266.
Phlogistomorpha, 145; P. blackburni,
146; croesus, 146.
Phlogistus, 144; P. corallipes, 145;
imperialis, 145; modestus, 145;
mundus, 145.
Plaxiphora albida, 42.
Podolepis acuminata, 23; capillaris, 23.
Polyplacophora, 40, 136.
Public Health and State Medicine, 282.
Pulleine, R. H., Old Native Camps
at Commodore Point, Encounter
Bay, 278; Exhibits: Minerals and
Shell, 283; Stone Implements, 284.
Pylus pygmaeus, 168.
Queensland Cattle, Onchocerciasis of,
231.
Resolutions, 282, 286, 288.
Rhagodia Billardieri, 8; Gaudichaud-
lana,
Rhyssoplax geraldtonensis, 47; torri-
anus, 45.
Riddle, A. R., Discussion on X-ray
Tube, 284.
Rogers, R. §., Notes on the Gynos-
temium in the Genus Diurus, and on
the Pollinary Mechanism in Phajus,
204.
Salicornia
stachya, 8.
Scaphisoma bryophaga,
Schoenus aphyllus, 5
quingqueflora, 9; pachy-
144.
' Scoriaceous Boulders in River Torrens,
32
Selenurus annulatus. 69; flavoinclusus,
71; tenuicornis, 70; tenuis, 70.
Senecio dryadeus, 22.
Sida calyxhymenia, 15;
15.
Solanum chenopodinum, 18; coactili-
ferum, 18; hystrix, 18; rostratum, 18.
Stenochiton cymodocealis, 41; posi-
donialis, 41.
Stenopetalum sphaerocarpum, 12,
Stigmatium gilberti, 148; ventrale, 148.
cryphiopetala,
Stone Implements, Making of, by
Aboriginals, 280.
Suaeda australis, 10.
Telephorus apicicollis, 69; gracili-
pictus, 69; pulchellus, 68; rufiventris,
68 ; viridipennis, 68.
Thlaspi cochlearinum, 12.
Threlkeldia inchoata, 7; salsuginosa, 7.
Thryptomene Whiteae, 17.
Tilley, C. E., Tholeiitic Basalt from
Eastern Kangaroo Island, 276.
Tillyard, R. J., Wing-venation of the
Le eptoperlidac, with Description of
a New Species, 270.
Tonicia hulliana, 46.
Torrens River, Occurrence of Scoria-
‘eceous Boulders in Ancient Gravels,
32.
Trichalus infaustus, 62; quadricavus,
Trogodendron 146;
rufipes, 146; 147.
Verco, J. C., Obituary Notices of H.
C. Zietz and G. G. Mayo, 275.
Waite, E. R., Exhibit: Sea-horses, 285.
Waitzia acuminata, 23.
Ward, L. K., Exhibit:
pings, 290.
are, W. L., Obituary, 290.
Western Australian Chitons, 40.
White, S. A., Exhibits: Skeleton, 283;
Plants, 283, 289, 290; Birds, 284, 289;
Insects and Shells, 290.
monstrosum,
tenebricosum,
Flint Chip-—
Zenithicola crassa, 148; funesta, 148.
Zietz, A. H. C., Obituary, 275, 289.
Zygophyllum Billardieri ammophilum,.
14; Howittii, 13.
Leti
tertteses-
“er:
Oe 3 ae ee
_ hg es a ae Bi mo
ws
x ¥ 7 NS AP ET
-_ eit agree a. ,
geegres/ pata 2
. Li A gg ae "
- aggre ea = ree ay te ee
ee ee PA AFIS SE Pe
|
mu
|
N
St
|
|